philips iluminação externa

624
Enhancing people’s lives with lighting Outdoor Luminaires Catalogue 2009 - 2011

Upload: alfredo-rodrigues-neto

Post on 30-Nov-2015

114 views

Category:

Documents


10 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: Philips Iluminação Externa

Enhancing people’s lives with lightingOutdoor Luminaires Catalogue 2009 - 2011

Page 2: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminairesIntroduction1.1

Page 3: Philips Iluminação Externa

1.1Philips outdoor luminaires Introduction

Enhancing people’s lives with lightingLight is a fundamental part of life. It gives us the natural rhythm of day and night, determines how we see things and brings the world to life. Accordingly, light has a major impact on our well-being, mood and emotions. It inspires, attracts, communicates, sets the scene and enhances our experience of architectural spaces.

Each year, we at Philips invest heavily in research to gather end-user insights, further deepening our understanding of people’s needs, desires and aspirations. Combining these insights with our technological

systems that are designed around people and are easy to experience – solutions that will help us create a sustainable future.

www.philips.com/lighting

Page 4: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires1.2 Introduction

Page 3.1Road and tunnel lighting

Page 3.99Lighting management

Contents

Page 2.1Urban lighting

Page 2.151Customized solutions

Page 2.158Project luminaires

Page 1.1Introduction

Page 5: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 1.3Introduction

Page 4.1Architectural lighting

Page 4.69Scene setting lighting controls

Page 5.1Sports and area lighting

Page 6.1Amenity lighting

Page 7.1Petrol station lighting

Page 8.1Technical data

Page 6: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminairesIntroduction1.4

Product overview

CityWingUrbanScene UrbanLine Lightcolumn

CityVision NightwatchCitySoul

Iridium Koffer2

FGS103/104/105 SRS201 Tunlite

Milewide

Modena

2.16 2.26 2.32 2.36

2.1382.1322.1182.112

3.10 3.16

3.78

3.32 3.44

3.903.82

Urban lighting

Road and tunnel lighting

Architectural lighting

Helios TriangelArkenVikingVision 2.1762.1742.1722.168

ColorBlast Beamer LEDLEDline² 4.14 4.26 4.36 4.42

Page 7: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 1.5Introduction

Metronomis CitySpirit CityZenCPS200 Urbana

Manta Selenium AluRoadSGS203/403

CitySpirit Street &

Street Color

2.40 2.68 2.1042.1022.982.92

3.623.50 3.54 3.58

Vivara AsklepiosVivaraZONVerona 2.1602.1462.1442.140 Aether Lightshell 2.1662.164

PivotCitySwan 2.1842.180

ColorBurst 6 iColor Accent

Powercore

C-Splash 2 DecoScene4.46 4.50 4.54 4.84 4.1124.76

ResidiumMalaga 3.68 3.72

Page 8: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminairesIntroduction1.6

Product overview

EFix Amazon LED Marker LED

OptiVision ComfortVisionPowerVision

QVF415/416/417QKF102MVF415

Amazon

ObstiVision FGC/SGS/XGC113 FWC110/120/121

4.126 4.130 4.138 4.142

5.22 5.26 5.32

5.805.76

6.6

5.72

6.46.2

ArenaVision 5.8

Architectural lighting

Sports and area lighting

Amenitylighting

MINI 300 Cube MPF111/1127.6 7.14

Petrol station lighting

FCC110/120 6.6

Page 9: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 1.7Introduction

Underwater LED Contour Batten

LED

Flex LED NG

MVF480 MINI 300 Stealth SNF100/300 TempoOptiFloodGeartrays ZVF320

FGC100 FGC111

4.148 4.156 4.160

5.36

6.146.12

5.40 5.44 5.52 5.60 5.66

Lattis LED 4.162

NyteWatch 6.16

Page 10: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminairesIntroduction1.8

Quality of life – the challenge of unparalleled urbanizationA century ago less than 10% of the world’s population lived in cities. By the start

century it will be over 75%. Faced with this unparalleled expansion, city authorities worldwide recognize the need to re-humanize the urban environment by tackling crime and vandalism, promoting tourism, developing local business and fostering local identity and pride.

Page 11: Philips Iluminação Externa

1.9Philips outdoor luminaires Introduction

city.people.lightOver the past decade, Philips has been engaged in a process – called city.people.light – to explore how light can be applied to enrich and simplify the human experience of the urban setting. city.people.light aims to stretch creative and intellectual boundaries towards more innovative and relevant solutions. To do this, we enrich our own thinking through extensive dialog. We share ideas and network with partners such as the Professional Lighting Designers Association (PLDA), and we have established an annual city.people.light award in conjunctionwith LUCI (Lighting Urban Community International) Association.

Cologne, Germany. Winner city.people.light award 2005

Page 12: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminairesIntroduction1.10“I helped my city save costs and protect the environment.”

Mr Bouchet, Director of Public Lighting, City of Lyon, France

Page 13: Philips Iluminação Externa

1.11Philips outdoor luminaires Introduction

Lighting a greener urban futureThe landscape of the lighting industry is changing fast, driven by the energy-

revolution, not to mention legislative pressures such as Kyoto and the Energy-using Products directive. To help municipal decision makers keep up to date with the latest developments and the best solutions for creating a sustainable city, we are spreading the word under the theme of Sustainable Cities. In this way we want to help urban authorities reduce energy consumption, thereby helping to lower CO2 emissions, and improve the quality of life in their towns and cities.

Sustainability – simple changes, major impact Philips has a long-standing commitment to providing lighting solutions that improve people’s lives and are environmentally sound. This is one of the cornerstones of our sustainability policy, whereby we strive to balance our social, economic and environmental responsibilities.

Proactively addressing environmental issues in pursuit of a sustainable, ‘brighter’ future, we

substances and reduce waste. The four key themes at the heart of our sustainability drive for urban lighting are white light, energy management, night preservation and solid-state lighting.

Thanks to Philips’ sustainable outdoor lighting solutions, it has never been easier to use light in a responsible way.

Best environmental choiceOur top EcoDesigned products carry the Green Product Logo. An independent external consultant has validated

better than comparable products in terms of energy

and offer a better overall environmental performance.

Page 14: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminairesIntroduction1.12

Page 15: Philips Iluminação Externa

1.13Philips outdoor luminaires Introduction

Transforming your urban nightscapeToday, outdoor lighting solutions no longer have to rely only on yellow light. There is an alternative which is much more successful in combining the qualities

alternative is high-quality white light. High-quality white light can transform urban streets at night – and not just aesthetically, but also in terms of safety, security

Research has demonstrated that high-quality white light offers many clear advantages over yellow light. For example, the ambience is perceived as brighter, colors appear more natural and it is easier for pedestrians and cyclists to recognize the faces of other people and obstacles on the street. This greater clarity improves the general feeling of security. Because it improves visibility, especially in the periphery, which can be very important for motorists, white light can make the roads safer as well. And that’s not all. Modern white light sources offer comparable or

High-quality white light is the ‘green switch’ solution for outdoor installations, allowing

greater distance between luminaires in new installations, to reduce the mounting height in refurbishment projects, or to install lower wattage lamps in upgrades. This means lower running costs – and CO2 emissions that are lower than was ever thought possible – as well as superior light quality.

Page 16: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminairesIntroduction1.14

Energy management – lighting only when it is neededEnergy management is a top priority. Many of the city.people.light concepts focus on energy management, possible ways of ‘recycling’ energy and different types of energy source (e.g. solar, gas, electricity). They also acknowledge the potential

and communication. Against this background, the research indicates that issues of lighting design and energy management will become increasingly interlinked and convergent over the coming decade.

Page 17: Philips Iluminação Externa

1.15Philips outdoor luminaires Introduction

A 16, The Netherlands

Several options for energy management are proposed, from intelligent lighting, where the lighting is triggered by activity, to alternative energy sources and stand-alone solutions as

people’s needs and patterns of use throughout the entire 24 hours, simply by adjusting the source, intensity and direction.

We can manage – and reduce – our energy consumption by managing our lighting effectively. A good lighting application is characterized, among other things, by having precisely the right level of lighting in the right place at the right time. The required lighting level often depends on

there are few people out and about to see them? Dimming is an ideal means of saving energy without adversely affecting either light uniformity or safety.

Page 18: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminairesIntroduction1.16 Vlissingen, The Netherlands

Page 19: Philips Iluminação Externa

1.17Philips outdoor luminaires Introduction

Night preservation – light only where it is neededThere is growing public concern about a number of lighting-related issues such as night preservation and light nuisance on facades. Night preservation means reducing ‘wasted light’ at night while maintaining a safe level of visibility. At Philips, we design sustainable solutions to minimize obtrusive and stray light, thus reducing light pollution and saving energy.

Light nuisance includes ‘light trespass’, for example light that enters our bedrooms and prevents us from sleeping. There is also ‘direct upward light’, i.e. light that is wasted and can disturb the biorhythm of wildlife. ‘Sky glow’ prevents astronomers from seeing the stars, but also prevents the general public from enjoying the wonderful night-time atmosphere. Finally, ‘glare’ has a direct impact on our visual comfort, but also on our safety because it reduces our ability to see.

night sky and the bright glare of light pollution. A good place to start would be to minimize the intensity of urban lighting. Lighting is therefore managed as a functional asset for people’s guidance and comfort in the city. The lighting solution would take the form of minimal light dots distributed precisely and integrated into the streets around us. Such an approach would enable us all to experience the night in a more natural way.

Philips has a wide range of outdoor lighting solutions designed to deliverthe required quality and quantity of light while also reducing light pollution and saving energy.

Page 20: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminairesIntroduction1.18

Solid-state lighting – solid progress

lighting since the invention of electric light well over a century ago. Offering excellent light quality and unprecedented design freedom in terms of color, dynamics, miniaturization and architectural integration, it is opening up exciting new possibilities, e.g. for scene setting and ambience creation.

Page 21: Philips Iluminação Externa

1.19Philips outdoor luminaires Introduction

Suzhou science and culture art center, China

Architect: Paul Andreu; Paris, France

Lighting design: Mr. Y. Nakamura; Tokyo Shomei Consultant Co., Ltd., Tokyo Japan

LEDs provide a completely new form of lighting. Linear LED light sources and the rise of grazing lighting applications are changing the way we use light. The light output of LEDs is increasing rapidly, making them suitable for general lighting applications. LEDs are more energy

every two years.

From theater sets and television studios to renowned architectural structures, interiors and artworks, Philips’ customers are pushing the boundaries in their forward-looking use of light to enhance spaces, build brands and appeal to the imagination.

Page 22: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminairesIntroduction1.20

Page 23: Philips Iluminação Externa

1.21Philips outdoor luminaires Introduction

Your partner in lighting designProfessional lighting design requires consideration of the amount of functional light provided, the energy consumed, as well as the aesthetic impact of the lighting system. Philips offers calculation software and plug-ins for commercial software to assist you in the development of your technical and architectural lighting designs.

CalculuxThis lighting-calculation software allows you to select and evaluate your lighting design in a

highways)

Software-plug-ins for commercial softwareWith the Philips Product Selector plug-in you can easily select your required luminaire

design. The plug-in includes all photometrical data and a large collection of 3D models suitable for most visualization programs. The plug-in is available for DIALux, RELUX, Autodesk’s 3D Viz, 3DS MAX and others.

For more information and downloads please visit: www.lightingsoftware.philips.com

Page 24: Philips Iluminação Externa
Page 25: Philips Iluminação Externa

Urban lighting

Page 26: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminairesUrban lighting2.2

A vibrant futurePhilips believes that cities, towns and villages should be warm, inviting places that people enjoy living in and visiting. Urban development and regeneration programs are increasingly focused on rehumanizing the urban environment, and we believe lighting has a vital role to play in this regard, creating an appealing, inclusive ambience.

This belief has led Philips to create a range of lighting solutions in which state-of-the-art technology in light sources, optics and materials is combined with clear, elegant design that strikes a balance between contemporary and traditional style.

Place Jean Jaures, Castres, France

Lighting design: ETI Stinville, René Stinville

Photography: Ville de Castres

Page 27: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires Urban lighting 2.3

Urb

an lig

htin

g

Lighting streets and pedestrian areasLighting plays a central role in how people feel about their city, town or village. That’s why the illumination of streets and pedestrian areas has evolved from simple functional lighting into a more demanding and creative discipline. It should not only provide light in which people can drive, cycle and walk safely, but must be pleasing and inviting as well. It should promote communication and well-being, encouraging night-time socializing and complementing the city’s night life. Luminaires for street and pedestrian lighting also have an architectural role. During the day they become an integral part of the street scene. Philips range of architectural street luminaires has been designed with this is mind, offering a winning blend of performance and style.

Lighting residential areas For many years residential lighting was purely functional. And although safety, security and orientation remain essential requirements, there is now a drive to improve the residents’ quality of life, creating a pleasing identity for these often-overlooked parts of the city.

Tailor-made solutions In addition to our standard range of products, we can provide custom lighting products to create architectural signatures that match the desired vision or identity of the city, town, area or village. In many cases we can also apply standard products in original and imaginative ways,

by a lighting expert is strongly recommended.

Page 28: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminairesUrban lighting2.4

Complete solutionsThese days, cities are looking for solutions that are not just made up of light points but actually contribute to the identity of the city. For our key ranges, we

elegant way. Modern or classical, single or twin bracket, with an optional mini pedestrian luminaire, there is a complete solution available for your project.

Breskens, The Netherlands

Page 29: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires Urban lighting 2.5

Urb

an lig

htin

g

Visualisation servicehelpful when weighing up options. We can integrate a large variety of luminairesand masts on a snapshot of your location.

Contact your local Philips representative for more information.

Current situation Proposed situation

Page 30: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminairesUrban lighting2.6

Urban lighting - product review

UrbanScene

2.24

UrbanLine

2.28

CityWing

2.34

Lightcolumn

2.37

Metronomis

Torino

2.46

Metronomis

Bilbao

2.48

Metronomis

Malmö

2.50

Metronomis

Annecy

2.52Page

Page 31: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires Urban lighting 2.7

Urban lighting - product review

Urb

an lig

htin

g

Metronomis

Berlin

2.54

Metronomis

Cambridge

2.56

Metronomis

Bordeaux

2.58

Metronomis

Brussels

2.60

Metronomis

Porto

2.62

Metronomis

Oslo

2.64

Page 32: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminairesUrban lighting2.8

Urban lighting - product review

CitySpirit

Torch

2.76

CitySpirit

Classic lantern

2.78

CitySpirit

Modern lantern

2.82

CitySpirit

Street

2.94

CitySpirit

Street Color

2.95

CPS200

2.99

CityZen

2.103Page

CitySpirit

Cone

2.86

Page 33: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires Urban lighting 2.9

Urban lighting - product review

Urb

an lig

htin

g

Urbana

2.108

Mega

Milewide

2.116

Mini

Milewide

2.116

CitySoul

CGP431

2.128

CitySoul

CGP430

2.130

CitySoul

CSP431

2.131

CityVision

CPS403

2.133

CityVision

CPS500

2.136

Milewide

2.116

CityVision

CPS400

2.133

Page 34: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminairesUrban lighting2.10

Urban lighting - product review

page

Nightwatch

2.139Page

Verona

HGP141/142/143

2.141

VivaraZON

HCP170/171

2.145

Vivara

HWC138/HGC136/137

2.147

Multipole

2.153

Bellevue

2.155

LightTube

2.157

Asklepios

HGP425/424

2.161

Page 35: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires Urban lighting 2.11

Urban lighting - product review

Urb

an lig

htin

g

Pivot

2.185

Aether

HGP429/428

2.165

Lightshell

2.167

VikingVision

2.169

Arken

2.173

Helios

2.175

Triangel

2.177

CitySwan

2.182

Pivot

2.185

Page 36: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminairesUrban lighting2.12

Selection guide – Urban lighting

Luminaire Type Page Ingress

protection

(IP value)

Insulation

class

Lateral

entry

(mm)

Ø

Axial

entry

(mm)

Ø

Suitable

for

suspended

mounting

Suitable

for wall

mounting

Available

dedicated

brackets /

columns

UrbanScene

CGP700 2.24 66 I/II 76-90 77-90 - • •CGP705 2.25 66 I/II 76-90 77-90 - • •

UrbanLine

BPP406 2.28 66 I/II 120 120 - - •CityWing

BPS741/742 2.34 66/43 I/III - - - - -

Lightcolumn

HGP441/442/443 2.37 65/55 I - - - - •Metronomis

Torino CDS530/531 2.46 65 II 42-60 60-76 • • •Bilbao CDS540/541 2.48 65 II 42-60 60-76 • • •Malmö CDS550 2.50 65 II 42-60 60-76 - • •Annecy CDS560 2,52 65 II 42-60 60-76 - • •Berlin CDS570 2.54 65 II 42-60 60-76 - • •Cambridge CDS580 2.56 65 II 42-60 60-76 - • •Bordeaux CDS592/594 2.58 65 II 42-60 - • • •Brussels CDS501/502 2.60 66 I/II 42-60 60-76 • • •Porto CDS503/504 2.62 66 I/II 42-60 60-76 • • •Oslo CDS505/506 2.64 66 I/II 42-60 60-76 • • •CitySpirit

Torch CDS450 2.76 65 I/II - 60-76 - - •Classic lantern CDS460 2.78 65 I/II - 60-76 - - •Modern lantern CDS462 2.82 65 I/II - 60-76 - - •Cone CDS470 2.86 65 I/II - 60-76 - - •Wall mounted CWS464 2.90 65 I/II - 60-76 - • •Street CDS480 2.94 65 I/II - 60-76 - - •Street Color CDS482 2.95 65 I/II - 60-76 - - •CPS200

CPS200 2.99 65 I - 60-76 - - -

CityZen

HPS100 2.103 65 I - 60 - - -

Urbana

EPS300 2.108 6.5 II - 60 - - -

Milewide

Mega Milewide SRS427 2.116 65 I/II 76 - - - •Milewide SRS421 2.116 65 I/II 60 - - - •Mini Milewide SRS419 2.116 65 I/II 48 - - • •CitySoul

CGP431 2.128 66 I/II 42-60 60-76 - • •CGP430 2.130 66 I/II 42-60 60-76 - • •CSP431 2.131 66 I/II - - • • •

CityVision

CPS400/401/

402/403

2.133 65 II 42-60 60-76 - - -

CPS500 2.136 65 II 42-60 60-76 - - -

Page 37: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires Urban lighting 2.13

Selection guide – Urban lighting

Urb

an lig

htin

g

CDM

(-T/TT/

(ET)

CPO-

TW

CDO-

ET

CDO-

TT

HPI-T

HPI-

BU(S)

PL-H PL-L

Polar

PL-T

PL-C

QL SDW-T SON

(-E)

SON-I SON-T SOX

(-E)

High

power

LEDs

E-27

(incand)

• • - • - - - - - SDW-TG - • • - - •• • - • - - - - - SDW-TG - • • - - •

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - • -

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - • -

• - - - - - - - - • - - - - - •

• - • • - - - • - • • • • - - •• - • • - - - • - • • • • - - •• - • • - - - • - • • • • - - •• • • • - - - • - • • • • - - •• • • • - - - • - • • • • - - •• • • • - - - • - • • • • - - •• • • • - - - • - • • • • - - •- • • • • - - - - - • • • - - •- • • • • - - - - - • • • - - •- - • • • - - - - - • • • - - •

• • • • - - - • - • • - • - - •• • • • - - - • - • • - • - - •• • • • - - - • - • • - • - - •• • • • - - - • - • • - • - - •• • • • - - - • - • • - • - - •• • - • - - - • - - - - • - - •• • - • - - - • - - - - • - - •

- - - - - - • - - - • • • • - •

- - - - - • • - - - - - - - - •

- - • - - - - • - - • • • - - •

• • - • - • - • • - • - • - - •• • - • - - - • - - • - • - - •• • - • - • - • • - • - • - - •

• • - - - - - - - - - - - - - •- • - • - - - - - - • - • - - •- - - • - - - - - - - - • - - •

• - • • - - - • - - • • • - - •

- - • • - - - - - - • • • - - •

Page 38: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminairesUrban lighting2.14

Selection guide – Urban lighting

Luminaire Type Page Ingress

protection

(IP value)

Insulation

class

Lateral

entry

(mm)

Ø

Axial

entry

(mm)

Ø

Suitable

for

suspended

mounting

Suitable

for wall

mounting

Available

dedicated

brackets /

columns

Nightwatch

HGP433 2.139 65 II - - - - -

Verona

HGP141/142/143 2.141 65/44 I - - - - -

VivaraZON

HCP170/171 2.145 54 I - - - - -

Vivara

HGC136/137

HWC138

2.147 54 II - - - • -

Multipole

MPO 2.153 65 I/II - - - - -

Bellevue

BEL 2.155 65/23 I/III - 42 - • •Lighttube

NLC 2.157 65 I/II - - - - -

Asklepios

HGP424/425 2.161 65 II - - - - -

Aether

HGP428/429 2.165 65 II - - - - -

Lightshell

HGP432 2.167 65 II - - - - -

VikingVision

SRS420 2.169 54 I/II 60 - - - -

Arken

HPS930 2.173 65 II - 114 - • •Helios

HPS900 2.175 55 II - 156 - • •Triangel

2TR480 2.177 54 I/II 60/76 60/76 • • •CitySwan

CRS439/CWS439 2.182 65 II - 60-76 - - -

Pivot

CGS435 2.185 65 II - 76 - - -

Page 39: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires Urban lighting 2.15

Selection guide – Urban lighting

Urb

an lig

htin

g

CDM

(-T/TT/

(ET)

CPO-

TW

CDO-

ET

CDO-

TT

HPI-T

HPI-

BU(S)

PL-H PL-L

Polar

PL-T

PL-C

QL SDW-T SON

(-E)

SON-I SON-T SOX

(-E)

High

power

LEDs

E-27

(incand)

• - - - - - - - - - - - - - - •

• - - - - - - • • • - • - - - •

- - - - - - - - - - • - - - - •

- - - - - - - - - • - • - - - •

CDM-R - - - - - - - - - - - - - • •

• • • • - - - • - - • • • - • •

• - - - - - - - - - - - - - • •

- - - - - - • • - - - - - - - -

- - - - - - • - - - - - - - - -

• - - - - - - - • • - - - - - -

- - - - - - • - - - - - - - - -

- - - - - - • - - - - - - - - -

- - - - - - • • - - - - - - - -

• • - • - - • • • • • - • - - -

- • - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

- - - • - - - • - - - - - - - -

Page 40: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires2.16 Urban lighting

UrbanScene

Page 41: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 2.17Urban lighting

Urb

an lig

htin

g

One CGP700 and one tilted CGP705

luminaire on mastTwo CGP705 luminaires on mastUrbanScene CGP705, medium versionUrbanScene CGP700, small version

UrbanScene – truly a complete solutionUrbanScene offers a range of complete lighting solutions – luminaires, masts and brackets – for illumination applications and street lighting. Its modern, integrated

enable an innovative and sustainable approach to urban lighting.

Designed to be unobtrusive, night-preserving and fully recyclable, UrbanScene has an elegant day-time appearance while offering night-time application diversity through decorative as well as functional area and illumination lighting. Smart brackets, including a cardanic construction,

www.philips.com/lighting

Page 42: Philips Iluminação Externa

UrbanScene

Philips outdoor luminairesUrban lighting2.18

Initially, the UrbanScene range will consist of two luminaires. Offering a choice of beams and accessories, the small CGP700 is ideal for low-power street lighting and illuminations. The medium-size CGP705 – designed to accommodate CosmoPolis or MASTERColour CDM-T lamps – has been optimized for street and area lighting.

CGP705 with CosmoPolis open optic

CGP705 with Mini T-Pot for CDM-T CGP705 with asymmetrical optic CGP700 with CosmoPolis open optic

CGP700 with 4° beam CGP700 with 10° beam CGP700 with 20° beam CGP700 with 40° wide beam

CGP700 with 60° beam

UrbanScene CGP701 – gobo projector

UrbanScene CDP702 – architectural

indirect luminaireUrbanScene BDP704 – LED post top

Expanding rangeIn spring 2009 the UrbanScene range will be completed with three exciting new models: a plug & play gobo projector, an architectural indirect luminaire and an

Page 43: Philips Iluminação Externa

UrbanScene

Philips outdoor luminaires Urban lighting 2.19

Urb

an lig

htin

g

Pierre Nègre, l’Atelier Lumière

Page 44: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminairesUrban lighting2.20

Architectural Lighting Image Projection

Area Lighting Street Lighting

UrbanScene – Optical elements

Page 45: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires Urban lighting 2.21

Urb

an lig

htin

g

The road optics are ideal for street lighting. It is suitable for use with

compact burner lamps, providing very good spacing.

Application:

• Street lighting

Luminaire version:

The asymmetrical optic has been designed for area lighting. Its sharp

beam enables to minimise light nuisance.

Application:

• Functional area lighting: parking

Luminaire version:

The wide range of beam width from very narrow beams to extra

wide beams enables the creation of different lighting effects.

Application:

• Decorative area lighting

• Architectural lighting: accent and front lighting

Luminaire version:

Application:

• Image projection: to project pattern on the ground

Luminaire version:

Optical performance:

• Fixed focus

• Possibility to sharpen the image

• Projection distance : from 4 to 15 m

optimizing spacing.

Application:

• Pedestrian street lighting: Footpath, cyclepath, promenades

Luminaire version:

• Indirect Post-Top

Application:

• Pedestrian street lighting

• Area lighting

Luminaire version:

• Indirect Post-Top

• Urban LED Post-Top

CosmoPolis & Mini T-pot optics Asymmetrical optic

Rotational optics 4°, 10°, 20°, 40°, 60° Projector

Indirect bi-directional optic TB-IO Indirect symmetrical optic TS-IO, T-IO Optic Urban LED

UrbanScene – Optical elements

Page 46: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminairesUrban lighting2.22

UrbanScene – Complete solution

Functional street

UrbanScene small

pots at 4m for

pedestrian walkways

lighting.

UrbanScene mid

pots at 8m for

street lighting.

UrbanScene

combination of mid

and small pot for

street and sidewalk

lighting.

UrbanScene small

pots at 6m for

innovative street

lighting.

Complete solutionMasts have a simple and unobtrusive cylindrical shape for allowing the installation of the luminaires at whatever height is required by the application.Luminaires have been designed to be oriented in any position without impacting the daytime

installation, the cables are never visible from outside.

All complete solutions are EN40 compliant.

Page 47: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires Urban lighting 2.23

UrbanScene – Complete solution

Urb

an lig

htin

g

Pedestrian area

UrbanScene small pots

and mid pots mounted

between 4 and 5 meters

for pedestrian area and

piazza lighting.

Combination of

small pots, mid pots

and projectors for

mixing decorative

and functional

lighting in a urban

environment.

Combination functional and decorative lighting

Mast:• To match your requirements, masts can be either in galvanized steel or in aluminum.Finishing:• Philips Dark grey as standard. Other RAL or AkzoNobel coatings on request.

Mast height:• Height of masts: from 4 to 12 m.

Page 48: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires2.24 Urban lighting

UrbanScene

UrbanSceneType

Light source HID

1 x MASTERColour CDM-Tm Mini / PGJ5 /

20 W

1 x MASTERColour CDM-T / G12 / 35, 70,

150 W

1 x MASTER SDW-T / PG12-1 / 50, 100 W

1 x MASTER CosmoWhite CPO-TW / PGZ12

/ 45, 60 W

Lamp included

Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:

Optic Flood optic:

Road optic:

Optical cover

Options

Housing and cover: high-pressure, die-cast

aluminum

Optical cover: thermally hardened glass

Color

Frame: silver grey, approx RAL 9006

Other RAL or AKZO Futura colors on request

Installation Installation at any position on a 76 or 90 mm mast

with short 300 mm bracket (MBP-D76-L300,

Wall-mounting with short or long bracket (MBW-

Operating temperature: -20ºC < Ta < 35ºC

Recommended mounting height: from 3,5 - 8 m

Freely adjustable tilt

5 positions

Max adjustment from the horizontal: -85º to +85º

Max vertical aiming: -175º to +170º

Maintenance From below by opening the front cover with a

single quick-release clip

Rear access to the gear

Accessories Filters:

Glare shieldings:

Remarks Ready-to-install versions available; with lamp and

and choice of 4,5, 6, or 9 m cable (C4K5, C6K,

Main applications City centers, piazzas, urban areas, shopping malls,

illuminations and street lighting

UrbanScene CGP700 urban-lighting

luminaire

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

CGP700 CDM-T70W/830 EB I 60 FG CO GR 9.35 952991 00

CGP700 CDM-T70W/830 EB II 60 FG CO GR 9.35 954537 00

CGP700

Page 49: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 2.25Urban lighting

Urb

an lig

htin

g

UrbanScene

UrbanSceneType

Light source HID:

1 x MASTERColour CDM-T / G12 / 35, 70,

150 W

1 x MASTERColour CDM-TD / RX7s / 70,

150 W

1 x MASTER CosmoWhite CPO-TW / PGZ12

/45, 60 W

1 x MASTER SON-T PIA Plus / E40 / 100, 150,

250, 400, 600 W

Lamp included

Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:

Optic Flood optic:

Road optic:

Optical cover

Glare shielding

Options

Housing and cover: high-pressure, die-cast

aluminum

Optical cover: thermally hardened glass

Color

Frame: silver grey, approx RAL 9006

Other RAL or AKZO Futura colors available on

request

Installation Installation at any position on a 76 or 90 mm mast

with short 300 mm bracket (MBP-D76-L300,

Wall-mounting with short or long bracket (MBW-

Operating temperature: -20ºC < Ta < 35ºC

Recommended mounting height: from 4,5 to 9 m

Freely adjustable tilt

5 positions

Max adjustment from the horizontal: -85º to +85º

Max vertical aiming: -175º to +170º

Maintenance From below by opening the front cover with a

single quick-release clip

Access to the gear behind optical plate

Accessories Dedicated mast and wall brackets available for

different mounting possibilities

Remarks Ready-to-install versions available; with lamp and

and choice of 4,5, 6 or 9 m cable (resp. C4K5, C6K,

Main applications City centers, piazzas, urban areas, shopping malls,

illuminations and street lighting

UrbanScene CGP705 urban-lighting

luminaire

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

CGP705 CPO-TW60W K EB I OOC FG CO GR 13.56 953127 00

CGP705 CPO-TW90W K EB I OOC FG CO GR 13.56 953134 00

CGP705 CPO-TW60W K EB II OOC FG AL GR 13.56 953233 00

CGP705

Page 50: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires2.26 Urban lighting

UrbanLine

Page 51: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 2.27Urban lighting

Urb

an lig

htin

g

Urbanline BPP406 urban-lighting

luminaire, 4-module version

Urbanline BPP406 urban-lighting

luminaire, 3-module version

Urbanline BPP406 urban-lighting

luminaire, 2-module version

Urbanline BPP406 urban-lighting

luminaire, 1-module version

UrbanLine – enhancing citizen well-being and preserving the environmentRepresenting a breakthrough into functional outdoor LED lighting, UrbanLine

requirements in terms of safety and city branding.

Its contemporary design, which follows the lighting function, provides urban planners with an interesting solution for street applications.

UrbanLine delivers a uniform and visually comfortable white light with good color rendering of around 80. It is available in two color temperatures: warm white (3000 K) and neutral white (4000 K). Featuring high-power LEDs combined with smart optics, UrbanLine offers an environmentally friendly lighting solution – consuming up to 50% less energy than traditional street lighting.

lighting designers to address multiple lighting applications in residential areas. The range

heights. In this way, UrbanLine provides a large number of lighting combinations to suit a wide variety of locations and environments, meeting both application and user needs.

www.philips.com/lighting

Page 52: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires2.28 Urban lighting

UrbanLine

UrbanLineType BPP406

Light source 6, 12, 18 or 24 LED-HP, 700 mA

Light color Warm white, 3000 K

Neutral white, 4000 K

Power supply 110-240 V AC / 50-60 Hz

Power consumption

Optic

Housing and bracket: die-cast aluminum

Cover: tempered glass

Color Philips silver grey

Installation Post top on dedicated mast (to be ordered

Mast incorporates two access doors: on top for

the gear and on ground level for mains connection

Operating temperature: -20ºC < Ta < 35ºC

Windage area of luminaire without mast:

1-module version: 0.062 m2

2-module version: 0.073 m2

3-module version: 0.085 m2

4-module version: 0.095 m2

luminaire:

120 mm x 3.68 m: 0.44 m2

120 mm x 4.68 m: 0.56 m2

120 mm x 5.68 m: 0.68 m2

Lifetime

Thermal management system for long lifetime

Accessories Square mast

Remarks CRI: ~80

No light pollution

Thermal management system for long lifetime

Functional earth needed for Class 2

Main applications Residential areas

Page 53: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 2.29Urban lighting

Urb

an lig

htin

g

Urbanline BPP406 urban-lighting

luminaire, 1-module version

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

BPP406 1-S/WW I GR C1K2 MBP-L 10.03 953707 00

BPP406 1-S/WW II GR C1K2 MBP-L 10.03 953738 00

BPP406 1-S-C/WW I GR C1K2 MBP-L 10.03 954155 00

BPP406 1-S-C/WW II GR C1K2 MBP-L 10.03 954209 00

BPP406 1x

UrbanLine

Urbanline BPP406 urban-lighting

luminaire, 2-module version

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

BPP406 2-S/WW I GR C1K2 MBP-L 11.79 953844 00

BPP406 2-S/WW II GR C1K2 MBP-L 11.79 953875 00

BPP406 2-A/WW I GR C1K2 MBP-L 11.87 953974 00

BPP406 2-A/WW II GR C1K2 MBP-L 11.87 954001 00

BPP406 2-S-C/WW I GR C1K2 MBP-L 11.79 954247 00

BPP406 2-S-C/WW II GR C1K2 MBP-L 11.79 954278 00

BPP406 2x

Page 54: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires2.30 Urban lighting

UrbanLine

BPP406 3x

Urbanline BPP406 urban-lighting

luminaire, 4-module version

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

BPP406 4-S/WW I GR C1K2 MBP-L 16.34 953813 00

BPP406 4-S/WW II GR C1K2 MBP-L 16.34 953912 00

BPP406 4-A/WW I GR C1K2 MBP-L 16.48 953943 00

BPP406 4-A/WW II GR C1K2 MBP-L 16.48 954124 00

BPP406 4-S-C/WW I GR C1K2 MBP-L 16.34 954377 00

BPP406 4-S-C/WW II GR C1K2 MBP-L 16.34 954407 00

BPP406 4x

Urbanline BPP406 urban-lighting

luminaire, 3-module version

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

BPP406 3-S/WW I GR C200 MBP-L 13.48 954025 00

BPP406 3-S/WW II GR C200 MBP-L 13.48 954056 00

BPP406 3-A/WW I GR C200 MBP-L 13.58 954162 00

BPP406 3-A/WW II GR C200 MBP-L 13.58 953769 00

BPP406 3-S-C/WW I GR C1K2 MBP-L 13.64 954308 00

BPP406 3-S-C/WW II GR C1K2 MBP-L 13.64 954339 00

Page 55: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 2.31Urban lighting

Urb

an lig

htin

g

UrbanLine

Stopera, Waterlooplein

Amsterdam, The Netherlands

Lighting design: Ans van de Broek

Page 56: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires2.32 Urban lighting

CityWing

Page 57: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 2.33Urban lighting

Urb

an lig

htin

g

Warm white-light 3200K and 2700KNeutral white-light 4300K and 4000K

CityWing Pedestrian LED – paving the way forwardCityWing is a complete lighting solution characterized by miniaturization and elegance. This architectural pedestrian luminaire features 2 x 18 high-power LUXEON® K2 LEDs, offering improved illuminance.

The combination of white and/or amber LEDs produces warm-white and neutral-white light (color temperatures from 2700 K up to 4300 K). The 4-meter-high optical units, in conjunction with 5° tilt, allow 12 - 14 m spacing between masts, with an average illuminance level of 15 lux and good uniformity. With full white (4300 K), the illuminance level is increased to 30 lux.

www.philips.com/lighting

Page 58: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires2.34 Urban lighting

CityWing

CityWingType

Light source 2 x 18 LUXEON® K2 (amber is LUXEON®

Light color

3200 or 4000 K

Gear (integrated in Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:

Power consumption BPS741: 154 W

BPS742: 79 W

Optic

Housing: die-cast aluminum

Optic frame: stainless steel, frosted

Color

Other RAL colors available on request

Installation Post top on dedicated mast

Mast incorporates two access doors: one for gear

and one for mains connection

Operating temperature: -20ºC < Ta < 35ºC

Recommended mounting height: < 4 m

Standard tilt angle post top: 5º

Max windage area: 0.20 m2

Max SCx values by side: 0.063 m2

Lifetime

Accessories Square mast, ZPS740

Remarks Driver integrated in mast

Thermal protection system of LED board to

ensure long lifetime

Main applications Urban areas, shopping malls, squares

remote gear

BPS742 + ZPS740

Page 59: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 2.35Urban lighting

Urb

an lig

htin

g

CityWing BPS741/742 urban-lighting Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

BPS742 LED-K2/WH-2700 EB I S GR 15.00 506457 00

BPS742 LED-K2/WH-3200 EB I S GR 15.00 506464 00

BPS742 LED-K2/WH-4000 EB I S GR 15.00 506471 00

BPS741 LED-K2/WH-4300 EB I S GR 15.00 506488 00

CityWing

AccessoriesProduct ID Description EOC

ZPS740 PL L3800 GR Pole, length 3.8 m grey 147970 00

ZPS740 PL L3800 RAL Pole, length 3.8 m RAL color 147987 00

The Hague, The Netherlands

Page 60: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires2.36 Urban lighting

Lightcolumn

Lightcolumn – remote beautyWith its innovative, contemporary urban design, Lightcolumn is very much the luminaire as ‘aesthetic object’. The Lightcolumn features Remote Light Source technology, which distributes light from the base to the top, with different perforated masks creating decorative

units: conical, symmetrical and asymmetrical. This luminaire is ideal for creative applications in relatively large, visually distinctive areas.

www.philips.com/lighting

Page 61: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 2.37Urban lighting

Urb

an lig

htin

g

Lightcolumn

LightcolumnType

Light source HID:

1 x MASTERColour CDM-T / G12 / 70, 150 W

1 x MASTER SDW-T / PG12-1 / 100 W

Lamp included No

Ignitor

Column, top brackets and top cone: die-cast

aluminum

Light-output lens and light-guidance tube: PMMA

Perforated masks and light-slot cover: steel sheet

Color Dark grey

RAL colors available on request

Accessories Extension for embedded foundation, base covers

Main applications Shopping and pedestrian areas, parks, promenades,

squares, business centers

To be ordered seperately.

HGP441/442/443

Lightcolumn column extrusion

and decorative column base cover

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

HGP441 GR COLUMN WITH PERF. MASK 38.00 280035 00

HGP442 GR COLUMN WITH 2 PERF. MASKS 38.00 280080 00

HGP443 GR COLUMN WITH 4 LIGHT SLOTS 38.00 280066 00

EGP440 CDM-T70W 230V II 2.90 146218 00

EGP440 CDM-T70W 230V SP 2.50 280011 00

EGP440 CDM-T150W 230-240V SP 4.00 283364 00

EGP440 SDW-T100W 230-240V 3.00 279947 00

Page 62: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires2.38 Urban lighting

Lightcolumn

Accessories

Product ID EOC

GGP441 GR SYMMETRIC REFLECTOR DISK MKII

228754 00

GGP441

Product ID EOC

GGP442 GR ASYMMETRIC REFLECTOR DISK

280059 00

Ø170

GGP442

Product ID EOC

GGP443 GR CONICAL REFLECTOR TOP

280042 00

GGP443

Product ID Description EOC

ZGP440 GR DECORATIVE COLUMN BASE COVER

Base cover 279978 00

ZGP441 EXTENSION FOR EMBEDDED FOUNDATION

Extension for embedded foundation 279923 00

Page 63: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 2.39Urban lighting

Urb

an lig

htin

g

Lightcolumn

Lunel, France

Page 64: Philips Iluminação Externa

Metronomis

Philips outdoor luminaires2.40 Urban lighting

Metronomis

Torino Bilbao Malmö Annecy Berlin

Page 65: Philips Iluminação Externa

Metronomis

Philips outdoor luminaires 2.41Urban lighting

Urb

an lig

htin

g

Metronomis – turning vision into realityMetronomis is a family of ten highly distinctive luminaires and dedicated

to provide architects and lighting designers with the total solution needed to

urban culture and history. In its daytime appearance, Metronomis integrates harmoniously with any street scene, while its night-time appearance is both

creating a pleasant ambience in city squares and pedestrian precincts.

www.philips.com/lighting

Cambridge Bordeaux Brussels Porto Oslo

Page 66: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminairesUrban lighting

Metronomis masts and brackets

2.42

Metronomis Torino on Fuzo wooden mast – enhancing public spacesThe simple, elegant outline of the Torino integrates harmoniously with most modern urban environments. The housing has been kept as small as possible, and the transition from luminaire to mast is smooth.After sunset, the Torino offers excellent lighting performance. Depending on the combination of light source and optical element chosen, the Torino can create a variety of atmospheric and spatial lighting effects.

Metronomismasts, brackets and adaptersOne of the main characteristics of the Metronomis range is the total solution that it offers architects and lighting designers. Architectural enhancement can only be fully realized when both the luminaires and their supports are part of an integrated concept. To this end, Metronomis includes a range of dedicated masts and brackets which are consistent with the visual style of the luminaires.

12m. Steel and aluminum masts can be painted standard Philips ultra dark gray, with other

are available upon request.

wood and steel gives this urban furniture a modern and stylish look.

Metronomis Malmö on Metronomis aluminum mast – atmospheric lightingThe Malmö combines direct lighting

With its transparent design, the Malmö creates the impression of a virtual ceiling in public places. Because of the subtle support, the

light source. This effect becomes even more prominent after dark.

Metronomis Berlin on Fuzo wooden mast – the old and the newThe Berlin combines a traditional outline with contemporary styling. Referring to ancient gas lanterns, it has been designed primarily for urban areas that embrace history without copying the past.

Metronomis Cambridge on Fuzo wooden mast – urban archetypeThe Cambridge can be seen as a contemporary version of the classic street lantern. Special attention has been devoted to the lighting effects required to enhance the ambience of historical areas.

Page 67: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires Urban lighting 2.43

Metronomis masts and brackets

Urb

an lig

htin

g

Metronomis Porto on long straight bracket – contemporary and convenientThe Porto has a striking visual appearance by day, referring to typical industrial luminaire designs, while providing effective optical performance at night. The design concept offers maximum application

The optional Ambient Light Effect

adding an extra dimension to the surrounding landscape or architecture.

The Metro mast has a soft transition between the base

combined with brackets, it becomes an integrated solution for urban environments.

The cylindrico-conical mast, simple and elegant, discretely blends in with the architecture itself.

The Step mast, made from steel segments of different diameters, gives a visual rhythm to streets.

The Curve mast, intended for the Metronomis 2 range of luminaires, turns street lighting into an architectural feature.

Metronomis brackets are available in Straight and Curved design, in two different lengths.

Page 68: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminairesUrban lighting2.44

Metronomis masts and brackets

Metronomis Bilbao on a cylindro-conical mast – emphasizing visual directionThe Bilbao has been specially designed for areas where a directional light distribution is desirable. In post-top applications, or mounted on one of the specially designed brackets, the light is shielded on one side to prevent glare in a certain direction or to distinguish between areas with different functions.

Metronomis Annecy on a step mast – light for living spacesThe Annecy is ideally suited to modern residential areas. Variation in lighting effect and design can be achieved through the use of a clear, opal or painted cover. By using different light sources and optical elements, it is possible to create different accents and atmospheres.

Combination of Metronomis Bordeaux on long curved bracket and Torino with short curved bracket on a Metronomis aluminum mast, thus creating harmony.The Bordeaux – available with 0, 2 or 4 arms – offers tremendous

light distribution and effect. Used in conjunction with a choice of dedicated supports, including a catenary adapter, this luminaire is extremely versatile. Because a variety of lighting applications are possible within a single design concept, the Bordeaux can function as a harmonizing element within the cityscape.

Page 69: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires Urban lighting 2.45

Metronomis masts and brackets

Urb

an lig

htin

g

Combination of Metronomis Brussels on long and short curved brackets – functional and aesthetic

rational lighting requirements without compromising on aesthetic appeal. The product concept includes sophisticated

Preventing light output to the upper hemisphere, the Brussels luminaire offers an effective solution in cases where light pollution needs to be reduced.

Metronomis Oslo on Metronomis Curve mast – visual appealThe Oslo has a distinctive and innovative design. The Ambient

lighting effects thanks to the use of an opal bowl in combination with

Oslo’s indirect lighting fosters the perception of a virtual ceiling.

Page 70: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires2.46 Urban lighting

Metronomis Torino

Metronomis TorinoType

Light source HID:

1 x MASTER CosmoWhite CPO-TW / PGZ12

/ 45, 60, 90, 140 W

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E27 / 70 W

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E40 / 100,

150 W

1 x MASTER Colour CDM-T / G12 / 35,

70,150 W

1 x MASTER SDW-T / PG12-1 / 50, 100 W

1 x SON / E27 / 50, 70 W

1 x SON / E40 / 100, 150 W

1 x SON-I / E27 / 50, 70 W

1 x SON-T / E27 / 50, 70 W

1 x SON-T / E40 / 100, 150 W

1 x MASTER PL-T 4 Pin / GX24q-3 or 4* / 32,

42 W

*depends on wattage

Induction lamp system:

MASTER QL system / 55 W

Lamp included

No

Gear Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:

Optical cover

Ignitor

Options

Housing: high-pressure, die-cast aluminum

Bowls: polycarbonate

Refractor and diffuser : polymethylmethacrylic-

imide

Louvers: high-pressure, die-cast aluminum

Adapters: die-cast aluminum

Color

Akzo or RAL colors available on request

Installation Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 60 / 76 mm

Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 42 - 60 mm

with side-entry adapter

Catenary mounting with catenary adapter

Recommended mounting height: 4 - 6 m

Accessories Adapter for side entry, Ø 42 - 60 mm, ZRP551

Catenary adapter, ZRP552

Catenary adapter requires dedicated CDS531

version

Remarks Compatible with various Metronomis brackets

Main applications Urban and architectural areas, commercial and

business centers

CDS530

Page 71: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 2.47Urban lighting

Urb

an lig

htin

g

Metronomis Torino CDS530 urban- Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

CDS530 CDM-T70W II OB GR ST 8.56 847528 00

Metronomis Torino

Metronomis Torino CDS530 urban- Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

CDS530 CDO-TT70W K 230V II LO TB GR ST 6.45 845661 00

CDS530 CDO-TT100W K 230V II LO TB GR ST 6.45 845678 00

CDS530 CDO-TT150W K 230V II LO TB GR ST 7.10 845685 00

Metronomis Torino CDS530 urban-

lighting luminaire with prismatic

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

CDS530 CDM-T70W II PR TB GR ST 8.56 847535 00

Page 72: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires2.48 Urban lighting

Metronomis Bilbao

Metronomis BilbaoType

Light source HID:

1 x MASTER CosmoWhite CPO-TW / PGZ12

/ 45, 60, 90, 140 W

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E27 / 70 W

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E40 / 100,

150 W

1 x MASTER Colour CDM-T / G12 / 35,

70,150 W

1 x MASTER SDW-T / PG12-1 / 50, 100 W

1 x SON / E27 / 50, 70 W

1 x SON / E40 / 100, 150 W

1 x SON-I / E27 / 50, 70 W

1 x SON-T / E27 / 50, 70 W

1 x SON-T / E40 / 100, 150 W

1 x MASTER PL-T 4 Pin / GX24q-3 or 4* / 32,

42 W

*depends on wattage

Induction lamp system:

MASTER QL system / 55 W

Lamp included

No

Gear Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:

Optical cover

Ignitor

Options

Housing: high-pressure, die-cast aluminum

Bowls: polycarbonate

Refractor and diffuser : polymethylmethacrylic-

imide

Louvers: high-pressure, die-cast aluminum

acrylate

Adapters: die-cast aluminum

Color

Akzo or RAL colors available on request

Installation Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 60 / 76 mm

Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 42 - 60 mm

with side-entry adapter

Catenary mounting with catenary adapter

Recommended mounting height: 4 - 6 m

Accessories Adapter for side entry, Ø 42 - 60 mm, ZRP551

Catenary adapter, ZRP552

Catenary adapter requires dedicated CDS541

version

Remarks Compatible with various Metronomis brackets

Main applications Urban and architectural areas, commercial and

business centers

CDS540

Page 73: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 2.49Urban lighting

Urb

an lig

htin

g

Metronomis Bilbao CDS540 urban- Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

CDS540 CDO-TT70W K 230V II DF TB GR ST 8.17 845722 00

CDS540 CDO-TT100W K 230V II DF TB GR ST 8.17 845739 00

CDS540 CDO-TT150W K 230V II DF TB GR ST 8.82 845746 00

Metronomis Bilbao

Guggenheim, Bilbao, Spain

Page 74: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires2.50 Urban lighting

Metronomis Malmö

Metronomis MalmöType CDS550

Light source HID:

1 x MASTER CosmoWhite CPO-TW / PGZ12

/ 45, 60, 90, 140 W

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E27 / 70 W

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E40 / 100,

150 W

1 x MASTER Colour CDM-T / G12 / 35,

70,150 W

1 x MASTER SDW-T / PG12-1 / 50, 100 W

1 x SON / E27 / 50, 70 W

1 x SON / E40 / 100, 150 W

1 x SON-I / E27 / 50, 70 W

1 x SON-T / E27 / 50, 70 W

1 x SON-T / E40 / 100, 150 W

1 x MASTER PL-T 4 Pin / GX24q-3 or 4* / 32,

42 W

*depends on wattage

Induction lamp system:

MASTER QL system / 55 W

Lamp included

No

Gear Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:

Optical cover

Ignitor

Options

Housing: high-pressure, die-cast aluminum

Disc-support rods: extruded aluminum

Bowls: polycarbonate

Refractor and diffuser : polymethylmethacrylic-

imide

Louvers: high-pressure, die-cast aluminum

butadienestyrene

Adapters: die-cast aluminum

Color

Akzo or RAL colors available on request

Installation Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 60 / 76 mm

Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 42 - 60 mm

with side-entry adapter

Recommended mounting height: 4 - 6 m

Accessories Adapter for side entry, Ø 42 - 60 mm, ZRP551

Remarks Compatible with various Metronomis brackets

Main applications Urban and architectural areas, commercial and

business centers

CDS550

Page 75: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 2.51Urban lighting

Urb

an lig

htin

g

Metronomis Malmö CDS550 urban-

lighting luminaire with prismatic

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

CDS550 CDO-TT70W K 230V II PR TB GR ST 10.98 845784 00

CDS550 CDO-TT100W K 230V II PR TB GR ST 10.98 845791 00

CDS550 CDO-TT150W K 230V II PR TB GR ST 11.63 845807 00

Metronomis Malmö

Parc de Mulder, Berghem, Belgium

Page 76: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires2.52 Urban lighting

Metronomis Annecy

Metronomis AnnecyType CDS560

Light source HID:

1 x MASTER CosmoWhite CPO-TT / PGZ12

/45, 60, 90, 140 W

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E27 / 70 W

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E40 / 100,

150 W

1 x MASTER Colour CDM-T / G12 / 35,

70,150 W

1 x MASTER SDW-T / PG12-1 / 50, 100 W

1 x SON / E27 / 50, 70 W

1 x SON / E40 / 100, 150 W

1 x SON-I / E27 / 50, 70 W

1 x SON-T / E27 / 50, 70 W

1 x SON-T / E40 / 100, 150 W

1 x MASTER PL-T 4 Pin / GX24q-3 or 4* / 32,

42 W

*depends on wattage

Induction lamp system:

MASTER QL system / 55 W

Lamp included

No

Gear Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:

Optical cover

Ignitor

Options

Housing: high-pressure, die-cast aluminum

Bowls and bowl covers: polycarbonate

Refractor and diffuser : polymethylmethacrylic-

imide

Louvers: high-pressure, die-cast aluminum

Adapters: die-cast aluminum

Color

Akzo or RAL colors available on request

Installation Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø60 / 76 mm

Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 42 - 60 mm

with side-entry adapter

Recommended mounting height: 4 - 6 m

Accessories Adapter for side entry, Ø 42 - 60 mm, ZRP551

Remarks Compatible with various Metronomis brackets

Main applications Urban and architectural areas, commercial and

business centers

CDS560

Page 77: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 2.53Urban lighting

Urb

an lig

htin

g

Metronomis Annecy CDS560 urban-

lighting luminaire with indirect optic

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

CDS560 CDO-TT70W K 230V II LO TP GR ST 10.45 845845 00

CDS560 CDO-TT100W K 230V II LO TP GR ST 10.45 845852 00

CDS560 CDO-TT150W K 230V II LO TP GR ST 11.10 845869 00

CDS560 CPO-TW60W K EB II A TP GR 10.50 850023 00

CDS560 CPO-TW140W K EB II A TP GR 10.50 850030 00

Metronomis Annecy

The Hague, The Netherlands

Page 78: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires2.54 Urban lighting

Metronomis Berlin

Metronomis BerlinType CDS570

Light source HID:

1 x MASTER CosmoWhite CPO-TW / PGZ12

/ 45, 60, 90, 140 W

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E27 / 70 W

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E40 / 100,

150 W

1 x MASTER Colour CDM-T / G12 / 35,

70,150 W

1 x MASTER SDW-T / PG12-1 / 50, 100 W

1 x SON / E27 / 50, 70 W

1 x SON / E40 / 100, 150 W

1 x SON-I / E27 / 50, 70 W

1 x SON-T / E27 / 50, 70 W

1 x SON-T / E40 / 100, 150 W

1 x MASTER PL-T 4 Pin / GX24q-3 or 4* / 32,

42 W

*depends on wattage

Induction lamp system:

MASTER QL system / 55 W

Lamp included

No

Gear Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:

Optical cover

Ignitor

Options

Housing: high-pressure, die-cast aluminum

Decorative arms: die-cast aluminum

Bowls and bowl covers: polycarbonate

Refractor and diffuser : polymethylmethacrylic-

imide

Louvers: high-pressure, die-cast aluminum

Adapters: die-cast aluminum

Color

Akzo or RAL colors available on request

Installation Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 60 / 76 mm

Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 42 - 60 mm

with side-entry adapter

Recommended mounting height: 4 - 6 m

Accessories Adapter for side entry, Ø 42 - 60 mm, ZRP551

Remarks Compatible with various Metronomis brackets

Main applications Urban and architectural areas, commercial and

business centers

CDS570

Page 79: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 2.55Urban lighting

Urb

an lig

htin

g

Metronomis Berlin CDS570 urban-

lighting luminaire with road lighting

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

CDS570 CDO-TT70W K 230V II A TP GR ST 11.15 845906 00

CDS570 CDO-TT100W K 230V II A TP GR ST 11.15 845913 00

CDS570 CDO-TT150W K 230V II A TP GR ST 11.80 845920 00

Metronomis Berlin

Avenue Rhin et Danube, Les sables d’Ólonne, France

Page 80: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires2.56 Urban lighting

Metronomis Cambridge

Metronomis CambridgeType CDS580

Light source HID:

1 x MASTER CosmoWhite CPO-TW / PGZ12

/ 45, 60, 90, 140 W

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E27 / 70 W

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E40 / 100,

150 W

1 x MASTER Colour CDM-T / G12 / 35,

70,150 W

1 x MASTER SDW-T / PG12-1 / 50, 100 W

1 x SON / E27 / 50, 70 W

1 x SON / E40 / 100, 150 W

1 x SON-I / E27 / 50, 70 W

1 x SON-T / E27 / 50, 70 W

1 x SON-T / E40 / 100, 150 W

1 x MASTER PL-T 4 Pin / GX24q-3 or 4* / 32,

42 W

*depends on wattage

Induction lamp system:

MASTER QL system / 55 W

Lamp included

No

Gear Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:

Optical cover

Ignitor

Options

Housing: high-pressure, die-cast aluminum

Decorative arms: die-cast aluminum

Bowls and bowl covers: polycarbonate

Refractor and diffuser : polymethylmethacrylic-

imide

Louvers: high-pressure, die-cast aluminum

Adapters: die-cast aluminum

Color

RAL colors available on request

Installation Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 60 / 76 mm

Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 42 - 60 mm

with side-entry adapter

Recommended mounting height: 4 - 6 m

Accessories Adapter for side entry, Ø 42 - 60 mm, ZRP551

Remarks Compatible with various Metronomis brackets

Main applications Urban and architectural areas, commercial and

business centers

CDS580

Page 81: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 2.57Urban lighting

Urb

an lig

htin

g

Metronomis Cambridge CDS580

urban-lighting luminaire with diffuser

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

CDS580 SON70W K 230V II PR TP GR SP 11.88 845937 00

CDS580 SON100W K 230V II PR TP GR SP 11.88 845944 00

CDS580 SON150W K 230V II PR TP GR SP 12.53 845951 00

CDS580 CDO-TT70W K 230V II PR TP GR ST 11.88 845968 00

CDS580 CDO-TT100W K 230V II PR TP GR ST 11.88 845975 00

CDS580 CDO-TT150W K 230V II PR TP GR ST 12.53 845982 00

Metronomis Cambridge

Rue Albert 1er, Rixensart, Belgium

Page 82: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires2.58 Urban lighting

Metronomis Bordeaux

Metronomis BordeauxType CDS592/594

Light source HID:

1 x MASTER CosmoWhite CPO-TW / PGZ12

/ 45, 60, 90, 140 W

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E27 / 70 W

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E40 / 100,

150 W

1 x MASTER Colour CDM-T / G12 / 35,

70,150 W

1 x MASTER SDW-T / PG12-1 / 50, 100 W

1 x SON / E27 / 50, 70 W

1 x SON / E40 / 100, 150 W

1 x SON-I / E27 / 50, 70 W

1 x SON-T / E27 / 50, 70 W

1 x SON-T / E40 / 100, 150 W

1 x MASTER PL-T 4 Pin / GX24q-3 or 4* / 32,

42 W

*depends on wattage

Induction lamp system:

MASTER QL system / 55 W

Lamp included

No

Gear Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:

Optical cover

Ignitor

Options

Housing: high-pressure, die-cast aluminum

Decorative arms: die-cast aluminum

Bowls and bowl covers: polycarbonate

Refractor and diffuser : polymethylmethacrylic-

imide

Louvers: high-pressure, die-cast aluminum

Adapters: die-cast aluminum

Color

Akzo or RAL colors available on request

Installation Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 42 - 60 mm

with side-entry adapter

Catenary mounting with catenary adapter

Recommended mounting height: 4 - 6 m

Accessories Adapter for side entry, Ø 42 - 60 mm, ZRP551

Catenary adapter, ZRP552

Remarks Compatible with various Metronomis brackets

Main applications Urban and architectural areas, commercial and

business centers

CDS592 CDS594

Page 83: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 2.59Urban lighting

Urb

an lig

htin

g

Metronomis Bordeaux CDS592 urban-

lighting luminaire with clear bowl and

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

CDS592 CDO-TT70W K 230V II S TT GR ST 11.10 846026 00

CDS592 CDO-TT100W K 230V II S TT GR ST 11.10 846033 00

CDS592 CDO-TT150W K 230V II S TT GR ST 11.75 846040 00

Metronomis Bordeaux

Metronomis Bordeaux CDS594

urban-lighting luminaire with rotational

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

CDS594 SDW-T50W 230V II S TT GR 10.87 225678 00

CDS594 CDM-T70W 230V II S TT GR SP 11.90 225685 00

Nieuwe Kaai, Turnhout, Belgium

Page 84: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires2.60 Urban lighting

Metronomis Brussels

Metronomis BrusselsType CDS501 (small version)

CDS502 (large version)

Light source CDS501

HID:

1 x MASTER CosmoWhite CPO-TW / PGZ12

/ 45, 60, 90, 140 W

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-ET / E27 / 70 W

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-ET / E40 / 100,

150 W

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E27 / 70 W

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E40 / 100,

150 W

1 x SON-I / E27 / 70 W

1 x SON-I / E40 / 150 W

1 x SON / E27 / 70 W

1 x SON / E40 / 100, 150 W

1 x SON-T / E27 / 70 W

1 x SON-T / E40 / 100, 150 W

1 x MASTERColour CDM-TP / PG12-2 / 70 W

1 x MASTERColour CDM-TP / PGX12-2 /

150 W

Induction lamp system

1 x MASTER QL system / 85 W

CDS502

HID:

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-ET / E40 /

150 W

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E40 /

150 W

1 x MASTER HPI-T Plus / E40 / 250, 400 W

1 x SON-I / E40 / 150 W

1 x SON / E40 / 150, 250, 400 W

1 x SON-T / E40 / 150, 250, 400 W

Lamp included Yes (K or lamp color 628, 728, 827, 830, 840)

No

Gear Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:

Electronic (EB)

Optic (elements)

Optical cover Polycarbonate bowl (PC)

Flat glass (FG)

Ignitor

Series (SI)

Semi-parallel (SP)

Series, self-stopping (SS)

Semi-parallel, self-stopping (ST)

Options (in CDS501

version only)

Lighting controls: Chronosense (CH)

Light regulation: dimming switch (SW)

Housing: high-pressure, die-cast aluminum

Optical compartment: polycarbonate, liqued-

coated

Optical covers: polycarbonate, clear (PC) or

tempered soda-lime glass (FG)

Adapters: die-cast aluminum

Color Dark grey (GR)

Akzo and RAL colors available on request

Installation Suspended mounting on column with dedicated

Metronomis brackets

Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 42 - 60 mm

with side-entry adapter

Catenary mounting with catenary adapter

Wall mounting with wall-mounting bracket

Recommended mounting height: 3.5 - 10 m

Tilt angle: max 15º, if mounted on dedicated

Metronomis bracket

Accessories Adapter for side entry, Ø 42 - 60 mm, ZRP551

Catenary adapter, ZRP552

Wall-mounting bracket, ZRP559

Remarks Compatible with various Metronomis brackets

Choice of integrated or separate control gear unit

(400 W version only separate)

Main applications Urban and architectural areas, commercial and

business centers

Page 85: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 2.61Urban lighting

Urb

an lig

htin

g

Metronomis Brussels

CDS501 PC

CDS502 PC

Metronomis Brussels CDS501/502

urban-lighting luminaire with

polycarbonate bowl (PC)

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

CDS501 CPO-TW60W K EB II A PC GR 10.00 850115 00

CDS501 CPO-TW140W K EB II A PC GR 10.00 850122 00

CDS502 CDO-TT150W K 240V II A PC GR ST 13.80 676708 00

CDS502 SON-T150W K 230V II A PC GR SP 11.20 846071 00

CDS502 SON-T250W K 230V II A PC GR SP 14.80 846088 00

Krimweg, Coevoorden, The Netherlands

Page 86: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires2.62 Urban lighting

Metronomis Porto

Metronomis PortoType CDS503 (small version)

CDS504 (large version)

Light source CDS503

HID:

1 x MASTER CosmoWhite CPO-TW / PGZ12

/ 45, 60, 90, 140 W

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-ET / E27 / 70 W

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-ET / E40 / 100,

150 W

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E27 / 70 W

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E40 / 100,

150 W

1 x SON-I / E27 / 70 W

1 x SON-I / E40 / 150 W

1 x SON / E27 / 70 W

1 x SON / E40 / 100, 150 W

1 x SON-T / E27 / 70 W

1 x SON-T / E40 / 100, 150 W

1 x MASTERColour CDM-TP / PG12-2 / 70 W

1 x MASTERColour CDM-TP / PGX12-2 /

150 W

Induction lamp system

1 x MASTER QL system / 85 W

CDS504

HID:

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-ET / E40 /

150 W

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E40 /

150 W

1 x MASTER HPI-T Plus / E40 / 250, 400 W

1 x SON-I / E40 / 150 W

1 x SON / E40 / 150, 250, 400 W

1 x SON-T / E40 / 150, 250, 400 W

Lamp included Yes (K or lamp color 628, 728, 827, 830, 840)

No

Gear Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:

Electronic (EB)

Optic (elements)

function (AE)

(SE)

Optical cover

Polycarbonate bowl (PC)

Flat glass (FG)

Ignitor Series (SI)

Semi-parallel (SP)

Series, self-stopping (SS)

Semi-parallel, self-stopping (ST)

Options (in CDS503

version only)

Lighting controls: Chronosense (CH)

Light regulation: dimming switch (SW)

Housing: high-pressure, die-cast aluminum

Optical compartment: polycarbonate, prismatic

Optical covers: polycarbonate, clear (PC) or

tempered soda-lime glass (FG)

Adapters: die-cast aluminum

Color Dark grey (GR)

Akzo or RAL colors available on request

Installation Suspended mounting on column with dedicated

Metronomis brackets

Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 42 - 60 mm

with side-entry adapter

Catenary mounting with catenary adapter

Wall mounting with wall-mounting bracket

Recommended mounting height: 3.5 - 10 m

Tilt angle: max 15º, if mounted on dedicated

Metronomis bracket

Accessories Adapter for side entry, Ø 42 - 60 mm, ZRP551

Catenary adapter, ZRP552

Wall-mounting bracket, ZRP559

Remarks Compatible with various Metronomis brackets

Choice of integrated or separate control gear unit

(400 W version only separate)

Main applications Urban and architectural areas, commercial and

business centers

Page 87: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 2.63Urban lighting

Urb

an lig

htin

g

Metronomis Porto

CDS503 PC

CDS504 PC

CDS503 FG

Metronomis Porto CDS503/504

urban-lighting luminaire with

polycarbonate bowl (PC)

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

CDS503 SON-T100W K 230V II AE PC GR SP 11.35 846149 00

CDS504 SON-T150W K 230V II AE PC GR SP 11.30 846156 00

CDS504 SON-T250W K 230V II AE PC GR SP 14.90 846163 00

CDS503 CDO-TT70W K 230V II AE PC GR ST 8.95 846170 00

CDS504 CDO-TT150W K 230V II AE PC GR ST 13.90 846200 00

Metronomis CDS503/504 urban-

(FG)

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

CDS503 CDO-TT100W K 230V II AE FG GR ST 13.06 846187 00

Page 88: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires2.64 Urban lighting

Metronomis Oslo

Metronomis OsloType CDS505 (small version)

CDS506 (large version)

Light source CDS505

HID:

1 x MASTER CosmoWhite CPO-TW / PGZ12

/ 45, 60, 90, 140 W

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-ET / E27 / 70 W

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-ET / E40 / 100,

150 W

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E27 / 70 W

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E40 / 100,

150 W

1 x SON-I / E27 / 70 W

1 x SON-I / E40 / 150 W

1 x SON / E27 / 70 W

1 x SON / E40 / 100, 150 W

1 x SON-T / E27 / 70 W

1 x SON-T / E40 / 100, 150 W

1 x MASTERColour CDM-TP / PG12-2 / 70 W

1 x MASTERColour CDM-TP / PGX12-2 /

150 W

Induction lamp system

1 x MASTER QL system / 85 W

CDS506

HID:

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E40 /

150 W

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-ET / E40 /

150 W

1 x MASTER HPI-T Plus / E40 / 250, 400 W

1 x SON-I / E40 / 150 W

1 x SON / E40 / 150, 250, 400 W

1 x SON-T / E40 / 150, 250, 400 W

Lamp included Yes (K or lamp color 628, 728, 827, 830, 840)

No

Gear Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:

Electronic (EB)

Optic (elements)

Optical cover Polycarbonate bowl (PC)

Flat glass (FG)

Ignitor

Series (SI)

Semi-parallel (SP)

Series, self-stopping (SS)

Semi-parallel, self-stopping (ST)

Options (in CDS505 version only)

Lighting controls: Chronosense (CH)

Light regulation: dimming switch (SW)

Housing: high-pressure, die-cast aluminum

Optical compartment: polycarbonate, opal

Optical covers: polycarbonate, clear (PC) or

tempered soda-lime glass (FG)

Dome-support bracket: chill-moulded aluminum

Adapters: die-cast aluminum

Color Dark grey (GR)

Akzo or RAL colors available on request

Installation Suspended mounting on column with dedicated

Metronomis brackets

Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 42 - 60 mm

with side-entry adapter

Catenary mounting with catenary adapter

Wall mounting with wall-mounting bracket

Recommended mounting heigt: 3.5 - 10 m

Tilt angle: max 15º, if mounted on dedicated

Metronomis bracket

Accessories Adapter for side entry, Ø 42 - 60 mm, ZRP551

Catenary adapter, ZRP552

Wall-mounting bracket, ZRP559

Remarks Compatible with various Metronomis brackets

Choice of integrated or separate control gear unit

(400 W version only separate)

Main applications Urban and architectural areas, commercial and

business centers

Page 89: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 2.65Urban lighting

Urb

an lig

htin

g

Metronomis Oslo

CDS505 PC CDS506 PC

Metronomis Oslo CDS505/506 urban-

lighting luminaire with polycarbonate

bowl (PC)

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

CDS505 SON-T100W K 240V II AE PC GR ST 13.60 676791 00

CDS506 SON-T150W K 240V II AE PC GR ST 14.70 676807 00

CDS506 SON-T250W K 240V II AE PC GR ST 18.30 676814 00

CDS505 CDO-TT100W K 230V II AE PC GR ST 13.80 846262 00

CDS506 CDO-TT150W K 230V II AE PC GR ST 17.30 846286 00

Tirso de Molina Square, Madrid, Spain.

Page 90: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires2.66 Urban lighting

Metronomis masts and brackets

AccessoriesShort curved bracket

Product ID EOC

ZRP554 MBS-ARC-S SHORT CURVED BRACKET

227283 00

ZRP554

Short straight bracket

Product ID EOC

ZRP555 MBS-S SHORT STRAIGHT BRACKET

227290 00

ZRP555

Long curved bracket

Product ID EOC

ZRP556 MBS-ARC-L IX LONG CURVED BRACKET

824215 00ZRP556

Long straight bracket

Product ID EOC

ZRP557 MBS-L LONG STRAIGHT BRACKET

230122 00ZRP557

Product ID EOC

ZRP559 MBW-556/557 GR-10714 WALL BRACKET

147574 00

ZRP559 MBW-554/555 GR-10714 WALL BRACKET

147581 00

ZRP558 MB MOUNTING BRACKET 230139 00

ZRP551 SP42/60S GR SIDE ENTRY SPIGOT

824314 00

ZRP559

ZRP558

ZRP551

Page 91: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 2.67Urban lighting

Urb

an lig

htin

g

Metronomis masts and brackets

Potaerdenberg, Anderlecht, Belgium

Page 92: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires2.68 Urban lighting

CitySpirit

Page 93: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 2.69Urban lighting

Urb

an lig

htin

g

CitySpirit – streetwiseCitySpirit is a range of street-lighting luminaires designed to provide excellent environmentally friendly lighting without compromising on architectural appearance. The eight distinctive designs are clearly linked yet allow modularity.

To ensure perfect integration in the urban architecture, the luminaire, mast and bracket of CitySpirit have been developed as one design. The range provides elegant and above all complete project solutions, including wall-mounted and bollard versions.

Transparent materials have been used to lighten the daytime appearance. The inner

robust.

CitySpirit incorporates several new optical concepts which address issues such as spacing, night preservation, comfort and light.

www.philips.com/lighting

Page 94: Philips Iluminação Externa

CitySpirit

Philips outdoor luminairesUrban lighting2.70

Clean linesThis range has been designed with the aim of creating unobtrusive luminaires. The use of transparent materials combined with aluminum components creates clean lines throughout the range.

Application-drivenBecause every application deserves to be illuminated adequately, we have created several new optical concepts which address issues like spacing, night preservation, comfort and light trespass and are suitable for any application.

The language of light Urban lighting should complement the architecture, so we have endeavoured to create a family of distinctive designs that are clearly linked yet allow unique modularity.

StreetConeTorch Classic lantern Modern Lantern

Page 95: Philips Iluminação Externa

CitySpirit

Urb

an lig

htin

g

Philips outdoor luminaires Urban lighting 2.71

Light Trespass

For such cases we have developed the Light Trespass accessory, one for each luminaire and one for every optic.

been installed, preserving the look of the luminaire and reducing the light level on facades by up to 50 %, thus giving rise to lighting levels below 25 lux.

Wall-mountedIn smaller streets it is not always possible to use masts. Wall mounting is then preferred, but for this the luminaire must have a top cover of a smaller diameter. Combined with the Light Trespass accessory and the many optical systems, this version will help improve the street scene.

BollardIn green areas or at the entrance to a building, bollards can add

Incorporating the same optical system as the rest of the range, including the Light Trespass, this bollard completes the family.

2.71

Street Colour

Page 96: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminairesUrban lighting2.72

CitySpirit masts and brackets

CitySpirit masts and bracketsSafety has traditionally been the primary concern of city lighting, but today the aesthetics of the lighting solution are equally important. To ensure perfect integration in the urban architecture, the luminaire, mast and bracket of CitySpirit have been developed as one design. The range provides elegant and above all complete solutions for your project. For example, the Taper mast lightens the daytime appereance, in line with the transparent look of a Cone luminaire. A dedicated wall-mounted bracket ensures a clean installation of the Torch in smaller streets. And the twin mast allows a double installation of the Street luminaire.

CitySpirit Cone on Taper mastA reverse conical column lightens

the daytime appearance, in line with

the transparent look of the range.

city centers and residential streets.

luminaire.

CitySpirit Classic lantern on double bracket with decorative elementDesigned for twin installation, the

CitySpirit bracket is slightly angled

to create a dynamic effect. It is

available in a simple (as presented

here) or balanced version, where

an extra length at the bottom

Suited to boulevard and residential

zones.

Page 97: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires Urban lighting 2.73

CitySpirit masts and brackets

Urb

an lig

htin

g

CitySpirit wall-mounted bracket with or without decorative elementBased on the CitySpirit bracket, the wall-mounted

accessory is suited to small streets, with the wall-

mounted luminaire and its reduced top hat. It is

available in a simple or balanced version, where an

appearance.

CitySpirit Street on V mastDue to the V shape, the way this

mast is perceived varies depending

on the perspective and light

conditions. Light in appearance

and yet with real presence, it is

suited to city centers and modern

surroundings.

Wall-mounted bracket balanced

version

Wall-mounted bracket simple version

CitySpirit Street on Rib mastThe Rib mast takes a simple

tubular column and gives it

presence via a welded decorative

element at the back. Suited

to residential streets and

commercial areas.

CitySpirit on Tilt mastSeemingly defying gravity, the

Tilt mast for the Street luminaire

is angled to create a tree-like

dynamic effect. It is suited to city

centers, commercial streets and

roundabouts. The Twin version

allows for a balanced visual

appearance in the middle of the

street.

Page 98: Philips Iluminação Externa

CitySpirit

Philips outdoor luminairesUrban lighting2.74

Optical elementsDirect louverThis polished aluminum louver has been developed with comfort in mind,

avoiding a direct view of the light source. Ovoid lamps are preferred since they

reduce possible glare at low viewing angles.

Total Light Output Ratio > 35 %

Upward Light Ratio < 15 %

Available for :

Direct/indirect louverThe direct/indirect aluminum louver allows part of the light to be emitted

upwards, onto the cover of the luminaire. This creates the night-time appearance

of the luminaire and softens the lighting pattern.

Ovoid lamps are preferred since they reduce possible glare at low viewing angles.

Total Light Output Ratio > 45 %

Upward Light Ratio < 5 %

Available for :

DiffuserThe PMMA diffuser emits a soft light in every direction, thus creating ambience.

Total Light Output Ratio > 65 %

Upward Light Ratio < 15 %

Available for :

Prismatic

a sparkling effect with very good spacing.

Total Light Output Ratio > 70 %

Upward Light Ratio < 10 %

Available for :

Page 99: Philips Iluminação Externa

CitySpirit

Urb

an lig

htin

g

Philips outdoor luminaires Urban lighting 2.75

Indirect standard

controls light and hides the lamp from direct view. By using a basic white disc in

the top cover of the luminaire a new lighting ambience is created, like the effect

of a candle.

Total Light Output Ratio > 50 %

Upward Light Ratio < 10 %

Available for :

Indirect symmetricRotationally symmetric distribution can be obtained and spacing can be much

Total Light Output Ratio > 55 %

Upward Light Ratio < 5 %

Available for :

Indirect bi-directional

optimising spacing.

Total Light Output Ratio > 50 %

Upward Light Ratio < 5 %

Available for :

Indirect asymmetric

delivering ideal performance for wider streets.

Total Light Output Ratio > 55 %

Upward Light Ratio < 10 %

Available for :

excellent spacing. This solution is used only in the Street version.

Total Light Output Ratio > 65 %

Upward Light Ratio < 0 %

Available for :

Page 100: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires2.76 Urban lighting

CitySpirit Torch

CitySpirit TorchType CDS450

Light source HID:

1 x MASTER CosmoWhite CPO-TW / PGZ12

/ 45, 60, 90, 140 W

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E27 / 70 W

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E40 / 100,

150 W

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-ET / E27 / 70 W

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-ET / E40 / 100,

150 W

1 x MASTERColour CDM-T / G12 / 35, 70,

150 W

1 x MASTER SDW-T / PG12-1 / 50, 100 W

1 x SON / E27 / 50, 70 W

1 x SON / E40 / 100, 150 W

1 x SON-T / E27 / 50, 70 W

1 x SON-T / E40 / 100, 150 W

1 x MASTER PL-T 4 Pin / GX24q-3 or 4 or 5* /

32, 42, 57 W

*depends on wattage

Lamp included Yes (K or light color 830, 840 or 942)

No

Gear Electromagnetic (low loss), 230 or 240 V / 50 Hz:

Inductive (IN)

Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:

Electronic (EB)

Optical element Louver (LO)

Louver, direct/indirect (LO-D/I)

Refractor, prismatic (PR)

Diffuser (DF)

Ignitor Series (SI)

Series, self-stopping (SS)

Semi-parallel, digital (SND)

Semi-parallel (SP)

Semi-parallel, self-stopping (ST)

Options Photocell: Minicell (P3)

Pre-wired mains connection cable (for 60P

version):

4 m (C1K5), 5 m (C4K5), 6 m (C6K)

Housing: die-cast aluminum

Pole mount: die-cast aluminum

Bowl and skirt: polycarbonate, UV-stabilized

Top cover: ABS with heat shield

Color Housing: silver grey (GR)

Pole mount: dark grey

Installation Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 60 / 76 mm (60P

/ 76P)

Recommended mounting height: 4 - 6 m

Accessories Light trespass, GDS460 LO

Main applications Urban, residential and pedestrian areas,

promenades

CDS450

Page 101: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 2.77Urban lighting

Urb

an lig

htin

g

CitySpirit Torch CDS450 urban-lighting

luminaire with louver (LO)

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

CDS450 SON-T150W K II LO GR SP 60P 8.66 725840 00

CDS450 CDO-TT150W K II LO GR ST 60P 8.66 725864 00

CDS450 CPO-TW60W K EB II LO GR 60P 7.00 291292 00

CDS450 CPO-TW90W K EB II LO GR 60P 7.10 291001 00

CDS450 CPO-TW140W K EB II LO GR 60P 7.00 291018 00

CitySpirit Torch

CitySpirit Torch CDS450 urban-lighting

luminaire with prismatic refractor (PR)

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

CDS450 SON-T70W K EB I PR GR 60P 6.80 726038 00

CDS450 CPO-TW60W K EB I PR GR 60P 6.89 725994 00

CDS450 PL-T/4P42W/840 EB I PR GR C6K 76P 7.75 725833 00

CitySpirit Torch CDS450 urban-lighting

luminaire with diffuser element (DF)

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

CDS450 SON-T70W K II DF GR SP 60P 7.27 290967 00

CDS450 CPO-TW60W K EB II DF GR 60P 6.73 290660 00

CDS450 CDO-TT70W K II DF GR ST 60P 7.27 290981 00

CitySpirit Torch CDS450 urban-lighting

luminaire

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

CDS450 CDO-TT100W K II GR ST 60P 8.06 725857 00

AccessoriesCitySpirit Torch CDS450 urban-lighting

luminaire with indirect optic and

GDS460 light trespass

Product ID EOC

GDS460 LO 727066 00

Page 102: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires2.78 Urban lighting

CitySpirit Classic Lantern

CitySpirit Classic lanternType CDS460

Light source HID:

1 x MASTER CosmoWhite CPO-TW / PGZ12

/ 45, 60, 90, 140 W

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E27 / 70 W

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E40 / 100,

150 W

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-ET / E27 / 70 W

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-ET / E40 / 100,

150 W

1 x MASTERColour CDM-T / G12 / 35, 70,

150 W

1 x MASTER SDW-T / PG12-1 / 50, 100 W

1 x SON / E27 / 50, 70 W

1 x SON / E40 / 100, 150 W

1 x SON-T / E27 / 50, 70 W

1 x SON-T / E40 / 100, 150 W

1 x MASTER PL-T 4 Pin / GX24q-3 or 4 or 5* /

32, 42, 57 W

*depends on wattage

Lamp included Yes (K or light color 830, 840 or 942)

No

Gear Electromagnetic (low loss), 230 or 240 V / 50 Hz:

Inductive (IN)

Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:

Electronic (EB)

Optical element Louver (LO)

Louver, direct/indirect (LO-D/I)

Refractor, prismatic (PR)

Diffuser (DF)

Ignitor Series (SI)

Series, self-stopping (SS)

Semi-parallel, digital (SND)

Semi-parallel (SP)

Semi-parallel, self-stopping (ST)

Options Photocell: Minicell (P3)

Pre-wired mains connection cable (for 60P

version):

4 m (C1K5), 5 m (C4K5), 6 m (C6K)

Housing: die-cast aluminum

Pole mount: die-cast aluminum

Bowl and skirt: polycarbonate, UV-stabilized

Top cover: die-cast aluminum with heat shield or

Color Housing: silver grey (GR)

Pole mount and top cover: dark grey

Installation Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 60 / 76 mm (60P

/ 76P)

Recommended mounting height: 4 - 6 m

Accessories Light trespass, GDS460 LO

Main applications Urban, residential and pedestrian areas,

promenades

CDS460

Page 103: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 2.79Urban lighting

Urb

an lig

htin

g

CitySpirit Classic CDS460 urban-

direct/indirect louver (LO-D/I)

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

CDS460 CPO-TW60W K EB II LO-D/I GR 60P 9.05 729541 00

CDS460 PL-T/4P57W/830 EB II LO-D/I GR 8.78 729602 00

CDS460 SON-T150W K II LO-D/I GR ST 60P 10.71 291032 00

CDS460 CDO-TT150W K II LO-D/I GR ST 60P 10.71 291063 00

CDS460 CPO-TW140W K EB II LO-D/I GR 60P 9.05 291087 00

CitySpirit Classic Lantern

CitySpirit Classic CDS460 urban-

louver (LO)

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

CDS460 SON-T150W K II LO GR ST 60P 11.01 729350 00

CDS460 CPO-TW45W K EB II LO GR 60P 9.35 729503 00

CDS460 CPO-TW60W K EB II LO GR 60P 9.35 729534 00

CDS460 PL-T/4P42W/830 EB II LO GR 60P 8.90 729565 00

CitySpirit Classic CDS460 urban-

prismatic refractor (PR)

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

CDS460 SON-T70W K II PR GR ST 60P 9.78 729404 00

CDS460 CDO-ET70W K II PR GR ST 60P 9.77 729435 00

CDS460 CPO-TW45W K EB II PR GR 60P 9.24 729527 00

CDS460 CPO-TW60W K EB II PR GR 60P 9.24 729558 00

CitySpirit Classic CDS460 urban-

diffuser element (DF)

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

CDS460 CPO-TW60W K EB I DF GR 60P 9.08 726229 00

CDS460 SON-T70W K EB I DF GR 60P 8.99 726267 00

Page 104: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires2.80 Urban lighting

CitySpirit Classic Lantern

CitySpirit Classic CDS460 urban-

and indirect optic (IO)

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

CDS460 SON-T70W II T IO GR ST 60P 8.59 290592 00

CDS460 CDO-TT70W II T IO GR ST 60P 8.59 290608 00

CDS460 CPO-TW60W K EB II T IO GR 60P 8.11 290615 00

CitySpirit Classic CDS460 urban

symmetrical (TS) and indirect optic

(IO)

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

CDS460 CDO-TT70W K EB I TS IO GR C6K 76P 9.30 726076 00

CDS460 CPO-TW45W K EB I TS IO GR C6K 76P 9.39 726090 00

AccessoriesCitySpirit Classic CDS460 urban-

lighting luminaire with indirect optic

and GDS460 light trespass

Product ID EOC

GDS460 LO 727066 00

Fitting the optical unit

Page 105: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 2.81Urban lighting

Urb

an lig

htin

g

CitySpirit Classic Lantern

Page 106: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires2.82 Urban lighting

Cityspirit Modern Lantern

CitySpirit Modern lanternType CDS462

Light source HID:

1 x MASTER CosmoWhite CPO-TW / PGZ12

/ 45, 60, 90, 140 W

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E27 / 70 W

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E40 / 100,

150 W

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-ET / E27 / 70 W

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-ET / E40 / 100,

150 W

1 x MASTERColour CDM-T / G12 / 35, 70,

150 W

1 x MASTER SDW-T / PG12-1 / 50, 100 W

1 x SON / E27 / 50, 70 W

1 x SON / E40 / 100, 150 W

1 x SON-T / E27 / 50, 70 W

1 x SON-T / E40 / 100, 150 W

1 x MASTER PL-T 4 Pin / GX24q-3 or 4 or 5* /

32, 42, 57 W

*depends on wattage

Lamp included Yes (K or light color 830, 840 or 942)

No

Gear Electromagnetic (low loss), 230 or 240 V / 50 Hz:

Inductive (IN)

Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:

Electronic (EB)

Optical element Louver (LO)

Louver, direct/indirect (LO-D/I)

Refractor, prismatic (PR)

Diffuser (DF)

Ignitor Series (SI)

Series, self-stopping (SS)

Semi-parallel, digital (SND)

Semi-parallel (SP)

Semi-parallel, self-stopping (ST)

Options Photocell: Minicell (P3)

Pre-wired mains connection cable (for 60P

version):

4 m (C1K5), 5 m (C4K5), 6 m (C6K)

Housing: die-cast aluminum

Pole mount: die-cast aluminum

Bowl and skirt: polycarbonate, UV-stabilized

Color Housing: silver grey (GR)

Pole mount: dark grey

Installation Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 60 / 76 mm (60P

/ 76P)

Recommended mounting height: 4 - 6 m

Accessories Light trespass, GDS460 LO

Main applications Urban, residential and pedestrian areas,

promenades

CDS462

Page 107: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 2.83Urban lighting

Urb

an lig

htin

g

CitySpirit Modern CDS462 urban-

louver (LO)

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

CDS462 SON-T70W K II LO GR ST 60P 8.79 729657 00

CDS462 SDW-T100W K II LO GR 60P 9.14 729749 00

CDS462 CPO-TW45W K EB II LO GR 60P 8.25 729770 00

CDS462 CPO-TW60W K EB II LO GR 60P 8.25 729800 00

CDS462 PL-T/4P57W/830 EB II LO GR 60P 7.98 729862 00

Cityspirit Modern Lantern

CitySpirit Modern CDS462 urban-

direct/indirect louver (LO-D/I)

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

CDS462 CPO-TW45W K EB II LO-D/I GR 60P 7.95 729787 00

CDS462 CPO-TW60W K EB II LO-D/I GR 60P 7.95 729817 00

CDS462 SON-T70W K II LO-D/I GR ST 60P 8.49 729664 00

CDS462 SDW-T100W K II LO-D/I GR 60P 8.84 729756 00

CDS462 PL-T/4P57W/830 EB II LO-D/I 60P 7.68 729879 00

CitySpirit Modern CDS462 urban-

prismatic refractor (PR)

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

CDS462 SON-T70W K EB I PR GR 60P 8.05 726373 00

CDS462 CDO-ET70W K II PR GR ST 60P 8.67 729701 00

CDS462 CPO-TW45W K EB II PR GR 60P 8.14 729794 00

CDS462 CPO-TW60W K EB II PR GR 60P 8.14 729824 00

CDS462 PL-T/4P57W/830 EB II PR GR 60P 7.87 729886 00

Page 108: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires2.84 Urban lighting

Cityspirit Modern Lantern

CitySpirit Modern CDS462 urban-

and indirect optic (IO)

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

CDS462 CPO-TW60W K EB II T IO GR 60P 7.01 290547 00

CDS462 CDO-TT70W K II T IO GR ST 60P 7.55 291186 00

CDS462 CPO-TW90W K EB II T IO GR 60P 7.11 291193 00

CitySpirit Modern CDS462 urban

symmetrical (TS) and indirect optic

(IO)

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

CDS462 CPO-TW60W K EB I TS IO GR 60P 6.99 726410 00

CDS462 CPO-TW90W K EB I TS IO GR 60P 7.09 726434 00

CDS462 CPO-TW140W K EB I TS IO GR 60P 6.99 726458 00

AccessoriesProduct ID Description EOC

GDS460 LO Light trespass 727066 00

Page 109: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 2.85Urban lighting

Urb

an lig

htin

g

Cityspirit Modern Lantern

Page 110: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires2.86 Urban lighting

CitySpirit Cone

CitySpirit ConeType CDS470

Light source HID:

1 x MASTER CosmoWhite CPO-TW / PGZ12

/ 45, 60, 90, 140 W

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E27 / 70 W

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E40 / 100,

150 W

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-ET / E27 / 70 W

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-ET / E40 / 100,

150 W

1 x MASTERColour CDM-T / G12 / 35, 70,

150 W

1 x MASTER SDW-T / PG12-1 / 50, 100 W

1 x SON / E27 / 50, 70 W

1 x SON / E40 / 100, 150 W 1 x SON-T / E27 /

50, 70 W

1 x SON-T / E40 / 100, 150 W

1 x MASTER PL-T 4 Pin / GX24q-3 or 4 or 5* /

32, 42, 57 W

*depends on wattage

Lamp included Yes (K or light color 830, 840 or 942)

No

Gear Electromagnetic (low loss), 230 or 240 V / 50 Hz:

Inductive (IN)

Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:

Electronic (EB)

Optical element Louver (LO)

Louver, direct/indirect (LO-D/I)

Refractor, prismatic (PR)

Diffuser (DF)

Ignitor Series (SI)

Series, self-stopping (SS)

Semi-parallel, digital (SND)

Semi-parallel (SP)

Semi-parallel, self-stopping (ST)

Options Photocell: Minicell (P3)

Pre-wired mains connection cable (for 60P

version):

4 m (C1K5), 5 m (C4K5), 6 m (C6K)

Housing: die-cast aluminum

Pole mount: die-cast aluminum

Bowl and skirt: polycarbonate, UV-stabilized

Color Housing: silver grey (GR)

Pole mount: dark grey

Installation Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 60 / 76 mm (60P

/ 76P)

Recommended mounting height: 4 - 6 m

Accessories Light trespass, GDS470 LO

Main applications Urban, residential and pedestrian areas,

promenades

CDS470

Page 111: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 2.87Urban lighting

Urb

an lig

htin

g

CitySpirit Cone CDS470 urban-lighting

louver (LO)

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

CDS470 SON-T50W K II LO GR ST 60P 10.26 729893 00

CDS470 CDO-ET70W K II LO GR ST 60P 10.58 729954 00

CDS470 CPO-TW60W K EB II LO GR 60P 10.05 290103 00

CDS470 PL-T/4P42W/830 EB II LO GR 60P 9.60 290134 00

CDS470 PL-T/4P57W/830 EB II LO GR 60P 9.78 290165 00

CitySpirit Cone

CitySpirit Cone CDS470 urban-lighting

direct/indirect louver (LO D/I)

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

CDS470 SON-T50W K II LO-D/I GR ST 60P 9.96 729909 00

CDS470 SON-T70W K II LO-D/I GR ST 60P 10.29 729930 00

CDS470 CPO-TW45W K EB II LO-D/I GR 60P 9.75 290080 00

CDS470 CPO-TW60W K EB II LO-D/I GR 60P 9.75 290110 00

CitySpirit Cone CDS470 urban-lighting

prismatic refractor (PR)

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

CDS470 SON-T70W K II PR GR ST 60P 10.48 729947 00

CDS470 CPO-TW45W K EB II PR GR 60P 9.94 290097 00

CDS470 CPO-TW60W K EB II PR GR 60P 9.94 290127 00

Page 112: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires2.88 Urban lighting

CitySpirit Cone

CitySpirit Cone CDS470 urban-lighting

(TA) and indirect optic (IO)

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

CDS470 SON-T70W I TA IO GR SND C6K 76P 10.58 726540 00

CitySpirit Cone CDS470 urban-lighting

luminaire with bi-directional top

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

CDS470 CPO-TW60W K EB I TB IO GR 60P 8.79 726748 00

CDS470 CPO-TW90W K EB I TB IO GR 60P 8.89 726762 00

CDS470 SON-T70W II TB IO GR ST 60P 9.27 290462 00

CDS470 CDO-TT70W II TB IO GR ST 60P 9.27 290479 00

CDS470 CPO-TW140W K EB II TB IO GR 60P 8.89 291452 00

CitySpirit Cone CDS470 urban-

symmetrical (TS) and indirect optic

(IO)

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

CDS470 CPO-TW60W K EB I TS IO GR 60P 8.79 726687 00

CDS470 CPO-TW90W K EB I TS IO GR 60P 8.89 726700 00

CDS470 CPO-TW140W K EB I TS IO GR 60P 8.79 726724 00

CDS470 SON-T70W II TS IO GR ST 60P 9.27 290431 00

CDS470 CDO-TT70W K II TS IO GR ST 60P 9.33 291216 00

AccessoriesCitySpirit Cone CDS470 urban-lighting

luminaire with indirect optic and

GDS470 light trespass

Product ID EOC

GDS470 LO 727073 00

Page 113: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 2.89Urban lighting

Urb

an lig

htin

g

CitySpirit Cone

Kerkstraat, Hoogeveen, The Netherlands

Page 114: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires2.90 Urban lighting

CitySpirit Wall-mounted

CitySpirit Wall-mountedType CWS464

Light source HID:

1 x MASTER CosmoWhite CPO-TW / PGZ12

/ 45, 60, 90, 140 W

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E27 / 70 W

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E40 / 100,

150 W

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-ET / E27 / 70 W

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-ET / E40 / 100,

150 W

1 x MASTERColour CDM-T / G12 / 35, 70,

150 W

1 x MASTER SDW-T / PG12-1 / 50, 100 W

1 x SON / E27 / 50, 70 W

1 x SON / E40 / 100, 150 W

1 x SON-T / E27 / 50, 70 W

1 x SON-T / E40 / 100, 150 W

1 x MASTER PL-T 4 Pin / GX24q-3 or 4 or 5* /

32, 42, 57 W

*depends on wattage

Lamp included Yes (K or light color 830, 840 or 942)

No

Gear Electromagnetic (low loss), 230 or 240 V / 50 Hz:

Inductive (IN)

Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:

Electronic (EB)

Optical element Louver (LO)

Louver, direct/indirect (LO-D/I)

Refractor, prismatic (PR)

Diffuser (DF)

Ignitor Series (SI)

Series, self-stopping (SS)

Semi-parallel, digital (SND)

Semi-parallel (SP)

Semi-parallel, self-stopping (ST)

Options Photocell: Minicell (P3)

Pre-wired mains connection cable (for 60P

version):

4 m (C1K5), 5 m (C4K5), 6 m (C6K)

Housing: die-cast aluminum

Pole mount: die-cast aluminum

Bowl and skirt: polycarbonate, UV-stabilized

Top cover: die-cast aluminum with heat shield or

Color Housing: silver grey (GR)

Pole mount and top cover: dark grey

Installation Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 60 / 76 mm (60P

/ 76P)

Recommended mounting height: 4 - 6 m

Accessories Light trespass, GDS460 LO, wall-mounting bracket

Main applications Urban, residential and pedestrian areas,

promenades

CWS464

Page 115: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 2.91Urban lighting

Urb

an lig

htin

g

CitySpirit Wall-mounted CWS464

urban-lighting luminaire with top

(LO-D/I)

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

CWS464 CPO-TW60W K EB I LO-D/I GR 60P 7.80 292336 00

CWS464 CPO-TW90W K EB I LO-D/I GR 60P 7.90 292350 00

CWS464 CPO-TW140W K EB I LO-D/I GR 60P 7.80 292374 00

CWS464 SON-T70W K EB I LO-D/I GR 60P 7.71 292398 00

CWS464 SON-T100W K EB I LO-D/I GR 60P 8.05 292411 00

CWS464 SON-T150W K EB I LO-D/I GR 60P 8.06 292435 00

CitySpirit Wall-mounted

CitySpirit Wall-mounted CWS464

urban-lighting luminaire with top

(PR)

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

CWS464 CPO-TW60W K EB I PR GR 60P 7.99 292459 00

CWS464 SON-T70W K EB I PR GR 60P 7.90 292473 00

CitySpirit Wall-mounted CWS464

urban-lighting luminaire with bi-

indirect optic (IO)

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

CWS464 CPO-TW45W K EB I TB IO GR C4K5 7.84 727042 00

CWS464 CDM-T35W/830 EB I TB IO GR C4K5 7.42 727059 00

CitySpirit Wall-mounted CWS464

urban-lighting luminaire with top

indirect optic (IO)

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

CWS464 CPO-TW60W K EB II TA IO GR 60P 6.85 290424 00

CWS464 CPO-TW90W K EB II TA IO GR 60P 6.95 291261 00

CWS464 SON-T70W K II TA IO GR ST 60P 7.39 291278 00

CWS464 CDO-TT70W K II TA IO GR ST 60P 7.39 291285 00

CWS464 CPO-TW140W K EB II TA IO GR 60P 6.95 291469 00

AccessoriesProduct ID Description EOC

GDS460 LO Light trespass 727066 00

Page 116: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires2.92 Urban lighting

CitySpirit Street & Street Color

Page 117: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 2.93Urban lighting

Urb

an lig

htin

g

CitySpirit StreetCitySpirit Street Color

CitySpirit Street Color with LEDs, set

to green

CitySpirit Street Color with LEDs, set

to orange

CitySpirit Street Color with LEDs, set

to violet

CitySpirit Street Color with LEDs, set

to red

CitySpirit Street Color with LEDs, set

to cyan

CitySpirit Street & Street Color – enliven your streetsCityspirit Street completes the CitySpirit range by combining a distinctive design with high quality street lighting. This combination makes it suitable for city centres, squares, boulevards and of course streets.

CitySpirit Street Color is a high-performance street-lighting luminaire and an upgrade to the

street lighting with a translucent diffusing housing that creates a friendly, colorful lighting effect.

CitySpirit Street Color is available in two versions. The Ambient Light Effect version provides soft guidance thanks to the perforated optic, while the LED models – with 8 static and 4 dynamic presets to be selected using a switch – can be used to create an attractive colorful ambience that brings the street to life.

www.philips.com/lighting

Page 118: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires2.94 Urban lighting

CitySpirit Street & Street Color

CitySpirit StreetType CDS480

Light source HID:

1 x MASTER CosmoWhite CPO-TW / PGZ12

/ 45, 60, 90, 140 W

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E27 / 70 W

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E40 / 100,

150 W

1 x MASTERColour CDM-T / G12 / 35, 70,

150 W

1 x SON-T / E27 / 50, 70 W

1 x SON-T / E40 / 100, 150 W

1 x MASTER PL-T 4 Pin / GX24q-3 or 4* / 32,

42 W

*depends on wattage

Lamp included Yes (K or light color 830, 840 or 942)

No

Gear Electromagnetic (low loss), 230 or 240 V / 50 Hz:

Inductive (IN)

Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:

Electronic (EB)

Optic CosmoPolis optic (OC)

Facetted open CT-POT (OR)

Ignitor Series (SI)

Series, self-stopping (SS)

Semi-parallel, digital (SND)

Semi-parallel (SP)

Semi-parallel, self-stopping (ST)

Options Photocell: Minicell (P3)

Pre-wired mains connection cable (for 60P

version):

5 m (C4K5), 6 m (C6K)

Housing: die-cast aluminum

Pole mount: die-cast aluminum

Cover: die-cast aluminum

Tempered glass

Color Housing, pole mount and cover: dark grey (GR)

Installation Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 60 / 76 mm (60P

/ 76P)

Recommended mounting height: 4 - 6 m

Accessories Light trespass, GDS480 LO

Remarks CDS480 76P version always delivered with pre-

wired mains connection cable

Main applications Urban, residential and pedestrian areas,

promenades

CDS480/482 76PCDS480/482 60P

Page 119: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 2.95Urban lighting

Urb

an lig

htin

g

CitySpirit Street CDS480 urban-lighting

luminaire

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

CDS480 CPO-TW60W K EB II CR GR 60P 13.25 290288 00

CDS480 CPO-TW90W K EB II CR GR 60P 13.35 290721 00

CDS480 CPO-TW140W K EB II CR GR 60P 13.21 290738 00

CDS480 CDO-TT150W K II OR GR ST 60P 14.76 726885 00

CDS480 SON-T150W K II OR GR SP 60P 14.76 726861 00

CitySpirit Street & Street Color

CitySpirit Street ColorType CDS482

Light source HID:

1 x MASTER CosmoWhite CPO-TW / PGZ12

/ 45, 60, 90, 140 W

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E27 / 70 W

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E40 / 100,

150 W

1 x MASTERColour CDM-T / G12 / 35, 70,

150 W

1 x SON-T / E27 / 50, 70 W

1 x SON-T / E40 / 100, 150 W

1 x MASTER PL-T 4 Pin / GX24q-3 or 4* / 32,

42 W

*depends on wattage

Lamp included Yes (K or light color 830, 840 or 942)

No

Gear Electro magnetic (low loss), 230 or 240 V / 50 Hz:

Inductive (IN)

Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:

Electronic (EB)

Optic CosmoPolis optic (OC)

Facetted open CT-POT (OR)

Ignitor Series (SI)

Series, self-stopping (SS)

Semi-parallel, digital (SND)

Semi-parallel (SP)

Semi-parallel, self-stopping (ST)

Option Photocell: Minicell (P3)

Pre-wired mains connection cable (for 60P

version):

5 m (C4K5), 6 m (C6K)

Housing: polycarbonate

Pole mount: die-cast aluminum

Cover: die-cast aluminum

Tempered glass

Color Housing, pole mount and cover: dark grey (GR)

Installation Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 60 or 76 mm

(60P or 76P)

Recommended mounting height: 4 to 6 m

Accessories Light trespass, GDS480 LO

Remarks CDS482 76P version always delivered with pre-

wired mains connection cable

Ambient Light Effect (ALE) or LED

ALE is best suited for CPO-TW and CDM-T lamp

types

LED only available with Electronic ballast (EB)

Main applications Urban, residential and pedestrian areas,

promenades

CDS480/482 60P CDS480/482 76P

Page 120: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires2.96 Urban lighting

CitySpirit Street & Street Color

CitySpirit Street Color Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

CDS482 CPO-TW60W/RGB K EB II CR GR C6K 15.04 293999 00

CDS482 CDM-T70W/RGB EB II CR GR 60P 13.25 294026 00

CDS482 CPO-TW45W/RGB K EB I CR GR 60P 13.85 294248 00

CDS482 CPO-TW90W/RGB K EB I CR GR 60P 13.95 294286 00

CDS482 CPO-TW140W/RGB K EB I CR GR 60P 13.81 294309 00

AccessoriesProduct ID Description EOC

GDS480 LO Light Trespass 727080 00

Page 121: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 2.97Urban lighting

Urb

an lig

htin

g

CitySpirit Street & Street Color

Vlissingen, The Netherlands

Page 122: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires2.98 Urban lighting

CPS200

CPS200 – functional and

other area lighting applications. It accommodates a range of lamp types and offers a choice of bowls – low-glare prismatic for ovoid

www.philips.com/lighting

Page 123: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 2.99Urban lighting

Urb

an lig

htin

g

CPS200

CPS200Type CPS200 (bowl)

EPS200 (control gear unit)

Light source HID:

1 x SON / E27 / 70 W

1 x SON / E40 / 100, 150 W

1 x SON-I / 50, 70 W

1 x SOX / BY22d / 35 W

1 x MASTER SOX-E / BY22d / 18, 26 W

1 x MASTER PL-L 4 Pin / 2G11 / 24, 36 W

Lamp included No

Lamp holder Horizontal position (LH)

Vertical position (LV)

Gear Electromagnetic (low loss), 230 or 240 V / 50 Hz:

Inductive, parallel compensated (IC)

Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:

High Frequency Performer (HFP)

High Frequency Regulator (HFR)

Empty (E) (without gear)

Optical cover Prismatic bowl (HP)

Structured bowl (HS)

Ignitor Semi-parallel (SP)

Options Light regulation:

Dimming via EC01 (lamp power 70-250 W) or

via EC03 (lamp power 400 W) (D1)

Dimming via SDU01S (D4)

Dimming via SDU11S (D5)

Photocell: NEMA socket (P1)

Bowls: polycarbonate, impact-resistant

Diffuser : steel, white-lacquered (HP versions)

Cover: luran (ASA) with 3 quick-release stainless-

steel clips

Post socket: die-cast aluminum, non-corrosive

Installation Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 60, 68 or 76 mm

(60P, 68P or 76P)

Recommended mounting height: 3.5 to 4 m

Bowl can be installed in advance of gear unit

Accessories Spigot adaptor

Main applications Shopping malls, residential areas, city centers and

squares

control gear unit (EPS) and bowl (CPS)

CPS200

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

EPS200 SON70W 240V SP P1 2.40 019727 00

EPS200 SON100W 240V SP 2.60 019307 00

EPS200 SON150W 240V SP P1 2.90 019444 00

EPS200 PL-L24W HFP 1.80 933382 00

EPS200 PL-L36W HFP 1.80 933368 00

Page 124: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires2.100 Urban lighting

CPS200

CPS200 urban-lighting luminaire with

prismatic bowl (HP version)

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

CPS200 E HP 60P 4.40 026251 00

CPS200 E HP P1 60P 4.40 026398 00

CPS200 E HP 76P 4.40 026534 00

CPS200 E HP P1 76P 4.40 026671 00

CPS200 urban-lighting luminaire with

structured bowl (HS version)

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

CPS200 E HS 60P 4.40 026329 00

CPS200 E HS 68P 4.40 026466 00

CPS200 E HS 76P 4.40 026602 00

AccessoriesProduct ID Description EOC

ZPS200 SP60 Spigot adapter, 60 mm 150727 99

Page 125: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 2.101Urban lighting

Urb

an lig

htin

g

CPS200

Page 126: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires2.102 Urban lighting

CityZen

CityZen – calm presenceCityZen is a residential outdoor luminaire. Its double-texture bowl ensures a good balance between optical performance and visual

spacing between poles. Energy consumption is low thanks to the

in a wide choice of colors.

www.philips.com/lighting

Page 127: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 2.103Urban lighting

Urb

an lig

htin

g

CityZen

CityZenType HPS100

Light source

1 x MASTER PL-L 4 Pin / 2G11 / 24, 36 W

Lamp included Yes (K or light color 830)

Gear Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:

High Frequency (HF)

High Frequency Performer (HFP)

High Frequency Regulator (HFR)

Options Light regulation:

Dimming via SDU01S (D4)

Bowl: polycarbonate, impact-resistant

Post socket: non-corrosive, die-cast aluminum

Color Light gray, medium grey, dark grey (GR-10714)

RAL colors available on request

Installation Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 60 or (optional)

76 mm

Equipped with ‘Express’ connecting system

Remarks The luminaire is supplied in one box as a complete

assembly

Main applications Shopping, pedestrian and residential areas, roads,

city centers, squares, footpaths

HPS100

CityZen HPS100 urban-lighting

luminaire

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

HPS100 PL-L24W/830 K HF GR 5.50 720500 00

HPS100 PL-L36W/830 K HF GR 5.50 720524 00

HPS100 PL-L24W HFP RAL9006 5.50 546124 00

HPS100 PL-L36W HFP RAL9006 5.50 546117 00

Easy step by step installation and

maintenance. No tools are required

Page 128: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires2.104 Urban lighting

Urbana

Page 129: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 2.105Urban lighting

Urb

an lig

htin

g

(PCC-R)

Urbana – the beauty of versatilityComprising eight different decorative models, the Urbana EPS300 range can be deployed in a wide variety of urban applications. At the same time, a distinct family design aesthetic is maintained thanks to the use of a single standard pole mount across the entire range. Whatever the application, Urbana’s combination of excellent lighting performance and attractive day-time and night-time appearance adds to the ambience of the surroundings. The luminaires with Forest, Arctic and Tropic top covers address the issue of obtrusive light by means of dedicated bowls with top covers that prevent upward emission of light. The light pollution bowl Luner features a black coating on its upper hemisphere, to prevent upward light distribution. Both the opal Polar and clear Cristal bowls offer a choice of soft, diffuse lighting and bright, direct illumination.

www.philips.com/lighting

Page 130: Philips Iluminação Externa

Urbana

Philips outdoor luminairesUrban lighting2.106

Easy to install and maintainAs each Urbana luminaire features the same pole mount, installation is the same every time. There is a simple twist-and-click bayonet connection for the louvers, which means that no tools are needed for lamp replacement, and the bowl itself also has a bayonet connection to the pole mount.

A choice of louvers - direct and indirect - are available for use with the clear bowls to ensure the desired light distribution and effect.

Bayonet connectionA bayonet connection for the bowls

and top hats allows easy installation

and tool-less lamp replacement

For easy installation and maintenance

connection

Heat shield Bi-directional Direct

Page 131: Philips Iluminação Externa

Urbana

Philips outdoor luminaires Urban lighting 2.107

Urb

an lig

htin

g

Page 132: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires2.108 Urban lighting

Urbana

UrbanaType GPS301/302/303/304/306/307/308/309 (bowls)

EPS300 (pole mounts)

Light source HID:

1 x SON-T / E27 / 70 W

1 x SON-T / E40 / 100, 150 W

1 x SON-I / E27 / 70 W

1 x MASTER PL-T 4 Pin / GX24q-4 / 42 W

Incandescent

1 x incandescent / E27 / max 100 W

Lamp included No

Gear Electro magnetic (low loss), 230 or 240 V / 50 Hz:

Inductive, parallel compensated (IC)

Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:

High Frequency Performer (HFP)

Optical element Louver (LO)

Louver, direct/indirect (LO-D/I)

Safety device Heat shield (HSH)

Bowls and top covers: UV stabilized, impact

resistant. Top covers painted inside white and

outside black

polyamide, black

Louver: sandblasted die-cast aluminum

Heat shield: pre-galvanized steel

Installation Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 60

Recommended mounting height: 3.5 to 4 m

Accessories Top covers:

GPS301 PCO-D400 (Polar 400) for soft, diffuse

light

GPS302 PCO-D500 (Polar 500) for soft, diffuse

light

GPS303 PCC-D400 (Cristal 400) for bright light

GPS304 PCC-D500 (Cristal 500) for bright light

GPS306 PCC-R-D500 (Luner) to prevent

upward light distribution

GPS307 PCO-R (Arctic) to prevent upward

light distribution

GPS308 PCC-R (Forest) to prevent upward

light distribution

GPS309 PCC-R (Tropic) to prevent upward

light distribution

Main applications Urban, pedestrian and residential areas, city and

business centers, squares, promenades

EPS300 + GPS301/303

EPS300 + GPS302/304/306

Page 133: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 2.109Urban lighting

Urb

an lig

htin

g

EPS300 + GPS309EPS300 + GPS307/308

Urbana

Urbana EPS300 urban-lighting luminaire

with heat shield (HSH)

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

EPS300 SON-T70W IC HSH 2.50 126111 00

EPS300 SON-I-70W IC HSH 2.40 126203 00

EPS300 PL-T/4P42W HFP HSH 1.30 126234 00

EPS300 SON-T100W IC HSH 3.00 126265 00

EPS300 SON-T150W IC HSH 3.60 126296 00

Urbana EPS300 urban-lighting luminaire

with internal louver, with direct/indirect

lighting (LO-D/I)

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

EPS300 SON-T70W IC LO-D/I 3.20 126135 00

EPS300 SON-I-70W IC LO-D/I 3.20 126227 00

EPS300 PL-T/4P42W HFP LO-D/I 2.00 126258 00

EPS300 SON-T100W IC LO-D/I 3.70 126289 00

EPS300 SON-T150W IC LO-D/I 4.40 126319 00

Urbana EPS300 urban-lighting luminaire

with internal louver (LO)

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

EPS300 SON-T70W IC LO 3.20 126128 00

EPS300 SON-I-70W IC LO 3.20 126210 00

EPS300 PL-T/4P42W HFP LO 2.00 126241 00

EPS300 SON-T100W IC LO 3.70 126272 00

EPS300 SON-T150W IC LO 4.40 126302 00

Page 134: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires2.110 Urban lighting

Urbana

AccessoriesUrbana Polar EPS300 Urban lighting

luminaire with opal 400 diameter bowl

cover (PCO-D400)

Product ID EOC

GPS301 PCO-D400 146843 00

Urbana Polar EPS300 Urban lighting

luminaire with opal 500 diameter bowl

cover (PCO-D500)

Product ID EOC

GPS302 PCO-D500 146850 00

Urbana Cristal EPS300 Urban lighting

luminaire with Clear 400 diameter

bowl cover (PCC-D400)

Product ID EOC

GPS303 PCC-D400 146867 00

Urbana Cristal EPS300 Urban lighting

luminaire with clear 500 diameter bowl

cover (PCC-D500)

Product ID EOC

GPS304 PCC-D500 146874 00

Urbana Luner EPS300 Urban lighting

luminaire with clear 500 diameter bowl

Product ID EOC

GPS306 PCC-R-D500 146898 00

Urbana Arctic EPS300 Urban lighting

luminaire with opal cilinder bowl with

Product ID EOC

GPS307 PCO-R 126425 00

Urbana Forest EPS300 Urban lighting

luminaire with clear cilinder bowl with

Product ID EOC

GPS308 PCC-R 126418 00

Urbana Tropic EPS300 Urban lighting

luminaire with clear conical bowl cover

Product ID EOC

GPS309 PCC-R 146928 00

Page 135: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 2.111Urban lighting

Urb

an lig

htin

g

Urbana

Navalcarnero, Spain

Page 136: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires2.112 Urban lighting

Milewide

Page 137: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 2.113Urban lighting

Urb

an lig

htin

g

Mini Milewide SRS419, Milewide

SRS421, Mega Milewide SRS427

Milewide – pure and contemporaryMilewide is a pure, contemporary street lighting luminaire designed in collaboration with Knud Holscher (Denmark). A complete solution with dedicated masts and brackets is available to ensure perfect integration in today’s cityscape.

Blending simple design and high performance, the Milewide family encompasses three sizes: Mini Milewide, Milewide and Mega Milewide.

The Mini Milewide has been specially designed to integrate the latest CosmoPolis technology. This elegant luminaire offers outstanding lighting performance thanks to the synergy between

system.

The Milewide and Mega Milewide deliver high optical performance thanks to the adjustable

www.philips.com/lighting

Page 138: Philips Iluminação Externa

Milewide masts and brackets

Philips outdoor luminairesUrban lighting2.114

Milewide masts and bracketsThe dedicated Milewide masts and brackets were developed to suit all three versions of the luminaire (Mini, standard and Mega), depending on the application. With heights up to 12 m, the Milewide mast is tubular in section 150 or 180 mm, either in anodized aluminum,

the column, or on a 1000 mm bracket with retaining cable.The pure design of these masts and brackets harmonizes with the generous curves of the Milewide luminaires, creating a delicate ensemble.

Milewide SRS on

double short bracket

Combination of Milewide SRS on

long bracket and short reverse bracket

Milewide SRS on

long bracket

Page 139: Philips Iluminação Externa

Milewide

Urb

an lig

htin

g

Philips outdoor luminaires Urban lighting 2.115Werkhuizenkaai, Laken, Belgium

Page 140: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires2.116 Urban lighting

Milewide

MilewideType SRS419 (Mini Milewide)

SRS421 (Milewide)

SRS427 (Mega Milewide)

Light source HID:

SRS419

1 x MASTERColour CDM-T / G8.5 / 35, 70 W

1 x MASTER CosmoWhite CPO-TW PGZ12 /

45, 60 W

1 x SON-T / E27 / 70 W

SRS421

1 x MASTER CosmoWhite CPO-TW / PGZ12

/ 60, 90, 140 W

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E27 / 70 W

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E40 / 100,

150, 250 W

1 x SON-T / E27 / 50, 70 W

1 x SON-T/ E40 / 100, 150, 250 W

SRS427

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-ET / E40 /

250 W

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E40 /

150 W

1 x SON-T/ E40 / 150, 250, 400 W

Lamp included Yes (K or lamp color 830)

No

Gear Electromagnetic (low loss), 230 or 240 V / 50 Hz:

Inductive, parallel compensated (IC)

Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:

Electronic (EB)

Optic

CosmoPolis optic (OC)

Ignitor Semi-parallel, self-stopping (ST)

Series, self-stopping (SS)

Options Lighting controls:

Chronosense (CH), photo/minicell (P3)

Frame and housing: die-cast aluminum

Clips, screws, clamps: stainless steel

Color Dark grey (GR)

RAL colors available on request

Installation SRS419

Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 48 mm

Recommended mounting height: 6 m

SRS 421

Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 60 mm

Recommended mounting height: 6 and 8 m

SRS427

Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 76 mm

(76S)

Recommended mounting height: 10 m

Tilt angle: 0º

Remarks

Main applications Shopping and residential areas, roads, area, car

parks, business centers, city centers and squares

SRS419

SRS421 SRS427

Page 141: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 2.117Urban lighting

Urb

an lig

htin

g

Mini Milewide SRS419 urban-lighting

luminaire, miniaturized and elegant

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

SRS419 CPO-TW60W K EB II OC GR 4.50 090887 00

SRS419 CDM-T35W EB II GR 3.70 089171 00

SRS419 CDM-T70W EB II GR 3.70 089188 00

SRS419 SON-T70W K IC 240V II GR ST 3.70 909523 00

Milewide

Milewide SRS421 urban-lighting

luminaire

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

SRS421 CPO-TW60W K EB II OC GR 8.30 723044 00

SRS421 CPO-TW140W K EB II OC GR 8.30 723037 00

SRS421 SON-T150W 230V II GR ST 10.80 083568 00

SRS421 CDO-TT100W K 230V II GR ST 10.10 724232 00

SRS421 CDO-TT150W K 230V II GR ST 10.80 724249 00

Mega Milewide SRS427 urban-lighting

luminaire

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

SRS427 SON-T250W K IC I GR 23.00 222014 00

SRS427 SON-T400W K IC I GR 23.00 222021 00

SRS427 CDO-ET250W K IC 240V II GR ST 19.60 909639 00

Easy access by opening canopy

Page 142: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires2.118 Urban lighting

CitySoul

Page 143: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 2.119Urban lighting

Urb

an lig

htin

g

CitySoul CSP431, suspended versionCitySoul CGP431, standard versionCitySoul CGP430, mini version

CitySoul – create identityCitySoul is a family of modular street lighting luminaires, featuring state-of-the-art lamp and gear technologies and offering outstanding optical performance.

of the luminaire creates an elegant light-point.

Suitable for side-entry, suspended or post-top installation, and with its adjustable beam and light

Product Logo. Philips green products are at least 10% better than their reference product in

total environmental performance in general.

Citysoul comes in two sizes, along with a complete range of dedicated masts and brackets.

www.philips.com/lighting

Page 144: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires2.120 Urban lighting

Page 145: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 2.121Urban lighting

Urb

an lig

htin

g

Breskens, The Netherlands

Page 146: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminairesUrban lighting

CitySoul

2.122

Optical performance

Versatile range

Post-top mounting

Side entry

Suspended

Opening the luminaire Direct access to the lamp Accessing the gear tray

Page 147: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires Urban lighting 2.123

CitySoul

Urb

an lig

htin

g

Light only where it is needed

CosmoPolis

Future-proof

Self-cleaning

CosmoPolis system in dedicated

CosmoR optic

Flat glass after 1.5 years near a

motorway, with DynaClean

Flat glass after 1.5 years near a

motorway, without DynaClean

Page 148: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminairesUrban lighting2.124

CitySoul masts and brackets

CitySoul masts and bracketsProviding light is not enough. Cities are now looking for solutions that will contribute to the identity

every style, with elegance. Modern or classical, single or twin bracket, with the option for a pedestrian mini luminaire, CitySoul is versatile. Available in heights from 4 to 10 m, CitySoul solutions are available in standard Philips ultra dark grey,

ideal for residential areas, industrial or shoppings districts.

Horizontal bracket

Structural bracket

Jump bracket

Flip bracket

Morph bracket

Page 149: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires Urban lighting 2.125

CitySoul masts and brackets

Urb

an lig

htin

g

Natural bracket

City of Petersbach in France, CitySoul on Jump bracket

Page 150: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminairesUrban lighting2.126

CitySoul masts and brackets

CitySoul Mini on a

cylindroconical mast

Combination of CitySoul on

Flip bracket and CitySoul Mini

on back

CitySoul on Jump bracket

Page 151: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires Urban lighting 2.127

CitySoul masts and brackets

Urb

an lig

htin

g

CitySoul on Morph bracket CitySoul on Sweep mast CitySoul Suspended on

double bracket

Page 152: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires2.128 Urban lighting

CitySoul

CitySoulCGP431

Light source HID:

Induction lamp system:

Lamp included Yes (K or light color 728, 830, 840 or 942)

No

Gear

Inductive

Optic CosmoPolis optic (OC)

Optical cover Flat glass (FG)

Flat glass with DynaClean coating (FGD)

Polycarbonate bowl (PC)

Ignitor Series (SI)

Series, self-stopping (SS)

Semi-parallel, digital (SND)

Semi-parallel (SP)

Options Lighting controls:

Housing: die-cast aluminum

Inner components: glass-reinforced polypropylene

Color Canopy: dark grey (GR)

Frame: silver grey

Other RAL or Akzo Futura colors available on

Installation

(76P)

Post-top mounting: tiltable with hinge (76PA)

(60S)

Recommended mounting height: 4 to 10 m,

depending on choice of mast and bracket

Accessories

Main applications Urban, residential, pedestrian and shopping areas,

Page 153: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 2.129Urban lighting

Urb

an lig

htin

g

CitySoul CGP431 urban-lighting

12.13 679730 00

12.13 679822 00

11.10 601848 00

11.10 603606 00

12.22 479354 00

10.79 479361 00

12.22 479385 00

CitySoul

CGP431 FG 76P CGP431 FG 60S

Page 154: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires2.130 Urban lighting

CitySoul

CGP430

Light source HID:

Lamp included Yes (K or light color 728, 830, 840 or 942)

No

Gear

Inductive

Optic CosmoPolis optic (OC)

Optical cover Flat glass (FG)

Flat glass with DynaClean coating (FGD)

Polycarbonate bowl (PC)

Ignitor Series (SI)

Series, self-stopping (SS)

Semi-parallel, digital (SND)

Semi-parallel (SP)

Options Lighting controls:

Housing: die-cast aluminum

Inner components: glass-reinforced polypropylene

Color Canopy: dark grey (GR)

Frame: silver grey

Other RAL or Akzo Futura colors available on

Installation

(76P)

Post-top mounting: tiltable with hinge (76PA)

(60S)

Recommended mounting height: 4 to 10 m,

depending on choice of mast and bracket

Accessories

Main applications Urban, residential, pedestrian and shopping areas,

CitySoul Mini CGP430 urban-lighting

8.87 602722 00

8.87 679563 00

9.53 479033 00

9.71 479071 00

8.41 602746 00

CGP430 FG 76P CGP430 FG 60S

Page 155: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 2.131Urban lighting

Urb

an lig

htin

g

CSP431

Light source HID:

Induction lamp system:

Lamp included Yes (K or light color 728, 830, 840 or 942)

No

Gear

Inductive

Optic CosmoPolis optic (OC)

Optical cover Flat glass (FG)

Flat glass with DynaClean coating (FGD)

Polycarbonate bowl (PC)

Ignitor Series (SI)

Series, self-stopping (SS)

Semi-parallel, digital (SND)

Semi-parallel (SP)

Options Lighting controls:

Housing: die-cast aluminum

Inner components: glass-reinforced polypropylene

Color Canopy: dark grey (GR)

Frame: silver grey

Other RAL or Akzo Futura colors available on

Installation Suspended via 34 mm gas thread pipe

Recommended mounting height: 4 to 10 m,

depending on choice of mast and bracket

Main applications Urban, residential, pedestrian and shopping areas,

CitySoul

CitySoul CSP431, suspended version

11.83 478777 00

10.40 478784 00

11.83 478791 00

CSP431 FG

Page 156: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires2.132 Urban lighting

horizons

is suitable for side-entry and post-top mounting at heights of up to 8 meters. A range of light sources provide warm to cool light, and direct

the optical compartment has been designed to accommodate the

luminaire design and controls glare to the level of zero candelas above

light nuisance.

Page 157: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 2.133Urban lighting

Urb

an lig

htin

g

CPS400 (slim top dome, slim bowl)

CPS401 (slim top dome, wide bowl)

CPS402 (wide top dome, slim bowl)

CPS403 (wide top dome, wide bowl)

Light source HID:

Lamp included Yes (K or light color 827, 830 or 840)

No

Gear

Ignitor Series (SI)

Semi-parallel (SP)

Options Light regulation:

Filter coil (F) included

Frame: die-cast aluminum

Canopy: polycarbonate

stabilized

Color

All parts colored (AL), cover painted (CO)

Installation

(60P or 76P)

mm (42S or 60S)

Recommended mounting height: 3.5 m

Accessories

Main applications Urban, shopping, residential and pedestrian areas,

city centers, parks

CPS400

CPS401

CPS402CPS403

Page 158: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires2.134 Urban lighting

luminaire

7.41 842936 00

8.36 842950 00

7.37 842905 00

8.13 842929 00

7.10 267654 00

luminaire

7.73 842998 00

8.68 843018 00

7.69 842967 00

8.45 842981 00

luminaire

8.48 267593 00

12.50 277790 00

luminaire

8.80 267609 00

Page 159: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 2.135Urban lighting

Urb

an lig

htin

g

Dombasle, France

Page 160: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires2.136 Urban lighting

CPS500 (aluminum version)

Light source HID:

Lamp included Yes (K or light color 828)

No

Gear

Inductive (IN)

Optic

Optical cover Flat glass (FG)

Polycarbonate bowl (PC)

Ignitor Series (SI)

Series, self-stopping (SS)

Semi-parallel (SP)

Options

Filter coil (F) included

Frame: die-cast aluminum

Canopy: die-cast aluminum

stabilized

Color Grey (GR)

All parts colored (AL)

Installation

(60P or 76P)

Recommended mounting height: 3.5 m

Accessories

Main applications Urban, shopping, residential and pedestrian areas,

city centers, parks

CPS500 FGCPS500 PC

9.23 476063 00

9.93 476087 00

9.23 678771 00

9.93 678818 00

Page 161: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 2.137Urban lighting

Urb

an lig

htin

gMounting bracket for clustering 2 luminaires 272344 00

Mounting bracket for clustering 3 luminaires 272351 00

Page 162: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires2.138 Urban lighting

Nightwatch

based on a dedicated optical system, providing a symmetrical downward light distribution for optimum guidance.

Page 163: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 2.139Urban lighting

Urb

an lig

htin

g

Nightwatch

HGP433

Light source HID:

Lamp included No

Gear

Inductive, parallel compensated (IC)

Ignitor

Canopy: die-cast aluminum

Canopy and mast: weather-resistant powder-

Color Akzo Nobel Noir 200 Sable

Installation

Adjustable console included

Remarks

Main applications Urban, pedestrian and residential areas,

promenades, parks, gardens, city centers, car parks

HGP433

15.00 085357 00

15.00 085364 00

Dedicated optical system offering

optimised guidance lighting

Page 164: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires2.140 Urban lighting

and with four different tops: open, cone, lamella and louver. Furthermore, a light eye can be added to each of the tops for additional guidance.

Page 165: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 2.141Urban lighting

Urb

an lig

htin

g

HGP141 (small-post version)

HGP142 (medium-post version)

HGP143 (long-post version)

Light source HID:

Induction lamp system:

Incandescent:

Lamp included Yes (light color 830 or 840)

No

Ignitor Semi-parallel (SP)

Post tops: die-cast aluminum

Diffuser : hardened glass

Light eye: polycarbonate

Color Dark grey (GR)

Installation

fastened with Allen screws

Accessories Open post top, cone post top, light eye, louver

post top, lamella post top

Main applications Shopping, residential and pedestrian areas, parks,

for gear compartment for optical compartment

(HGP)

A

HGP141 800

HGP142 1200

HGP143 1600

Page 166: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires2.142 Urban lighting

3.50 217253 00

4.40 217185 00

4.20 217192 00

4.40 217208 00

5.00 217352 00

4.50 217239 00

4.90 217246 00

8.50 219578 00

5.20 217215 00

3.10 217314 00

3.20 222349 00

2.40 217284 00

2.00 217338 00

Page 167: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 2.143Urban lighting

Urb

an lig

htin

g

Page 168: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires2.144 Urban lighting

applications. It offers a choice of two distinctive designs suitable for discharge,

internal louver ensures glare-free light distribution.

Page 169: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 2.145Urban lighting

Urb

an lig

htin

g

HCP170 (round top with clear cover version)

Light source HID:

Incandescent:

Lamp included No

Optic element Internal louver (LO)

Optical cover Polycarbonate cover, clear (PCC)

Polycarbonate cover, prismatic (PCP)

Column: aluminum, black powder baked

Diffuser : polycarbonate

Installation

three anchor bolts (to be cast in concrete base)

Accessory

PCC

Remarks

Main applications Urban and pedestrian areas, promenades, city

HCP170 PCC HCP171 PCP

bollard with GCP170 clear diffuser

(PCC)6.60 140377 00

7.80 140360 00

7.00 140407 00

8.20 140391 00

GCP170 PCP 140421 00

GCP170 PCC Clear diffuser (PCC) 140414 00

Page 170: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires2.146 Urban lighting

bollards, both available with a variety of discharge and incandescent or compact

ensure glare-free light distribution.

Page 171: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 2.147Urban lighting

Urb

an lig

htin

g

HGC136 (low version)

HGC137 (high version)

Light source

HID:

Lamp included No

Diffuser : polycarbonate

Internal louver: aluminum, white painted

Gear tray: reinforced polypropylene

Installation

anchor bolts (to be cast in concrete base)

Main applications Urban and pedestrian areas, promenades, city

HGC136

HGC137

5.60 275031 00

5.60 275017 00

6.05 824260 00

Page 172: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires2.148 Urban lighting

8.10 275079 00

8.90 275055 00

7.90 824284 00

1.00 275109 00

Page 173: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 2.149Urban lighting

Urb

an lig

htin

g

Page 174: Philips Iluminação Externa

Customized solutions

Philips outdoor luminairesUrban lighting2.150

Page 175: Philips Iluminação Externa

Customized solutions

Philips outdoor luminaires Urban lighting 2.151

Urb

an lig

htin

g

Customized solutions

of life. An opportunity that is as broad as your imagination.

technology, the aesthetics of the setting, environmental constraints, etc.

In this way, we enable architects and lighting designers to turn their creative ideas into reality.

Page 176: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminairesUrban lighting2.152

Multipole

Page 177: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires Urban lighting 2.153

Urb

an lig

htin

g

MultipoleMultipole is ideal for custom-made lighting solutions.

Multipole

Road Light

Pedestrian Light

Page 178: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminairesUrban lighting2.154

Page 179: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires Urban lighting 2.155

Urb

an lig

htin

g

St Herbain, FranceCarré Senart, France

Page 180: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminairesUrban lighting2.156 Montpellier, France

Page 181: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires Urban lighting 2.157

Urb

an lig

htin

g

with intelligent, dynamic lighting control systems.

St Rambert, FranceMontpellier, France

Page 182: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires2.158

Intro Project Luminaires

Urban Lighting Pandrup, Denmark

Page 183: Philips Iluminação Externa

2.159

Urb

an L

ightin

g

Project Luminaires

Urban LightingPhilips outdoor luminaires

Project LuminairesNordic design for urban lighting

Over the years Philips has developed a close working relationship with Danish architects.

Page 184: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires2.160 Urban lighting

Asklepios

Asklepios is a range of column and bollard luminaires with a contemporary

urban environment, creating soft directional effects and a pleasant ambience.

Page 185: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 2.161Urban lighting

Urb

an lig

htin

g

Asklepios

HGP424 (column version)

HGP425 (bollard version)

Light source

HGP424

HGP425

Lamp included Yes (light color 840)

Gear

Screws: stainless steel

Installation

Luminaire supplied with embedded mounting root

Remarks

Main applications Shopping, pedestrian and residential areas, parks,

gardens and waterfronts

HGP424

HGP425

Asklepios HGP424 column luminaire

20.50 082769 00

Asklepios HGP425 bollard luminaire

68.00 082776 00

Page 186: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires2.162 Urban lighting

Page 187: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 2.163Urban lighting

Urb

an lig

htin

g

Page 188: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires2.164 Urban lighting

Aether

environment, creating soft directional effects and a pleasant ambience.

Page 189: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 2.165Urban lighting

Urb

an lig

htin

g

Aether

HGP428 (column version)

HGP429 (bollard version)

Light source

HGP428:

HGP429:

Lamp included Yes (light color 840)

Gear

Louvers: acrylic

Screws: stainless steel

Installation

Luminaire supplied with embedded mounting root

Remarks

Main applications Shopping, pedestrian and residential areas, parks,

gardens and waterfronts

HGP428

HGP429

Aether HGP428 column luminaire

51.50 092843 00

Aether HGP429 bollard luminaire

21.00 084060 00

21.00 092850 00

Page 190: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires2.166 Urban lighting

Lightshell

spiral, resulting in a soft directional light.

Page 191: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 2.167Urban lighting

Urb

an lig

htin

g

Lightshell

HGP432

Light source

Lamp included No

Gear

Housing and baseplate: sand-cast aluminum,

RAL 9006)

Screws: stainless steel

Installation

Main applications Shopping and residential areas, parks, gardens

HGP432

Lightshell HGP432 bollard luminaire

15.00 085067 00

15.00 086330 00

Page 192: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires2.168 Urban lighting

attractive

Page 193: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 2.169Urban lighting

Urb

an lig

htin

g

SRS420

Light source HID:

Lamp included No

Gear

Inductive, parallel compensated (IC)

Optical cover Flat glass (FG)

Ignitor

Option

Housing: chill-cast aluminum

Spigot mounting bracket and clip: anodized

aluminum

Cover: hardened glass

Color Silver grey (GR)

Installation Side-entry mounting: lateral entry 60 mm

Recommended mounting height: 4 to 6 m

Remarks

Main applications Shopping, urban and residential areas, roads, city

SRS420

luminaire

13.50 080017 00

13.00 080024 00

13.50 010342 00

14.30 010113 00

14.50 086118 00

Page 194: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires2.170 Urban lighting

Page 195: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 2.171Urban lighting

Urb

an lig

htin

g

Page 196: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires2.172 Urban lighting

Arken

Arken is a luminaire with integrated gear for a variety of post- and wall-mounting applications. It provides rotation-symmetrical lighting by

a soft and glare-free light effect. Designed in co-operation with the

for contemporary urban environments.

Page 197: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 2.173Urban lighting

Urb

an lig

htin

g

Arken

HPS930

Light source HID:

Lamp included No

Gear

Inductive, parallel compensated (IC)

Ignitor

Housing: chill-cast aluminum, powder-coated RAL

9007

Diffuser : opal glass

Installation

Recommended mounting height: 3.5 m2) installation

cable

Accessories

Main applications Urban, shopping and residential areas, city centers,

HPS930

Arken HPS930 urban-lighting luminaire

13.20 016153 00

13.30 093789 00

14.10 093819 00

12.50 093802 00

Arken HPS930 urban lighting luminaire

080307 00

092591 00

909776 00

Page 198: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires2.174 Urban lighting

Helios

Helios is a luminaire of elegant, contemporary design, symbolizing

dedicated spigot allowing the use of thicker, more imposing columns. Made of impact-resistant materials, Helios is suitable for post-top mounting at a height of about 3-4 meters or wall mounting with

without glare.

Page 199: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 2.175Urban lighting

Urb

an lig

htin

g

Helios

HPS900

Light source HID:

Induction lamp system:

Lamp included Yes (light color 827, 830, 840)

No

Gear

Parallel compensated (IC)

Frame and housing: chill-cast aluminum

Diffuser : acrylic, opal

Installation Post-top on a 156 mm column2) installation

cable

Recommended mounting height: 3.5 m

Accessories

Main applications Urban, residential, shopping and pedestrian areas,

commercial and business centers, parks, footpaths

HPS900

Helios HPS900 urban-lighting luminaire

19.50 000152 00

19.50 080703 00

19.20 007908 00

20.40 000190 00

Helios HPS900 urban lighting luminaire

003566 00

Page 200: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires2.176 Urban lighting

distinctiondesign with a robust, durable construction. Featuring a highly distinctive lit triangle perpendicular to the housing for visual guidance

Page 201: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 2.177Urban lighting

Urb

an lig

htin

gLight source HID:

Induction lamp system:

Lamp included Yes (K or light color 840)

No

Gear

Inductive, parallel

compensated (IC)

Optic CosmoPolis optic (OC)

Perforated mask (MK)

Optical cover Clear glass (GC)

Frosted glass (GF)

Options

Housing: die-cast aluminum

Cover: tempered glass

Color Dark grey, RAL 7021

Installation

Dedicated accessories available for different

mounting possibilities

Recommended mounting height: 3 to 5 m

Accessories Mounting brackets for post-top and wall mounting

Mounting arms, mounting holders, gasket,

decorative cover, adapter

Main applications Shopping, urban, pedestrian and residential areas,

roads, area lighting, parks, gardens, city centers and

and clear glass (GC) or frosted glass

(GF) cover 11.01 011582 00

9.85 219797 00

9.62 219803 00

9.85 238644 00

10.71 127443 00

11.02 128334 00

Page 202: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires2.178 Urban lighting

Pole-mounting bracket, single

074297 00

Pole-mounting bracket, twin

074303 00

Adapter, diameter 76 to 60 mm

074327 00

Adapter, diameter 76 to 114 mm

495665 00

074334 00

Page 203: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 2.179Urban lighting

Urb

an lig

htin

g

496082 00

RAL7021571260 00

RAL7021571277 00

RAL7021571284 00

Nordenham, Germany

Page 204: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires2.180 Urban lighting

CitySwan

Page 205: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 2.181Urban lighting

Urb

an lig

htin

g

makes the luminaire a perceptible object in public space. During nighttime CitySwan illuminates street and space with a soft and functional light.

Page 206: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires2.182 Urban lighting

CitySwan

CRS439 (post-top mounting)

Light source HID:

Lamp included No

Inductive, parallel

compensated (IC)

Mast interface: aluminum

Cover: translucent PMMA

Diffuser : transparent PC

Installation

pipe thread

pipe thread

a

Recommended mounting height: 3.5 - 5.5 m

Adjustable light distribution: 6 positions2

Accessory Dedicated brackets

Main applications Urban areas, shopping and residential streets, city

CRS439

luminaire

7.00 095967 00

7.00 095974 00

6.30 095981 00

6.30 095998 00

7.00 096032 00

7.00 096049 00

6.30 096056 00

6.30 096063 00

Page 207: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 2.183Urban lighting

Urb

an lig

htin

g

CitySwan

Page 208: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires2.184 Urban lighting

Pivot

environmentally friendly residential lighting

futuristic alternative to traditional street lighting.

Page 209: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 2.185Urban lighting

Urb

an lig

htin

g

Pivot

CGS435

Light source

Lamp included Yes

Housing: impact resistant PMMA

Mast interface: cast aluminum

Cover: impact resistant translucent PMMA

Color Grey, painted with structure polyester powder

coating

Installation

a

Recommended mounting height: 4.0 - 5.5 m

Adjustable light distribution: 0 positions2

Accessory Dedicated masts

Main applications Urban areas, shopping and residential streets, city

CGS435

Pivot CGS435 urban-lighting luminaire

5.40 093949 00

5.40 093956 00

Specially designed bracket arm with

degree markings to accommodate

precise adjustment of the luminaire

according to the individual installation

Page 210: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires2.186 Urban lighting

Page 211: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 2.187Urban lighting

Urb

an lig

htin

g

Image from visualisation service

Page 212: Philips Iluminação Externa
Page 213: Philips Iluminação Externa

Road and tunnel lighting

Page 214: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminairesRoad and tunnel lighting3.2

Lighting the road ahead

and tunnel lighting, we are in an ideal position to analyze market trends and come up with appropriate solutions.

Our business is to apply technological innovation to the design and development of the road and tunnel lighting products of the future, in response to the wishes and needs of our customers.

All Philips luminaires are optimized in terms of wattage, in order to provide precisely the right level of light in the right place at the right time. Compact, aesthetically pleasing luminaires

Page 215: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires Road and tunnel lighting 3.3

Road

and

tunn

el lig

htin

g

Beeld uit prisma image nog plaatsen

The growing popularity of high-quality white light sources is being met by a range of special lamps (CosmoPolis system, CDM-T, CDO-TT, PL-T), and optics are being adapted to the new lamps, further improving performance. Better materials and IP66 are contributing to the durability of installations, while the increasing use of longlasting lamps, electronic gear and telemanagement is optimizing running costs.

The best possible cost/light quality ratio In view of the constant pressure on city maintenance budgets, it makes sense to opt for luminaires that are easy to install and maintain. We recommend a predictive maintenance policy, which argues in favor of the installation of long-life lamps and luminaires.

Respect for the environment Care for the environment means using lamps that are free of heavy metals and luminaires that

Page 216: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminairesRoad and tunnel lighting3.4

Product review – Road lighting

SGP6823.13

Koffer2Iridium

Page

ModenaSGP681

3.11SGS252/452

3.20SGS253/453

3.24SGS254/454

3.28SGP070

3.38SGP100

3.40

Page 217: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires Road and tunnel lighting 3.5

Product review – Road lighting

Road

and

tunn

el lig

htin

g

SeleniumSGP340

3.55

MantaSGS305

3.45SGS306

3.47 3.51 3.51

SGS203/403

3.59

Page 218: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminairesRoad and tunnel lighting3.6

Product review – Road lighting

AluRoad Residium

PageSRP221

3.64SRP222

3.65

MalagaSGS101

3.69SGS102

3.70FGS224

3.74FGS223

3.76FGS225

3.77

Page 219: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires Road and tunnel lighting 3.7

Product review – Road lighting

Road

and

tunn

el lig

htin

g

FGS103

3.80

FGS104

3.80

FGS105

3.80

SRS201 (90W)

3.84

SRS201 (135W)

3.84

SRS201 (180W)

3.84

Page 220: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminairesRoad and tunnel lighting3.8

Selection guide – Road lighting

Luminaire Type Page Ingress

protection

(IP value)

Insulation

class

Standard

tilt angle

post top

(°)

Adjustable

tilt angle

(°)

Adjustable

light

distribution

Max

windage area

by side

(m2)

Max SCx

values

by side

(m2)

Side entry

spigot

(mm)

Ø

Post top

spigot

(mm)

Ø

Modena

SGP681 3.11 66 I/II 5 - 7 positions 0.154 0.065 42-60 42-60

SGP682 3.13 66 I/II 5 - 7 positions 0.195 0.085 42-60 42-60

Iridium

SGS252/452 3.20 66 I/II 5 - 7 positions 0.12 0.059 34-60 60-76

SGS253/453 3.24 66 I/II 5 - 7 positions 0.15 0.063*1 34-60 60-76

SGS254/454 3.28 66 I/II 5 - 7 positions 0.20 0.063 42-60 60-76

Koffer2

SGP070 3.38 66 I/II 10 - 5 positions 0.08 - 34-48 60-76

SGP100 3.40 66 I/II 10 - 7 positions 0.11 - 48-60 60-76

TrafficVision

SGS305 3.45 66/43 II 3 0-12 side-entry 19 positions 0.16 0.102 42-60 60-76

SGS306 3.47 66/43 II 3 0-12 side-entry 19 positions 0.20 0.124 42-60 60-76

Manta

3.51 65 I 0 - 3 positions 0.13 - 60-76 60-76

3.51 65 I 0 - 2 positions 0.18 - 60 -

Selenium

SGP340 3.55 66 I/II 5 0, 5 and 15 5 positions 0.14 0.077 48-60(34)*2 48-60(76)*2

SGS203/403

SGS203/403 3.59 65/43 I/II 5 - 5 positions 0.14 0.044 34-60*3 60-76*3

AluRoad

SRP221 3.64 65 I/II 15 - - 0.065 0.022 - -

SRP222 3.65 65 I/II 15 - - 0.08 0.027 - -

Malaga

SGS101 3.69 65/43 II 15 - - 0.09 0.04 42-60(34)*2 42-60(76)*2

SGS102 3.70 65/43 II 15 - - 0.15 0.06 42-60(34)*2 42-60(76)*2

Residium

FGS223 3.74 65/43 I - 5 and 15 - 0.14 0.055 42-60(34)*2 42-60(76)*2

FGS224 3.76 65/43 I - 5 and 15 - 0.16 0.057 42-60(34)*2 42-60(76)*2

FGS225 3.77 65/43 I 5 - - 0.19 0.059 34-60 60-76

FGS103/104/105

FGS103 3.80 65/43 I 5 - - 0.09 0.03 42-60 60-76

FGS104 3.80 65/43 I 5 - - 0.11 0.04 42-60 60-76

FGS105 3.80 65/43 I 5 - - 0.14 0.05 42-60 60-76

SRS201

90 W version 3.84 65/43 I 5 - - 0.21 0.05 60 -

135 W version 3.84 65/43 I 5 - - 0.28 0.09 60 -

180 W version 3.84 65/43 I 5 - - 0.27 0.124 60 -

Tunlite

CRX202 3.94 66 I/II*4 - - no - - - -

CRX203 3.94 66 I/II*4 - - yes*5 - - - -

CRX204 3.94 66 I/II*4 - - yes*5 - - - -

CRX206 3.94 66 I/II*4 - - yes*5 - - - -

Page 221: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires Road and tunnel lighting 3.9

Selection guide – Road lighting

Road

and

tunn

el lig

htin

g

SON-I/E SON-T SOX-(E) PL-L PL-T CDO-ET

CDO-TT

CDM-T QL TL-D CPO-

TW

Electronic

Ballast

Louvers

• • - - - • • - - • • •- • - - - - - - - - • -

• • - - • • • - - • • •• • - - • • • • - • • •• • - - - - - • - - • -

• • - • - • - • - • • •• • - • - • - • - • • -

• • - - - - - - - - • -

• • - - - - - • - - • -

• • - - - • - - - - • -

• • - - - • - - - - • -

• • - - - - - - - - • -

• • • - • • • • - - • -

• • - - - • - - - - - -

• • - - - • - - - - - -

• • - - - - - - - - - -

• • - - - - - - - - - -

- - • • - - - - - - • •- - • • - - - - - - • •- - • • - - - - - - • -

- - • • - - - - - - • -

- - • • - - - - - - • -

- - • • - - - - • - • -

- - • - - - - - - - • -

- - • - - - - - - - - -

- - • - - - - - - - - -

- • - - - - - - - - - -

- • • • - - - • - - - -

- • • • - - - • - - - -

- • • • - - - • - - - -

*1 SCx - value with louvers: 0.081 *4 Class II for SON-T lamps only

*2 Available on request *5 For T4 and T5 optics only

*3 Various spigot adapters to be ordered separately

Page 222: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminairesRoad and tunnel lighting3.10

Modena

Modena – beauty and

Modena is a road-lighting luminaire that combines elegance and

strong and distinctive visual character. Modena comes in two sizes for different application heights and offers a wide choice of optical, electrical and mechanical options to satisfy all road applications. It allows considerable energy savings (dimming with standard dimming devices or stand-alone Chronosense system; electronic ballast or Telemanagement system). Maintenance is easily carried out from above, with no tools required to exchange the lamp, gear or bowl.

www.philips.com/lighting

Page 223: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires Road and tunnel lighting 3.11

Road

and

tunn

el lig

htin

g

Modena

ModenaType SGP681 (small version)

Light source HID:

1 x MASTER CosmoWhite CPO-TW / PGZ12

/ 60, 90, 140 W

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E27 / 70 W

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E40 / 100,

150 W

1 x MASTERColour CDM-T / G12 / 70, 150 W

1 x MASTER SON-T PIA Plus / E27 / 50, 70 W

1 x MASTER SON-T PIA Plus / E40 / 100, 150,

250 W

1 x SON / E27 / 50, 70 W

1 x SON-I / E27 / 50, 70 W

Lamp included Yes (K)

No

Gear and compensation Electro magnetic (low loss), 230 or 240 V / 50 Hz:

Inductive (IN)

Capacitive (C)

Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:

Electronic (EB)

Optic CosmoPolis optic R140 (OC)

Closed CT-pot (CR) for CDO and SON lamps

“Opti-C” concept with double IP-66, simplify

cleaning of the optic and improve lamp position

precission

Closed XT-pot (CX) or SON lamps, gives extra

wide spacing when the mast-height/road-width

ratio is e.g. 10/7 or higher. “Opti-C” concept

Optical cover Polycarbonate bowl (PC) vandal-resistant

Glass bowl (GB) better spacing and better night

preservation solution

Glass bowl with DynaClean coating (GBD) on

adition to GB the self-cleaning technology improve

the maintenance factor

nuissance

Ignitor Series (SI)

Series, self-stopping (SS)

Series, digital ignitor (SUD)

Semi-parallel (SP)

Semi-parallel, self-stopping (ST)

Semi-parallel, digital ignitor (SND)

Options Lighting controls: Chronosense (CH)

Light regulation:

Lumistep for CosmoPolis (LS-6 / 8 / 10)

Dimming switch (SW)

Dimming switch with reverse function (SWR)

Dimming via SDU01S (D4)

Dimming via SDU11S (D5)

Dimming via Telemanagement Starsense 1-

10Vdc (D6)

Dimming via external communication 1-10Vdc

(D7)

Filter coil (F) included

Fuse (FU) included

Canopy, frame, spigot and closing clip: die-cast

aluminum

Optics: high purity aluminum

Optical covers: polycarbonate bowl, UV-stabilised

or toughened glass IK08

Color Grey (GR)

Other RAL or AKZO Sablé colors available on

request

Installation Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 42 / 60 mm

Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 42 / 60 mm

Recommended mounting height: 10 m

Standard tilt angle post top: 5º

Adjustable tilt angle: n/a

Adjustable light distribution: 7 positions

Max windage area: 0.154 m2

Max SCx values by side: 0.065 m2

Maintenance Tool-less opening from above

Accessories Front and back louvers, ZGS253 L-FRONT resp

L-BACK

Remarks Designed to be dismantled completely, all parts can

be recycled

Main applications Roads, crossings, roundabouts, industry

lamp and gear compartment

Page 224: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminairesRoad and tunnel lighting3.12

Modena

Modena SGP681 road-lighting

luminaire

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

SGP681 CDO-TT70W K II CR PC AL GR ST 10.95 504682 00

SGP681 CDO-TT70W K II CR GB AL GR ST 12.07 504675 00

SGP681 CDO-TT100W K II CR FG AL GR ST 12.07 504606 00

SGP681 CDO-TT150W K II CR FG AL GR ST 12.70 504637 00

SGP681 CDO-TT150W K II CR GB AL GR ST 12.72 504644 00

SGP681 FG SGP681 GB

SGP681 PC La Nucia, Spain

Lighting design: Bernabé Cano

Page 225: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires Road and tunnel lighting 3.13

Road

and

tunn

el lig

htin

g

ModenaType SGP682 (large version)

Light source HID:

1 x MASTER SON-T PIA Plus / E40 / 100, 150,

250, 400 W

Lamp included Yes (K)

No

Gear and compensation Electro magnetic (low loss), 230 or 240 V / 50 Hz:

Inductive (IN)

Capacitive (C)

Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:

Electronic (EB)

Optic Closed T-pot (CP) “Opti-C” concept with double

IP-66, simplify cleaning of the optic and improve

lamp position precission

Optical cover Glass bowl (GB) better spacing and better night

preservation solution

Glass bowl with DynaClean coating (GBD) on

adition to GB the self-cleaning technology improve

the maintenance factor

nuissance

Ignitor Series (SI)

Series, self-stopping (SS)

Series, digital ignitor (SUD)

Semi-parallel (SP)

Semi-parallel, self-stopping (ST)

Semi-parallel, digital ignitor (SND)

Options Lighting controls: Chronosense (CH)

Light regulation:

Dimming switch (SW)

Dimming switch with reverse function (SWR)

Dimming via external communication 1-10Vdc

(D7)

Filter coil (F) included

Fuse (FU) included

Canopy, frame, spigot and closing clip: die-cast

aluminum

Optics: high purity aluminum

Optical covers: toughened glass IK08

Color Grey (GR)

Other RAL or AKZO Sablé colors available on

request

Installation Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 42 / 60 mm

Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 42 / 60 mm

Recommended mounting height: 15 m

Standard tilt angle post top: 5º

Adjustable tilt angle: n/a

Adjustable light distribution: 7 positions

Max windage area: 0.195 m2

Max SCx values by side: 0.085 m2

Maintenance Tool-less opening from above

Remarks Designed to be dismantled completely, all parts can

be recycled

Main applications Roads, crossings, roundabouts, industry

lamp and gear compartment

Modena

Page 226: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminairesRoad and tunnel lighting3.14

Modena

AccessoriesEasy-to-install front and back louvers

attached to the Modena luminaire

Product ID EOC

ZGS253 L-FRONT 833088 00

ZGS253 L-BACK 833095 00

Modena SGP682 road-lighting

luminaire

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

SGP682 SON-T150W K II CP FG AL GR SP 16.62 504781 00

SGP682 SON-T250W K II CP FG AL GR SP 16.72 504804 00

SGP682 SON-T250W K II CP GB AL GR SP 17.44 504811 00

SGP682 SON-T400W K II CP GB AL GR SP 19.34 600902 00

SGP682 SON-T400W II CP GB AL GR SP 19.34 602517 00

SGP682 FG SGP682 GB

Page 227: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires Road and tunnel lighting 3.15

Road

and

tunn

el lig

htin

g

Modena

Thurrock, United Kingdom

Page 228: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminairesRoad and tunnel lighting3.16

Iridium

Page 229: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires Road and tunnel lighting 3.17

Road

and

tunn

el lig

htin

g

Iridium SGS254/454 large versionIridium SGS253/453 medium versionIridium SGS252/452 small version

Iridium – lighting the road aheadThe Iridium range boasts an elegant, gently rounded form. It offers a wide choice of optical, electrical and mechanical combinations to suit all road-lighting applications. In addition, its modularity allows the integration of new optical or electronic components in order to adapt to the changing demands of road lighting, e.g. the growing demand for white light and controls. Iridium ensures low cost of ownership thanks to its superior optics, its dimming and Telemanagement capability, and low installation and maintenance costs.

The Iridium luminaire family comes in three different sizes for three main applications – residential areas and minor roads; major roads; motorways – and is suitable for side-entry and post-top mounting. A full range of brackets designed to ensure visual consistency between column and luminaire completes the Iridium family, offering a total solution.

www.philips.com/lighting

Page 230: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminairesRoad and tunnel lighting3.18

Iridium

Iridium – the evolution of road lightingThe never-ending evolutionIridium provides the clearest illustration yet of the shift from the original purpose of “the right light in the right place” toward a “Green City light solution”. Thanks to its worldwide design acceptance and its modularity (based on a wide range of sizes, materials and options), Iridium enables outdoor lighting authorities to introduce the most advanced green innovations while ensuring the best possible Total Cost of Ownership.

Page 231: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires Road and tunnel lighting 3.19

Road

and

tunn

el lig

htin

g

Sustainability

quality lighting installations with Iridium and CosmoPolis.Iridium’s electronic ballast and dimming capability – with any type of outdoor lamp – also rationalizes energy consumption.

Iridium helps protect the environment and the quality of life. Thanks to its variety of optics, Iridium can cover all

latest lighting standards.

MaintenanceIridium provides yet another example of Philips’ commitment to creating maintenance-friendly lighting solutions – not only with its mechanical operations, fully recyclable glass, aluminum and plastic materials, tool-less access, absence of glue, and plug-and-socket connectors, but also with its electronic ballast and Starsense, the highly advanced Telemanagement solution. With Starsense, each individual light point can be switched on or off or dimmed as required, and automatic monitoring provides continuous feedback on the status of each lamp. The rationalization and drastic

South Tyneside, England 25,000 lighting points with Iridium and CosmoPolis

Page 232: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminairesRoad and tunnel lighting3.20

Iridium SGS252/452

IridiumType

version)

SGS452 (aluminum canopy version)

Light source HID:

1 x MASTER CosmoWhite CPO-TW / PGZ12

/ 45, 60, 90 W

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E27 / 70 W

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E40 /

100 W

1 x MASTERColour CDM-TT / E27 / 35, 70 W

1 x CDO-ET / E27 / 70 W

1 x CDO-ET / E40 / 100 W

1 x MASTER SON-T PIA Plus / E27 / 50, 70 W

1 x MASTER SON-T PIA Plus / E40 / 100 W

1 x SON / E27 / 50, 70 W

1 x SON / E40 / 100 W

1 x SON-I / E27 / 50, 70 W

1 x MASTERColour CDM-T / G12 / 35, 70,

150 W

1 x MASTER PL-T 4 Pin / GX24q-4 or 5* / 32,

42, 57 W

*depends on wattage

Lamp included Yes (K)

No

Gear and compensation Electro magnetic (low loss), 230 or 240 V / 50 Hz:

Inductive (IN)

Capacitive (C)

Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:

Electronic (EB)

Optic CosmoPolis optic R140 (OC) for all ME-classes

CosmoPolis optic R60 (R60) for S-classes and low

ME-classes

Cycle path optic (CYC). Only for GB and PC.

Optimize for CosmoPolis low S-classes. Internal tilt

possibility to improve spacing and reduce glare

Facetted open CT-pot (OR) “Opti-O” easy lamp

access

Closed CT-pot (CR) “Opti-C” double IP-66,

simplify cleaning of the optic and improve lamp

position precision

Optical cover Polycarbonate bowl (PC) vandal-resistant

Glass bowl (GB) better spacing and better night

preservation solution

Glass bowl with DynaClean coating (GBD) on

addition to GB the self-cleaning technology

improve the maintenance factor

nuisance

Ignitor Series (SI)

Series, self-stopping (SS)

Series, digital ignitor (SUD)

Semi-parallel (SP)

Semi-parallel, self-stopping (ST)

Semi-parallel, digital ignitor (SND)

Options

Lighting controls: Chronosense (CH)

Light regulation:

Lumistep for CosmoPolis (LS-6 / 8 / 10)

Dimming switch (SW)

Dimming switch with reverse function (SWR)

Dimming via SDU01S (D4)

Dimming via SDU11S (D5)

Dimming via external communication 1-10Vdc

(D7)

Photocell: NEMA socket (P1), Minicell (P3)

Filter coil (F) included

Fuse (FU) included

Knife-connector (KC) included

Safety cable (SC) for plastic version, reduce

maintenance risks

Mould Coating* (SGS252) or aluminum (SGS452)

Frame: sand-blasted die-cast aluminum

Optical covers: polycarbonate bowl, UV-stabilized

or toughened glass IK08

Gear-tray housing: polyamide

Front clip: stainless steel

Page 233: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires Road and tunnel lighting 3.21

Road

and

tunn

el lig

htin

g

Iridium SGS252/452

Color Grey (GR)

Other RAL or AKZO colors available on request

(e.g. 7035)

Metallized frame (FM) for better apparience during

life of the product

Installation Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 34 / 60 mm

Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 60 / 76 mm

(60/76)

Recommended mounting height: 6 - 8 m

Standard tilt angle post top: 5º

Adjustable tilt angle: n/a

Adjustable tilt optic: only in CYC-optic two

positions; 0, -5º

Adjustable light distribution: 7 positions

Max windage area: 0.12 m2

Max SCx values by side: 0.059 m2

Maintenance Tool-less opening from above, and disconnection

of plug and socket

Accessories Front and back louvers, ZGS252 L-FRONT, resp

L-Back

Dedicated mast, wall and pole brackets and

deco-elements available for different mounting

possibilities

Remarks

becoming exposed

The integration of the CosmoPolis system (CPO-

ballast), a better spacing (in new installations) and

less energy consumption (in new and existing

installations) can be obtained

compartment

Compliant with EN 60598-2-3

Main applications Residential and industrial areas, roads, bicycle paths

SGS252 FG SGS252 GB

SGS252 PC

Page 234: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminairesRoad and tunnel lighting3.22

Iridium SGS252/452

Iridium SGS252/452 road-lighting Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

SGS252 CDO-TT70W K II CR FG GR ST 8.22 842554 00

SGS252 CDO-TT70W K II OR FG GR ST 8.22 842585 00

SGS452 CDO-TT70W K II OR FG GR ST 9.42 843322 00

SGS252 CDO-TT70W K II CR FG GR ST 8.22 849294 00

Iridium SGS252/452 road-lighting

luminaire with glass bowl (GB)

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

SGS252 CDO-TT70W K II CR GB GR ST 8.24 842561 00

SGS252 CDO-TT70W K II OR GB GR ST 8.24 842592 00

SGS452 CDO-TT70W K II CR GB GR ST 9.44 843308 00

SGS452 CDO-TT70W K II OR GB GR ST 9.44 843339 00

SGS452 CDO-TT100W K II OR GB GR ST 9.84 843353 00

Iridium SGS252/452 road-lighting

luminaire with polycarbonate bowl

(PC)

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

SGS252 CPO-TW45W K EB II OC PC GR 6.52 602210 00

SGS252 CPO-TW60W K EB II OC PC GR 6.42 849676 00

SGS252 CPO-TW90W K EB II OC PC GR 6.52 602227 00

SGS252 CPO-TW140W K EB II OC PC GR 6.52 602234 00

AccessoriesEasy-to-install front and back louvers

attached to the Iridium luminaire

Product ID EOC

ZGS252 L-FRONT 837581 00

ZGS252 L-BACK 837598 00

Page 235: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires Road and tunnel lighting 3.23

Road

and

tunn

el lig

htin

g

Iridium SGS252/452

attached to the canopy. This facilitates

maintenance because it provides easy

access.

one unit with the bowl, and the lamp

Page 236: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminairesRoad and tunnel lighting3.24

Iridium SGS253/453

IridiumType

version)

SGS453 (aluminum canopy version)

Light source HID:

1 x MASTER CosmoWhite CPO-TW / PGZ12

/ 45, 60, 90, 140 W

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E27 / 70 W

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E40 / 100,

150 W

1 x MASTERColour CDM-T / G12 / 70, 150 W

1 x CDO-ET / E27 / 70 W

1 x CDO-ET / E40 / 100, 150 W

1 x MASTER SON-T PIA Plus / E27 / 50, 70 W

1 x MASTER SON-T PIA Plus / E40 / 100, 150,

250 W

1 x SON / E27 / 50, 70 W

1 x SON / E40 / 100, 150 W

1 x SON-I / E27 / 50, 70 W

1 x MASTER PL-T 4 Pin / GX24q-3, 4 or 5* /

32, 42, 57 W

*depends on wattage

Induction lamp system:

1 x MASTER QL system / 55, 85 W

Lamp included Yes (K)

No

Gear and compensation Electro magnetic (low loss), 230 or 240 V / 50 Hz:

Inductive (IN)

Capacitive (C)

Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:

Electronic (EB)

Optic CosmoPolis optic R140 (OC)

Facetted open CT-pot (OR) for CDO and SON

lamps, “Opti-O” easy lamp acces concept

Closed CT-pot (CR) same lamps in “Opti-C”

concept with double IP-66, simplify cleaning of the

optic and improve lamp position precision

Open XT-pot (OX) for SON lamps, gives extra

wide spacing when the mast-height/road-width

ratio is e.g. 10/7 or higher. “Opti-O” concept

Closed XT-pot (CX) same application in “Opti-C”

concept

Closed V-pot (opti-C) (CV) recuperate the back

light via V-louver

Facetted open T-pot (TP)

Optical cover Polycarbonate bowl (PC) vandal-resistant

Glass bowl (GB) better spacing and better night

preservation solution

Glass bowl with DynaClean coating (GBD) on

addition to GB the self-cleaning technology

improve the maintenance factor

nuisance

Ignitor Series (SI)

Series, self-stopping (SS)

Series, digital ignitor (SUD)

Semi-parallel (SP)

Semi-parallel, self-stopping (ST)

Semi-parallel, digital ignitor (SND)

Options

Lighting controls: Chronosense (CH)

Light regulation:

Lumistep for CosmoPolis (LS-6 / 8 / 10)

Dimming switch (SW)

Dimming switch with reverse function (SWR)

Dimming via SDU01S (D4)

Dimming via SDU11S (D5)

Dimming via Telemanagement Starsense 1-

10Vdc (D6)

Dimming via external communication 1-10Vdc

(D7)

Photocell:

NEMA socket (P1), Minicell (P3)

Filter coil (F) included

Fuse (FU) included

Knife-connector (KC) included

Safety cable (SC) for plastic version, reduce

maintenance risks

Mould Coating* (SGS253) or aluminum (SGS453)

Frame: sand-blasted die-cast aluminum

Optical covers: polycarbonate bowl, UV-stabilized

or toughened glass IK08

Gear-tray housing: polyamide

Front clip: stainless steel

Color Grey (GR)

Other RAL or AKZO colors available on request

(e.g. 7035)

Metallized frame (FM) for better appearance

during life of the product

Page 237: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires Road and tunnel lighting 3.25

Road

and

tunn

el lig

htin

g

Iridium SGS253/453

Installation Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 34 / 60 mm

Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 60 / 76 mm

(60/76)

Recommended mounting height: 10 m

Standard tilt angle post top: 5º

Adjustable tilt angle: n/a

Adjustable light distribution: 7 positions

Max windage area: 0.15 m2

Max SCx values by side: 0.063 m2

Max SCx values by side: 0.081 m2 with louvers

attached

Maintenance Tool-less opening from above, and disconnection

of plug and socket

Accessories Front and back louvers, ZGS253 L-FRONT, resp

L-Back

Dedicated mast and wall brackets available for

different mounting possibilities

Remarks

becoming exposed

The integration of the CosmoPolis system (CPO-

ballast), a better spacing (in new installations) and

less energy consumption (in new and existing

installations) can be obtained

compartment

Compliant with EN 60598-2-3

Main applications Residential and industrial areas, roads, crossings,

roundabouts

SGS253 FG SGS253 GB

SGS253 PC

Page 238: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminairesRoad and tunnel lighting3.26

Iridium SGS253/453

Iridium SGS253/453 road-lighting Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

SGS253 SON-T100W K II CR FG GR SP 9.79 842646 00

SGS253 SON-T100W K II OR FG GR SP 9.79 842677 00

SGS253 SON-T150W K II CR FG GR SP 10.34 842707 00

SGS453 SON-T100W K II CR FG GR SP 11.77 843384 00

SGS453 SON-T100W K II OR FG GR SP 11.77 843414 00

SGS453 SON-T150W K II CR FG GR SP 12.32 843445 00

Iridium SGS253/453 road-lighting

luminaire with glass bowl (GB)

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

SGS253 SON-T100W K EB 240V I CR GB GR 9.29 676944 00

SGS253 SON-T150W K EB 240V I CR GB GR 9.29 676968 00

SGS253 SON-T250W K 240V I CR GB GR ST 10.24 676975 00

SGS453 SON-T100W K II OR GB GR SP 11.73 843407 00

SGS453 SON-T150W K II CR GB GR SP 12.28 843438 00

Iridium SGS253/453 road-lighting

luminaire with polycarbonate bowl

(PC)

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

SGS253 SON-T100W K II CR PC GR SP 8.77 842622 00

SGS253 SON-T100W K II OR PC GR SP 8.77 842653 00

SGS453 SON-T150W K II CR PC GR SP 11.30 843421 00

SGS453 SON-T150W K II OR PC GR SP 11.30 843452 00

SGS253 CPO-TW90W K EB II PC GR 8.23 603200 00

AccessoriesEasy-to-install front and back louvers

attached to the Iridium luminaire

Product ID EOC

ZGS253 L-FRONT 833088 00

ZGS253 L-BACK 833095 00

Page 239: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires Road and tunnel lighting 3.27

Road

and

tunn

el lig

htin

g

Iridium SGS253/453

Lezno, Poland

Page 240: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminairesRoad and tunnel lighting3.28

Iridium SGS254/454

IridiumType

version)

SGS454 (aluminum canopy version)

Light source HID:

1 x MASTER SON-T PIA Plus / E40 / 100, 150,

250, 400 W

1 x SON / E40 / 150, 250, 400 W

Induction lamp system:

1 x MASTER QL system / 165 W

Lamp included Yes (K)

No

Gear and compensation Electro magnetic (low loss), 230 or 240 V / 50 Hz:

Inductive (IN)

Capacitive (C)

Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:

Electronic (EB)

Optic Closed T-pot (CP) “Opti-C” with double IP-66,

simplify cleaning of the optic and improve lamp

position precision

Facetted open T-pot (TP) “Opti-O” easy lamp

access concept

Optical cover Glass bowl (GB) better spacing and better night

preservation solution

Glass bowl with DynaClean coating (GBD) on

addition to GB the self-cleaning technology

improve the maintenance factor

nuisance

Ignitor Series (SI)

Series, self-stopping (SS)

Series, digital ignitor (SUD)

Semi-parallel (SP)

Semi-parallel, self-stopping (ST)

Semi-parallel, digital ignitor (SND)

Options Lighting controls: Chronosense (CH)

Light regulation:

Dimming switch (SW)

Dimming switch with reverse function (SWR)

Photocell:

NEMA socket (P1), Minicell (P3)

Filter coil (F) included

Fuse (FU) included

Safety cable (SC) for plastic version, reduce

maintenance risks

Mould Coating* (SGS254) or aluminum (SGS454)

Frame: sand-blasted die-cast aluminum

Optical covers: toughened glass IK08

Gear-tray housing: polyamide

Front clip: stainless steel

Color Grey (GR)

Other RAL or AKZO colors available on request

(e.g. 7035)

Metallized frame (FM) for better appearance

during life of the product

Installation Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 34 / 60 mm

Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 60 / 76 mm

(60/76)

Recommended mounting height: 15 m

Standard tilt angle post top: 5º

Adjustable tilt angle: n/a

Adjustable light distribution: 7 positions

Max windage area: 0.20 m2

Max SCx values by side: 0.063 m2

Maintenance Tool-less opening from above, and disconnection

of plug and socket

Accessories Dedicated mast and wall brackets available for

different mounting possibilities

Remarks

becoming exposed CP optic has double IP66

Compliant with EN 60598-2-3

Main applications Industrial areas, roads, crossings, roundabouts

Page 241: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires Road and tunnel lighting 3.29

Road

and

tunn

el lig

htin

g

SGS254 FG

Iridium SGS254/454

Iridium SGS254/454 road-lighting Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

SGS254 SON-T250W K II CP FG GR SP 14.69 842417 00

SGS254 SON-T400W K II CP FG GR SP 16.44 842455 00

SGS254 SON-T250W K 240V I CP FG GR ST 14.69 677071 00

SGS254 SON-T400W K 240V I CP FG GR ST 16.44 677088 00

SGS454 SON-T250W K II TP FG GR SP 17.79 843537 00

SGS454 SON-T400W K II TP FG GR SP 19.54 843575 00

SGS254 GB

Iridium SGS254/454 road-lighting

luminaire with glass bowl (GB)

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

SGS254 SON-T250W K II CP GB GR SP 14.69 842370 00

SGS254 SON-T400W K II CP GB GR SP 16.44 842448 00

SGS254 SON-T250W 230V I OR GB GR ST 14.99 825168 00

SGS254 SON-T400W 230V I OR GB GR ST 16.74 845212 00

SGS254 SON-T250W K II TP GB GR SP 17.79 843520 00

SGS254 SON-T400W K II TP GB GR SP 19.54 843568 00

Page 242: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminairesRoad and tunnel lighting3.30

Brackets for Iridium

ZRS250 Iridium bracketsA full range of brackets designed to ensure visual consistency between column and luminaire completes the Iridium family, offering a total solution.

www.philips.com/lighting

Page 243: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires Road and tunnel lighting 3.31

Road

and

tunn

el lig

htin

g

Brackets for Iridium

ZRS250 MBT

Double Bracket for two Iridium Luminaires

Product ID EOC

ZRS250 MBT L1500 D76 RAL 587080 00

ZRS250 MBT L1000 D76 RAL 587066 00

ZRS250 MBT L1500 D60 RAL 587042 00

ZRS250 MBT L1000 D60 RAL 587028 00

ZRS250 MBT L1500 D76 586991 00

ZRS250 MBT L1000 D76 586977 00

ZRS250 MBT L1500 D60 586953 00

ZRS250 MBT L1000 D60 586939 00

ZRS250 MBS

Single Bracket

Product ID EOC

ZRS250 MBS L1500 D76 586984 00

ZRS250 MBS L1000 D76 586960 00

ZRS250 MBS L1500 D60 586946 00

ZRS250 MBS L1000 D60 586922 00

ZRS250 MBS L1500 D76 RAL 587073 00

ZRS250 MBS L1000 D76 RAL 587059 00

ZRS250 MBS L1500 D60 RAL 587035 00

ZRS250 MBS L1000 D60 RAL 587011 00

Single Bracket for wall mounting

Product ID EOC

ZRS250 MBW L1000 RAL 587004 00

ZRS250 MBW L1000 586915 00

ZRS250 MBW

Product ID EOC

ZRS250 DECO L1000 GR 587097 00

ZRS250 DECO L1500 GR 587103 00

ZRS250 DECO L1000 RAL 587110 00

ZRS250 DECO L1500 RAL 587127 00ZRS250 DECO L1500

Accessories

Page 244: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminairesRoad and tunnel lighting3.32

Koffer2

Page 245: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires Road and tunnel lighting 3.33

Road

and

tunn

el lig

htin

g

Koffer2 – economical systemKoffer2 is an archetypal modern road lighting luminaire, which meets the needs of today’s road users and operators. It is easy to install and maintain, delivers optimum optical performance and is future-proof. With its rectangular shape, Koffer2 offers an alternative to rounded luminaires.

Total cost over lifetime was the main consideration during the development phase. In addition

With the optional mast and bracket concept, the Koffer2 design is highly versatile: the two sizes can be integrated into futuristic concepts in modern urban environments or in more traditional lighting designs. The design of Koffer2 is a logical progression from the original Koffer design which has been sold over 3 million times throughout Europe. Koffer2 is, therefore, the ideal luminaire with which to upgrade or extend existing Koffer installations.

This universal road lighting luminaire comes in two sizes: Koffer2 70 is suitable for low mounting heights from 3.5 to 7 meters and Koffer2 100 for heights from 6 to 12 meters.

www.philips.com/lighting

Page 246: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminairesRoad and tunnel lighting3.34

Koffer2

Koffer2 – the safety specialistDifferent types of roads require different lighting solutions in respect of luminous intensity and light distribution. Koffer2 offers application-

optics for optimum performance.

Koffer2 offers seven different optics for different applications and lamps. With some optics, the light distribution can be adapted to the installation layout by adjusting the lamp position.

CosmoPolis: the foundation of change

is set to become the lamp technology of the future. It is the ideal lamp for Koffer2. In renovation projects, it enables the installed load to be halved compared with high-pressure mercury lamps. In new installations, energy consumption can even be reduced to a third compared with existing installations.

Koffer2

guarantees a smooth and pure design – regardless of the mast diameter.

For post-top installations, 76 mm:

the opening is fully open and the round

inside the luminaire

Post-top installation, 60 mm:

closes the rest of the opening and the

Side-entry installation:

Page 247: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires Road and tunnel lighting 3.35

Koffer2

Road

and

tunn

el lig

htin

g

MaintenanceMaintenance is tool-less. The frame opens downwards and all electrical components are directly visible.

Flat glass after 1.5 years near a

motorway, with DynaClean

Flat glass after 1.5 years near a

motorway, without DynaClean

7 m

9 m

38 m

38 m

Quickly replace glass bowls Quickly replace the gear-tray Replace lamps without toolsToolless opening of the luminaire

Compared to SON-T the spacing is increased by 15% and CO2 emissions

reduced by 40%.

Best environmental choiceThe CosmoPolis lamp and its electronic gear make it possible to increase spacings by up to +15%, while enabling a 40% reduction in CO2 emissions. Assembled without glue, with all plastic parts coded for traceability, Koffer2 is easily recycled, complying with RoHS and ready for WEEE.

Innovation – self-cleaning glass coversWith Koffer2, Philips is introducing another genuine innovation – DynaClean, a new coating that helps to maintain lighting levels.

photo-catalytic and hydrophilic coating. This is activated

destroy the dirt particles. This ‘self-cleaning’ coating slows the decline in lumen output over time. DynaClean increases the maintenance factor by 7 points. This leads to a potential spacing gain up to 9%.

Page 248: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminairesRoad and tunnel lighting3.36

Koffer2 masts and brackets

Koffer2 70 on a

cylindroconical

mast

Koffer2 100 on

A single and

double A

brackets

Koffer2 100 on

A single and

double brackets

Page 249: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires Road and tunnel lighting 3.37

Koffer2 masts and brackets

Road

and

tunn

el lig

htin

g

Koffer2 100 on

single and double

K8 brackets

Koffer2 100 on

single and double

K1 brackets

Page 250: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminairesRoad and tunnel lighting3.38

Koffer2 SGP070

Koffer2

Type SGP070

Light source HID:

1 x MASTER CosmoWhite CPO-TW / PGZ12

/ 45, 60, 90, 140 W

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E27 / 70 W

1 x CDO-ET / E27 / 70 W

1 x MASTER SON-T PIA Plus / E27 / 50, 70 W

1 x MASTER SON-T PIA Plus / E40 / 100 W

1 x SON / E27 / 50, 70 W

1 x SON / E40 / 100 W

2 x MASTER PL-L 4 Pin / 2G11 / 11 W

1 x or 2 x MASTER PL-L 4 PIN / 2G11 / 18 W

Induction lamp system:

1 x MASTER QL system / 55 W

Lamp included Yes (K or light color 827, 830 or 840)

No

Mains supply 230 or 240 V

Gear and compensation Electro magnetic (low loss), 230 or 240 V / 50 Hz:

Inductive (IN)

Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:

Electronic (EB)

Optic CosmoPolis optic R140 (OC)

Facetted open CT-pot (OR) for CDO and SON

lamps,”Opti-O” easy lamp acces concept

Wide beam (WB). Only for GB and PC. At low

mounting heights in narrow paths

with maximum glare control

Optical cover Glass bowl (GB) better spacing and better night

preservation solution

Glass bowl with DynaClean coating (GBD) on

adition to GB the self-cleaning technology improve

the maintenance factor

nuissance

Acrylic bowl, frosted (ACF) no yellowing

Polycarbonate bowl, frosted (PCF) vandal-resistant

Ignitor Semi-parallel, digital (SND)

Series digital ignitor (SUD)

Options

Lighting controls: Chronosense (CH)

Light regulation:

Dimming switch (SW)

Dimming switch with reverse function (SWR)

Dimming via SDU01S (D4)

Dimming via SDU11S (D5)

Dimming via external communication 1-10Vdc

(D7)

Photocell: NEMA socket (P1), Minicell (P3)

Filter coil (F) included

Fuse (FU) included

Knife-connector (KC) included

Pre-equipped cables without plug connector:

cable lengths of: 6 m (C6K), 10 m (C12K)

Housing: aluminum

Optical covers: acrylic or polycarbonate bowls, UV-

stabilized or hardened glass, min IK08

Color Grey (RAL 7035) or white (RAL 9006)

Other RAL colors available on request (e.g. 7024)

Installation Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 34 / 48 mm

Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 60 / 76 mm

Spigot is integrated, continuously variable

Recommended mounting height: 3.5 - 7 m

Standard tilt angle post top: 10º

Adjustable tilt angle: n/a

Adjustable light distribution: 5 positions

Max windage area: 0.08 m2

Max SCx values by side: 0.035 m2

Maintenance Toolless from below. Opening by one main clip

Accessories Front and back louvers, ZGP070 L-FRONT resp

L-BACK

Dedicated mast and pole brackets available for

different mounting possibilities

Main applications Pedestrian and parking areas, bicycle paths

lamp and gear compartment

SGP070 + ZGP070 FG SGP070 + ZGP070 GB

Page 251: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires Road and tunnel lighting 3.39

Road

and

tunn

el lig

htin

g

SGP070 + ZGP070 PCF/ACF

Koffer2 SGP070

Koffer² SGP070 road-lighting luminaire Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

SGP070 CPO-TW45W K EB FG 7.21 234493 00

SGP070 CPO-TW60W K EB II FG 6.85 227228 00

SGP070 SON-T50/70W II FG 7.51 226085 00

SGP070 SON-T50/70W II RW FG AL 9007 7.95 237586 00

SGP070 CDO-TT70W K II FG 7.36 228966 00

Koffer² SGP070 road-lighting luminaire

with glass bowl (GB)

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

SGP070 CPO-TW45W K EB GB 7.24 234462 00

SGP070 CPO-TW60W K EB II GB 1.11 227105 00

SGP070 CPO-TW90W K EB II GB 1.11 238118 00

SGP070 CPO-TW140W K EB II GB 9006 6.90 227075 00

SGP070 SON-T100W K II GB 7.36 228829 00

Koffer² SGP070 road-lighting luminaire

with structured plastic bowl (ACF/PCF)

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

SGP070 SON-T50/70W II WB ACF SW 7.36 226061 00

SGP070 SON-T50/70W II ACF SW 7.25 226108 00

SGP070 QL55W/840 HF I ACF 6.45 226412 00

SGP070 PL-L18W II ACF 8.24 226924 00

SGP070 CPO-TW60W K EB ACF 6.69 234523 00

AccessoriesKoffer² SGP070 road-lighting luminaire

with louvers

Product ID EOC

ZGP070 L-FRONT 227631 00

ZGP070 L-BACK 227648 00

Page 252: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminairesRoad and tunnel lighting3.40

Koffer2 SGP100

Koffer2

Type SGP100

Light source HID:

1 x MASTER CosmoWhite CPO-TW / PGZ12

/ 60, 90, 140 W

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E27 / 70 W

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E40 / 100,

150, 250 W

1 x CDO-ET / E27 / 70 W

1 x CDO-ET / E40 / 100, 150, 250 W

1 x MASTER SON-T PIA Plus / E27 / 70 W

1 x MASTER SON-T PIA Plus / E40 / 100, 150,

250 W

1 x SON / E27 / 70 W

1 x SON / E40 / 100, 150, 250 W

2 x MASTER PL-L 4 Pin / 2G11 / 18 W

Induction lamp system:

1 x MASTER QL system / 55, 85 W

Lamp included Yes (K or light color 827, 830 or 840)

No

Mains supply 230 or 240 V

Gear and compensation Electro magnetic (low loss), 230 or 240 V / 50 Hz:

Inductive (IN)

Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:

Electronic (EB)

Optic CosmoPolis optic R140 (OC)

Facetted open CT-pot (OR) for CDO and SON

lamps,”Opti-O” easy lamp acces concept

Open XT-pot (OX) for SON lamps, gives extra

wide spacing when the mast-height/road-width

ratio is e.g. 10/7 or higher.”Optic-O” concept

crossing left side asymmetric optic

crossing right side asymmetric optic

Optical cover Glass bowl (GB) better spacing and better night

preservation solution

Glass bowl with DynaClean coating (GBD) on

adition to GB the self-cleaning technology improve

the maintenance factor

nuissance

bowl, frosted (ACF) no yellowing

Ignitor

Semi-parallel, digital (SND)

Series digital ignitor (SUD)

Options Lighting controls: Chronosense (CH)

Light regulation:

Dimming switch (SW)

Dimming switch with reverse function (SWR)

Dimming via SDU01S (D4)

Dimming via SDU11S (D5)

Dimming via Telemanagement Starsense 1-

10Vdc (D6)

Dimming via external communication 1-10Vdc

(D7)

Photocell: NEMA socket (P1), Minicell (P3)

Filter coil (F) included

Fuse (FU) included

Knife-connector (KC) included

Pre-equipped cables without plug connector:

cable lengths of: 6 m (C6K), 10 m (C12K)

Housing: aluminum

Optical covers: acrylic or polycarbonate bowls, UV-

stabilized or hardened glass, min IK08

Color Grey (RAL 7035) or white (RAL 9006)

Other RAL colors available on request (e.g. 7024)

Installation Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 48 / 60 mm

Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 60 / 76 mm

Spigot is integrated, continuously variable

Recommended mounting height: 6 - 12 m

Standard tilt angle post top: 10º

Adjustable tilt angle: n/a

Adjustable light distribution: 7 positions

Max windage area: 0.11 m2

Max SCx values by side: 0.054 m2

Maintenance Toolless from below. Opening by one main clip

Accessories Front and back louvers, ZGP100 L-FRONT resp

L-BACK

Dedicated mast and pole brackets available for

different mounting possibilities

Main applications Roads, pedestrian and parking areas

lamp and gear compartment

SGP100 + ZGP100 FG SGP100 + ZGP100 GB

Page 253: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires Road and tunnel lighting 3.41

Road

and

tunn

el lig

htin

g

SGP100 + ZGP100 ACF

Koffer2 SGP100

Koffer² SGP100 road-lighting luminaire Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

SGP100 CPO-TW140W K EB FG 9.75 234745 00

SGP100 SON-T100W K 240V FG 10.43 234844 00

SGP100 SON-T150W K 240V FG 10.98 234936 00

SGP100 SON-T250W K 240V FG 11.87 235025 00

SGP100 CDO-TT250W K II FG 11.87 228942 00

Koffer² SGP100 road-lighting luminaire

with glass bowl (GB)

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

SGP100 CPO-TW60W K EB II GB 9006 9.59 226733 00

SGP100 CPO-TW90W EB II GB 9006 8.83 226726 00

SGP100 CPO-TW140W K EB II GB 9006 9.72 226740 00

SGP100 SON-T150W K II GB 10.95 228867 00

SGP100 SON-T250W K II GB 11.84 228874 00

Koffer² SGP100 road-lighting luminaire

with structured acrylic bowl (ACF)

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

SGP100 QL55W/840 HF I ACF 8.70 226696 00

SGP100 QL85W/840 HF I ACF 8.72 226689 00

SGP100 PL-L18W II ACF 9.70 226832 00

SGP100 CPO-TW140W K EB ACF 9.05 234691 00

SGP100 SON-T150W II R-A-R ACF 10.28 226535 00

Page 254: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminairesRoad and tunnel lighting3.42

Koffer2 SGP100

AccessoriesKoffer² SGP100 road-lighting luminaire

with louvers

Product ID EOC

ZGP100 L-FRONT 227655 00

ZGP100 L-BACK 227662 00

Page 255: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires Road and tunnel lighting 3.43

Road

and

tunn

el lig

htin

g

Koffer 2 SGP100

Vechta, Germany

Page 256: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminairesRoad and tunnel lighting3.44

exactly the right lightdeliver light precisely where it is needed, in the quantity needed, for safe and comfortable driving. Dedicated facetted optics optimize beam control and maximize light output, while graduated adjustment

safe maintenance.

www.philips.com/lighting

Page 257: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires Road and tunnel lighting 3.45

Road

and

tunn

el lig

htin

g

Type SGS305

Light source HID:

1 x MASTER SON-T PIA Plus / E27 / 50, 70 W

1 x MASTER SON-T PIA Plus / E40 / 100,

150 W

1 x SON / E27 / 50, 70 W

1 x SON / E40 / 100 W

1 x SON-I / E27 / 50, 70 W

Lamp included Yes (K)

Gear and compensation Electro magnetic (low loss), 230 or 240 V / 50 Hz:

Inductive (IN)

Capacitive (C)

Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:

Electronic (EB)

Ignitor Series (SI)

Series, self-stopping (SS)

Series, digital ignitor (SUD)

Semi-parallel (SP)

Semi-parallel, self-stopping (ST)

Semi-parallel, digital ignitor (SND)

Optic Facetted T-POT (TP) in a close optical system IP66

Optical cover

nuissance

Polycarbonate bowl (PC) vandal-resistant

Polymethyl methacrylate bowl (PM) non-yellowing

Options Lighting controls: Chronosense (CH)

Light regulation:

Dimming switch (SW)

Dimming switch with reverse function (SWR)

Dimming via SDU01S (D4)

Dimming via SDU11S (D5)

Dimming via Telemanagement Starsense 1-

10Vdc (D6)

Dimming via external communication 1-10Vdc

(D7)

Photocell: NEMA socket (P1), Minicell (P3)

Knife-connector as standard

polyester

Optical covers: acrylic, non-yellowing or

polycarbonate bowls, UV stabilized or toughened

glass IK08

Mounting module: die-cast aluminum

Color Grey (GR)

Other RAL colors available on request (RAL)

Installation Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 60 / 76 mm

(76P)

Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 42 / 60 mm

(60S)

Recommended mounting height: 8 m

Standard tilt angle post top: 3º

Adjustable tilt angle: 0 - 12º (side entry)

Adjustable light distribution: 19 positions

Max windage area: 0.16 m2

Max SCx values by side: 0.102 m2

Maintenance Tool-less opening the luminaire

Opening gear compartment breaks the electrical

circuit

Main applications Industrial areas, major and minor roads, motorways,

crossings, roundabounds

gear compartment lamp compartment

SGS305 FG SGS305 PM/PC

Page 258: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminairesRoad and tunnel lighting3.46

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

SGS305 SON-T70W 230V FG RS GR SP 12.18 227108 00

SGS305 SON-T100W 230V FG RS GR SP 12.84 225982 00

SGS305 SON-T150W 230V FG RS GR SP 13.06 226026 00

SGS305 SON-T70W II FG RS GR SP 42/60 8.28 137643 00

SGS305 SON-T100W II FG RS GR SP 42/60 8.94 137353 00

SGS305 SON-T150W II FG RS GR SP 42/60 9.16 137650 00

luminaire with polycarbonate/PMMA

bowl (PC/PM)

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

SGS305 SON-T70W 230V PM RS GR SP 11.61 227092 00

SGS305 SON-T100W 230V PM GR SP 12.27 225975 00

Page 259: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires Road and tunnel lighting 3.47

Road

and

tunn

el lig

htin

g

Type SGS306

Light source HID:

1 x MASTER SON-T PIA Plus / E40 / 100, 150,

250, 400 W

1 x SON / E40 / 150, 250, 400 W

Induction lamp system:

1 x MASTER QL system / 85 W

Lamp included Yes (K or light color 827, 830 or 840)

Gear and compensation Electro magnetic (low loss), 230 or 240 V / 50 Hz:

Inductive (IN)

Capacitive (C)

Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:

Electronic (EB)

Empty (E) (without gear)

Ignitor Series (SI)

Series, self-stopping (SS)

Series, digital ignitor (SUD)

Semi-parallel (SP)

Semi-parallel, self-stopping (ST)

Semi-parallel, digital ignitor (SND)

Optic Facetted T-POT (TP) in a close optical system IP66

Optical cover

nuissance

Polycarbonate bowl (PC) vandal-resistant

Polythene bowl, opal (PE)

Options Lighting controls: Chronosense (CH)

Light regulation:

Dimming switch (SW)

Dimming switch with reverse function (SWR)

Dimming via SDU01S (D4)

Dimming via SDU11S (D5)

Dimming via Telemanagement Starsense 1-

10 Vdc (D6)

Dimming via external communication 1-10 Vdc

(D7)

Photocell: NEMA socket (P1), Minicell (P3)

Fuse (FU) integrated

Filter coil (F) integrated

Knife-connector as standard

polyester

Optical covers: polythene or polycarbonate bowls,

UV stabilized or toughened glass IK08

Mounting module: die-cast aluminum

Color Grey (GR)

Other RAL colors available on request (RAL)

Installation Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 60 / 76 mm

(76P)

Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 42 / 60 mm

(60S)

Recommended mounting height: 12 m

Standard tilt angle post top: 3º

Adjustable tilt angle: 0 - 12º (side entry)

Adjustable light distribution: 19 positions

Max windage area: 0.20 m2

Max SCx values by side: 0.124 m2

Maintenance Tool-less opening the luminaire

Opening gear compartment breaks the electrical

circuit

Main applications Industrial areas, major and minor roads, motorways,

roundabounds, crossings

gear compartment lamp compartment

SGS306 FG SGS306 PE/PC

Page 260: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminairesRoad and tunnel lighting3.48

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

SGS306 SON-T250W II FG RS GR SP 42/60 11.91 133720 00

SGS306 SON-T400W II FG RS GR SP 42/60 13.67 133737 00

luminaire with polycarbonate/PMMA

bowl (PC/PE)

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

SGS306 SON-T250W K II PE RS GR SP 42/60 11.17 600711 00

SGS306 SON-T250W II PE RS GR SP CH 42/60 12.95 600773 00

SGS306 SON-T250W II PE RS GR SP CH 42/60 12.95 128962 00

Removing the gear unitRemoving the lamp

Page 261: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires Road and tunnel lighting 3.49

Road

and

tunn

el lig

htin

g

Heathrow, United Kingdom

Page 262: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminairesRoad and tunnel lighting3.50

Manta

Manta – optimum light distributionManta is a road and street lighting luminaire. The housing and canopy are made of die-cast aluminum. The luminaire also offers the choice of a tempered

materials guarantee a long service life and low life-cycle costs. Separate versions are available for smaller roads or motorways.

The luminaire incorporates T-POT optics, which facilitate wide pole spacings and extremely even illumination on wet paving, EP optics and CT-POT optics to ensure optimum distribution

They are suitable for installation on a pole arm or at the top of a pole.

www.philips.com/lighting

Page 263: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires Road and tunnel lighting 3.51

Road

and

tunn

el lig

htin

g

Manta

MantaType 611/612HGV

621/622HGV

Light source 611HGV for tubular lamps

HID:

1 x MASTER SON-T PIA Plus / E40 / 150, 250,

400 W

612HGV for ovoid lamps

HID:

1 x MASTER SON PIA Plus / E40 / 150, 250 W

1 x SON / E40 / 150, 250 W

621HGV for tubular lamps

HID:

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E40 / 100,

150 W

1 x MASTER SON-T PIA Plus / E27 / 50, 70 W

1 x MASTER SON-T PIA Plus / E40 / 100,

150 W

622HGV for ovoid lamps

HID:

1 x MASTER SON PIA Plus / E27 / 70 W

1 x MASTER SON PIA Plus / E40 / 100 W

Lamp included Yes (K)

No

Mains voltage 230 or 240 V

Gear and compensation Electro magnetic (low loss), 230 or 240 V / 50 Hz:

Inductive, parallel compensated (IC)

Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:

Electronic (EB)

Optic Facetted open CT-pot (OR) for CDO and SON

lamps,”Opti-O” easy lamp acces concept

Open XT-pot (OX) for SON lamps, gives extra

wide spacing when the mast-height/road-width

ratio is e.g. 10/7 or higher.”Opti-O” concept

Facetted open T-pot (TP) for SON-T-lamp versions

EP-Optic (EP) optic for elliptical light sources

(SON). The optics facilitate long pole spacing

Optical cover

nuissance

Polycarbonate bowl (PC) vandal-resistant

Acrylic bowl (AC) non-yellowing

Ignitor Series, self-stopping (SS)

Options Light regulation:

Dimming switch (SW)

Dimming via Telemanagement Starsense 1-

10Vdc (D6)

Housing and canopy: die-cast sand-blasted

aluminum

Optical covers: acrylic, UV-stabilized or hardened

glass

Gear-tray housing: aluminum metal plate

Side-clips: stainless steel

Hinges: stainless steel

Color Natural sand-blasted aluminum

RAL colors

Installations 611/612HGV

Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 48 - 60 mm

post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 76 mm with

adapter

Recommended mounting height: 8 - 12 m

Standard tilt angle post-top: 5º (with adapter)

Adjustable tilt angle: n/a

Adjustable light distribution: 2 positions

Max. windage area: 0.18 m2

621/622HGV

Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 48 - 60 mm

Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 60 - 76 mm

Recommended mounting height: 6 - 10 m

Standard tilt angle post-top: 5º

Adjustable tilt angle: n/a

Adjustable light distribution: 3 positions

Max. windage area: 0.13 m2

Maintenance Tool-less opening from above and disconnection

by maintenance switch and plug and socket

Accessories Pole top adapter for 611/612HGV

Remarks The luminaire is standard provided with a

maintenance switch

Main applications Industrial areas, roads, roundabouts

lamp and gear compartment

611/612HGV FG 611/612HGV PC/AC

Page 264: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminairesRoad and tunnel lighting3.52

Manta

621/622HGV FG 621/622HGV AC

Manta 611/612/614HGV road-lighting Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

611HGV SON-TPP150W K IC TP FG SS 14.55 527429 00

611HGV SON-TPP250W K IC TP FG SS 15.65 527436 00

611HGV SON-T400W IC I TP FG SS 16.80 527054 00

612HGV SON-PP150W K IC S FG SS 14.40 527450 00

612HGV SON-PP250W K IC S FG SS 15.50 527467 00

Manta 611/612/614HGV road-lighting

luminaire with PMMA/polycarbonate

bowl (AC/PC)

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

614HGV SON-TPP150W K IC I TP AC 13.70 046432 00

614HGV SON-TPP250W K IC I TP AC 14.80 046449 00

614HGV SON-TPP400W K IC I TP PC 14.80 046456 00

612HGV SON150W IC I S AC SS 13.70 527153 00

612HGV SON250W IC I S AC SS 14.80 527160 00

Manta 621/622HGV road-lighting Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

621HGV SON-TPP70W K IC TP FG SS 11.30 045329 00

621HGV SON-T100W EB I TP FG 11.30 019306 00

621HGV SON-T150W EB I TP FG 12.53 019313 00

621HGV CDO-TT100W EB I OR FG 11.30 019320 00

621HGV CDO-TT150W EB I OR FG 12.10 019337 00

Manta 621/622HGV road-lighting

luminaire with PMMA/polycarbonate

bowl (AC/PC)

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

621HGV SON-TPP70W K IC TP AC SS 10.60 045336 00

621HGV SON-T100W EB I TP AC 10.60 019269 00

621HGV SON-T150W EB I TP AC 11.40 019276 00

621HGV CDO-TT100W EB I OR AC 10.60 019283 00

621HGV CDO-TT150W EB I OR AC 11.40 019290 00

Page 265: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires Road and tunnel lighting 3.53

Road

and

tunn

el lig

htin

g

Manta

VT7 motorway, Porvoo, Finland

Page 266: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminairesRoad and tunnel lighting3.54

Selenium

Selenium – timeless designrounded form reduces its daytime visual impact, allowing it to integrate into any kind of environment. Selenium incorporates the

Energy savings are possible by means of dimming with a switch or stand-alone Chronosense system (without pilot cable).

Selenium is suitable for side-entry or post-top mounting, with a choice of three tilt angles for optimal installation (0, 5, 15º).

www.philips.com/lighting

Page 267: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires Road and tunnel lighting 3.55

Road

and

tunn

el lig

htin

g

Selenium

SeleniumType SGP340

Light source HID:

1 x MASTER SON-T PIA Plus / E27 / 50, 70 W

1 x MASTER SON-T PIA Plus / E40 / 100, 150,

250, 400 W

1 x SON / E27 / 50, 70 W

1 x SON / E40 / 100, 150, 250 W

1 x SON-I / E27 / 50, 70 W

Lamp included Yes (K)

No

Mains voltage 230 or 240 V

Gear Electro magnetic (low loss), 230 or 240 V / 50 Hz:

Inductive (IN)

Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:

Electronic (EB)

Optic Facetted semi closed T-POT (TP)

Optical cover

nuissance

Polycarbonate bowl (PC) vandal-resistant

Ignitor Series (SI)

Series, self-stopping (SS)

Semi-parallel (SP)

Semi-parallel, self-stopping (ST)

Options Lighting controls: Chronosense (CH)

Light regulation:

Dimming switch (SW)

Dimming switch with reverse function (SWR)

Photocell: NEMA socket (P1), Minicell (P3)

Fuse (FU) included

Knife-connector (KC) included

Canopy and frame: die-cast aluminum

Mounting module: die-cast aluminum

Optical covers: polycarbonate bowl or toughened

glass

Closing clip: stainless steel

Color Grey (RAL 7035)

Other RAL colors available on request

Installation Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 48 / 60 mm

(48/60)

Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 48 / 60 mm

(48/60)

Spigot is reversible for side-entry and post-top

Recommended mounting height: 10 m

Standard tilt angle post top: 5º

Adjustable tilt angle: 0º, 5º, and 15º

Adjustable light distribution: 5 positions

Max windage area: 0.14 m2

Max SCx values by side: 0.077 m2

Maintenance From above by opening the housing with a single

quick-release clip

No tools needed for geartry and disconnection of

plug and socket

Accessories Spigots for 34 mm side-entry, ZGP340 SP34S and

76 mm post-top, ZGP340 SP76P

Main applications Industrial areas, roads, crossings, roundabouts

lamp and gear compartment

SGP340 FGSGP340 PC

Selenium SGP340 road-lighting Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

SGP340 SON-T50W K II FG SP 48/60 9.40 126678 00

SGP340 SON-T70W K II FG SP 48/60 9.50 126685 00

SGP340 SON-T100W K II FG SP 48/60 10.10 126692 00

SGP340 SON-T250W K II FG SP 48/60 11.90 126715 00

SGP340 SON-T400W K I FG ST 76 12.50 138886 00

Page 268: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminairesRoad and tunnel lighting3.56

Selenium

Selenium SGP340 road-lighting

luminaire with polycarbonate bowl

(PC)

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

SGP340 SON-T70W K I PC SP 48/60 8.80 126524 00

SGP340 SON-T100W K I PC SP 48/60 9.40 126531 00

SGP340 SON-T150W K I PC SP 48/60 10.20 126548 00

SGP340 SON-T250W K II PC ST 48/60 11.60 126555 00

SGP340 SON-T50W K II PC ST 48/60 9.10 126722 00

SGP340 SON-T50/70W K II PC SS CH 48/60 9.60 126814 00

AccessoriesSpigot either for side-entry or post-top

mounting

Product ID EOC

ZGP340 SP76P 131115 99

ZGP340 SP48/60 131139 99

ZGP340 SP34/42 132501 99

Page 269: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires Road and tunnel lighting 3.57

Road

and

tunn

el lig

htin

g

Selenium

Lesznie, Poland

Page 270: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminairesRoad and tunnel lighting3.58

SGS203/403

SGS203/403 – precision lightingSGS203/403 is a modular luminaire in contemporary style for safe and comfortable driving, and for area illumination, with low energy and maintenance costs. It offers a choice of canopies and a bowl or

control of beam direction. Energy savings are possible, for instance with the Chronosense dimming system (no pilot cable required).

SGS203/403 is suitable for side-entry or post-top mounting.

www.philips.com/lighting

Page 271: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires Road and tunnel lighting 3.59

Road

and

tunn

el lig

htin

g

SGS203/403

SGS203/403Type

version)

SGS403 (aluminum canopy version)

Light source HID:

1 x MASTERColour CDM-T / G12 / 70, 150 W

1 x MASTER SON-T PIA Plus / E27 / 50, 70 W

1 x MASTER SON-T PIA Plus / E40 / 100, 150,

250 W

1 x SON / E27 / 50, 70 W

1 x SON / E40 / 100, 150, 250 W

1 x SON-I / E27 / 50, 70 W

1 x MASTER SOX-E / BY22d / 18, 26 W

1 x SOX / BY22d / 35 W

1 x MASTER PL-T 4 Pin / 32, 42 W

Induction lamp system:

1 x MASTER QL system / 55 W

Lamp included Yes (K)

No

Mains voltage 230 or 240 V

Gear and compensation Electro magnetic (low loss), 230 or 240 V / 50 Hz:

Inductive (IN)

Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:

High Frequency (HF)

High Frequency Performer (HFP)

Electronic (EB)

Optic Facetted open T-POT (TP) for easy lamp acces

concept

Optical cover

nuissance

Polycarbonate bowl (PC) vandal-resistant

Ignitor Series (SI)

Series, self-stopping (SS)

Semi-parallel (SP)

Semi-parallel, self-stopping (ST)

Options

Lighting controls: Chronosense (CH)

Light regulation:

Dimming switch (SW)

Dimming switch with reverse function (SWR)

Photocell: NEMA socket (P1), Minicell (P3)

Filter coil (F) included

Fuse (FU) included

Pre-equipped cables without plug:

cable lengths of: 9 m (C9000), 12 m (C12K), 14

m (C14K)

or aluminum (SGS403)

Frame: sand-blasted die-cast aluminum

Optical covers: polycarbonate bowl, UV-stabilised

or toughened glass

Color Grey (RAL 7035)

Other RAL colors available on request

Installation Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 34 mm

Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 34, 42, 48, 60 or

76 mm (34P, resp 42P, 48P, 60P, 76P)

Recommended mounting height: 10 m

Standard tilt angle post top: 5º

Adjustable tilt angle: n/a

Adjustable light distribution: 5 positions

Max windage area: 0.14 m2

Max SCx values by side: 0.044 m2

Maintenance From above by opening the housing with a single

quick-release clip

Tools needed for geartry and disconnection of

plug and socket

Accessories Flexible spigot, ZGS200

Main applications Residential and industrial areas, roads

gear compartment lamp compartment

SGS203/403 FG SGS203/403 PC

Page 272: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminairesRoad and tunnel lighting3.60

SGS203/403

SGS203/SGS403 road-lighting luminaire Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

SGS403 SON-T100W 230V II FG SP 9.54 151335 00

SGS403 SON-T150W 230V II FG SP 10.16 218151 00

SGS203 SON-TPP50W K 230V FG ST 5.69 722474 00

SGS203 SON-TPP70W K 240V FG ST 7.90 720715 00

SGS203 SON-TPP100W K 240V FG ST 7.60 720555 00

SGS203 SON-TPP150W K 230V FG ST 8.82 722504 00

SGS203/SGS403 road-lighting luminaire

with polycarbonate bowl

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

SGS203 SON-TPP50W K 230V ST 5.90 721767 00

SGS203 SON-TPP100W K 230V ST 6.20 721743 00

SGS203 SON-TPP70W K 230V ST 6.30 721750 00

SGS203 SON-TPP150W K 230V ST 6.70 721798 00

SGS203 SON-T250W 240V ST 7.30 928258 00

AccessoriesSpigot either for side-entry or for post-

top mounting

Product ID EOC

ZGS200 SP60 216632 99

ZGS200 SP76 216649 99

ZGS200 SP42/48 599506 99

ZGS200 SP76-A10 151748 99

ZGS200 SP34 931043 99

Page 273: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires Road and tunnel lighting 3.61

Road

and

tunn

el lig

htin

g

SGS203/403

Queen Elizabeth Bridge, Dartford, United Kingdom

Page 274: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminairesRoad and tunnel lighting3.62

AluRoad

Page 275: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires Road and tunnel lighting 3.63

Road

and

tunn

el lig

htin

g

AluRoad SRP222 road-lighting

luminaire (large)

AluRoad SRP221 road-lighting

luminaire (small)

AluRoad – street lighting made easyAluRoad is a robust, compact road-lighting luminaire that combines an attractive design with very good lighting performance. It is extremely easy to install and maintain.

priced AluRoad represents excellent value.

The visual impression created by the aluminum canopy and polycarbonate bowl makes AluRoad compatible with existing road lighting applications.

– and is suitable for side-entry and post-top mounting.

www.philips.com/lighting

Page 276: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminairesRoad and tunnel lighting3.64

AluRoad SRP221/222

AluRoadType SRP221

Light source HID:

1 x MASTER SON-T PIA Plus / E27 / 50, 70 W

1 x HPL-N / E27 / 50, 80, 125* W

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E27 / 70 W

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-ET / E27 / 70 W

Lamp included Yes (K)

No

Mains voltage 230 or 240 V

Gear Electro magnetic (conventional), 230 or 240 V /

50 Hz

Optic

Optical cover Polycarbonate bowl

Ignitor Semi-parallel (SP)

Semi-parallel, self-stopping (ST)

Options Photocell: Micro-mini-cell (P2)

Canopy: die-cast aluminum

Optical covers: polycarbonate

Closing clip: stainless steel

Color Grey, RAL 7035

Other RAL colors available on request

Installation Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 48 / 60 mm

(48/60) (or Ø 34 / 42 mm with reducing piece)

Integrated spigot into luminaire

Post-top mounting: adaptors for Ø 60 / 76 mm

Ambient temperature outdoor: -20ºC < Ta < 35ºC

*note: Ta 25ºC for HPL-N 125 W versions with

photocell (P2)

Recommended mounting height: 3.5 - 10 m

Standard tilt angle post-top: 5º

Adjustable light distribution: 3 positions

Max windage area: 0.022 m2

Max SCx values by side: 0.065 m2

Maintenance Lamp accessible by opening the bowl with a

single quick-release clip, replacement of the gear

tray requires only one screw driver and the bowl

replacement is easy and without any tools

Accessories Post top adaptor ZRP220 AD60/60 A5 and

ZRP220 AD76/60 A5, reducing piece for side entry

spigot ZRP220 AD34/42

Main applications Secondary roads, industrial and residential areas,

roundabouts

lamp and gear compartement

SRP221

AluRoad SRP221 road-lighting

luminaire (small)

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

SRP221 SON-TPP50W K II ST 48/60 3.66 615920 00

SRP221 SON-TPP70W K II ST 48/60 3.97 615951 00

SRP221 CDO-TT70W K II ST 48/60 3.97 615975 00

SRP221 SON-TPP70W K ST 34/42 4.06 616651 00

SRP221 CDO-TT70W K II ST 34/42 4.06 616699 00

Page 277: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires Road and tunnel lighting 3.65

Road

and

tunn

el lig

htin

g

AluRoadType SRP222

Light source HID:

1 x MASTER SON-T PIA Plus / E27 / 50, 70 W

1 x MASTER SON-T PIA Plus / E40 / 100, 150,

250* W

1 x HPL-N / E27 / 50, 80, 125 W

1 x HPL-N / E40 / 250* W

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E27 / 70 W

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-TT / E40 / 100,

150 W

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-ET / E27 / 70 W

1 x MASTER CityWhite CDO-ET / E40 / 100,

150 W

Lamp included Yes (K)

No

Mains voltage 230 or 240 V

Gear Electro magnetic (conventional), 230 or 240 V /

50 Hz

Optic

Optical cover Polycarbonate bowl

Ignitor Semi-parallel (SP)

Semi-parallel, self-stopping (ST)

Options Photocell: Nema socket (P1), Minicell (P3)

Canopy: die-cast aluminum

Optical covers: polycarbonate

Closing clip: stainless steel

Color Grey, RAL 7035

Other RAL colors available on request

Installation Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 48 / 60 mm

(48/60) (or Ø 34 / 42 mm with reducing piece)

Integrated spigot into luminaire

Post-top mounting: adaptors for Ø 60 / 76 mm

Ambient temperature outdoor: -20ºC < Ta < 35ºC

*note: Ta 25ºC for 250 W lamp versions

Recommended mounting height: 6 - 12 m

Standard tilt angle post-top: 5º

Adjustable light distribution: 5 positions

Max windage area: 0.027 m2

Max SCx values by side: 0.080 m2

Maintenance Lamp accessible by opening the bowl with a

single quick-release clip, replacement of the gear

tray requires only one screw driver and the bowl

replacement is easy and without any tools

Accessories Post top adaptor ZRP220 AD60/60 A5 and

ZRP220 AD76/60 A5, reducing piece for side entry

spigot ZRP220 AD34/42

Main applications Roads, crossings, roundabouts, industrial areas

AluRoad SRP221/222

SRP222

AluRoad SRP222 road-lighting

luminaire (large)

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

SRP222 SON-TPP100W K II ST 48/60 5.12 616071 00

SRP222 SON-TPP150W K II ST 48/60 5.92 616101 00

SRP222 SON-TPP250W K II ST 48/60 6.87 616132 00

SRP222 CDO-TT100W K II ST 48/60 5.12 617054 00

SRP222 CDO-TT150W K II ST 48/60 5.92 617214 00

Page 278: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminairesRoad and tunnel lighting3.66

AluRoad SRP221/222

AccessoriesPost-top adaptor 60 mm

Product ID EOC

ZRP220 AD60/60 A5 621341 00

ZRP220 AD76/60 A5 621358 00

Page 279: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires Road and tunnel lighting 3.67

Road

and

tunn

el lig

htin

g

AluRoad SRP221/222

Page 280: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminairesRoad and tunnel lighting3.68

Malaga

Malaga – contemporary styleMalaga is a versatile road-lighting luminaire. It offers modern styling and quality lighting for safe and comfortable driving, and for area illumination, with low investment and maintenance costs. The optical system has been designed to deliver good beam control and light output.

Malaga provides optimal illuminance and good uniformity when the mounting height approximately equals the road width and the mast spacing is approximately 3.5 times the road width. It is suitable for post-top and side-entry mounting; a wall-mounting bracket is also available.

www.philips.com/lighting

Page 281: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires Road and tunnel lighting 3.69

Road

and

tunn

el lig

htin

g

Malaga SGS101

MalagaType SGS101 (small version)

Light source HID:

1 x MASTER SON-T PIA Plus / E27 / 50, 70 W

1 x SON / E27 / 50, 70 W

1 x SON-I / E27 / 50, 70 W

1 x SON-T / E27 / 50, 70 W

1 x HPL-N / E27 / 80, 125 W

Lamp included Yes (K)

No

Gear Electro magnetic (low loss, 230 or 240 V / 50 Hz:

Inductive (IN)

Mains voltage 230 or 240 V

Optic

Optical cover Polycarbonate bowl

Ignitor Semi-parallel (SP)

Semi-parallel, self-stopping (ST)

Options Photocell: NEMA socket (P1), Minicell (P3)

stabilized

Optical cover: polycarbonate

Mounting module: die-cast aluminum, non-

corrosive

Color Grey, RAL 7035

Installation Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 42 / 60 mm

Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 42 / 60 mm

Spigot is reversible for side-entry and post-top

mounting

Recommended mounting height: 6 m

Standard tilt angle post-top: 15º

Adjustable tilt angle: n/a

Adjustable light distribution: n/a

Max windage area: 0.09 m2

Max SCx values by side: 0.04 m2

Maintenance Hinged bowl with quick-release clips and easily

removable gear tray

Accessories Spigots for 34 - 42 mm side-entry and 76 mm

post-top

Wall-mounting bracket

Main applications Residential areas, roads, car parks, industry

gear compartment lamp compartment

SGS101

Malaga SGS101 road-lighting luminaire,

side-entry mounting

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

SGS101 SON-T50W II MR SP 3.90 118598 00

SGS101 SON-T70W II MR ST 3.90 122113 00

SGS101 SON-TPP50W K 240V II SP P1 3.70 721057 00

SGS101 SON-TPP50W K 240V II SP P3 3.65 721064 00

SGS101 SON-TPP50W K II ST 3.60 614633 00

Page 282: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminairesRoad and tunnel lighting3.70

Malaga SGS102

MalagaType SGS102 (large version)

Light source HID:

1 x MASTER SON-T PIA Plus / E40 / 100, 150,

250 W

1 x SON-T / E40 / 100, 150, 250 W

1 x HPL-N / E40 / 250 W

Lamp included Yes (K)

No

Gear Electro magnetic (low loss, 230 or 240 V / 50 Hz:

Inductive (IN)

Mains voltage 230 or 240 V

Optic

Ignitor Series (SI)

Semi-parallel (SP)

Semi-parallel, self-stopping (ST)

Options Photocell: NEMA socket (P1)

stabilized

Optical cover: polycarbonate

Mounting module: die-cast aluminum, non-

corrosive

Color Grey, RAL 7035

Choice of light grey, lively orange, red or blue for

the canopy

Installation Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 42 / 60 mm

Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 42 / 60 mm

Spigot is reversible for side-entry and post-top

mounting

Recommended mounting height: 10 m

Standard tilt angle post-top: 15º

Adjustable tilt angle: n/a

Adjustable light distribution: n/a

Max windage area: 0.15 m2

Max SCx values by side: 0.06 m2

Maintenance Hinged bowl with quick-release clips and easily

removable gear tray

Accessories Spigots for 34 - 42 mm side-entry and 76 mm

post-top

Wall-mounting bracket

Main applications Residential areas, roads, car parks, industry

gear compartment lamp compartment

SGS102

Malaga SGS102 road-lighting luminaire,

side-entry mounting

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

SGS102 SON-TPP150W K II MR-AS SP 5.90 137520 00

SGS102 SON-TPP100W K II MR-AS SP 5.60 137513 00

SGS102 SON-TPP250W K II MR-AS SP 6.90 137537 00

SGS102 SON-TPP100W K 240V II SP 5.20 721101 00

SGS102 SON-TPP150W K 240V II SP 5.50 721125 00

SGS102 SON-TPP250W K 240V II SP 6.50 721149 00

SGS102 SON-T250W K II ST 7.50 610253 00

Page 283: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires Road and tunnel lighting 3.71

Road

and

tunn

el lig

htin

g

Malaga SGS102

Brusy, Poland

Page 284: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminairesRoad and tunnel lighting3.72

Residium

Page 285: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires Road and tunnel lighting 3.73

Road

and

tunn

el lig

htin

g

Residium FGS225 large versionResidium FGS224 medium versionResidium FGS223 small version

Residium – innovative by designResidium is a range of economical, easy-to-service, general-purpose road-lighting luminaires for PL-L and SOX lamps, offering low energy and maintenance costs. These luminaires have a balanced design and incorporate innovative mirror optics for optimum light distribution and minimal light pollution.

Residium is suitable for post-top and side-entry mounting.

www.philips.com/lighting

Page 286: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminairesRoad and tunnel lighting3.74

Residium FGS223

ResidiumType FGS223

Light source HID:

1 x SOX / BY22d / 35 W

1 x MASTER PL-L 4 Pin / 2G11 / 24 W

Lamp included Yes (K or light color 830 or 840)

No

Gear Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:

High-Frequency Performer (HFP)

High-Frequency Regulator (HFR)

Electronic (EB)

Options Light regulation:

Dimming via SDU01S (D4)

Dimming via SDU11S (D5)

Photocell: NEMA socket (P1), Minicell (P3)

Fuse (FU) included

stabilized

Spigot: die-cast aluminum

Optical cover: polycarbonate, UV-stabilized

stabilized

Front hinge: polycarbonate with steel wire

Color Grey, RAL 7035

Other RAL colors available on request

Installation Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 42 / 60 mm

Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 42 / 60 mm

Spigot is reversible for side-entry and post-top

mounting

Recommended mounting height: 5 m

Standard tilt angle post-top: n/a

Adjustable tilt angle: 5 and 15º

Adjustable light distribution: n/a

Max windage area: 0.14 m2

Max SCx values by side: 0.055 m2

Maintenance Hinged bowl with quick-release clips and easily

removable gear tray

Accessories Spigots for 34 mm side-entry and 76 mm post-top

mounting

Internal louvers for G3

Main applications Roads, residential and industrial areas, bicycle paths

FGS223

Residium FGS223 road-lighting

luminaire

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

FGS223 PL-L24W/830 K HFP 42/60 3.50 548043 00

FGS223 PL-L24W/830 K HFP P1 42/60 3.60 548050 00

FGS223 PL-L24W/830 K HFP P1 76P 3.60 720111 99

FGS223 SOX35W K EB 3.20 720982 00

FGS223 SOX35W K EB P1 3.20 720999 00

lamp/gear compartmentelectrical connection compartment

Page 287: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires Road and tunnel lighting 3.75

Road

and

tunn

el lig

htin

g

Residium FGS223

Utrecht, The Netherlands

Page 288: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminairesRoad and tunnel lighting3.76

Residium FGS224

ResidiumType FGS224

Light source HID:

1 x MASTER SOX-E / BY22d / 36 W

1 x SOX / BY22d / 55 W

1 x MASTER PL-L 4 Pin / 2G11 / 36 W

Lamp included Yes (K or light color 830 or 840)

No

Gear Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:

High-Frequency Performer (HFP)

High-Frequency Regulator (HFR)

Electronic (EB)

Options Light regulation:

Dimming via SDU01S (D4)

Dimming via SDU11S (D5)

Photocell: NEMA socket (P1), Minicell (P3)

Fuse (FU) included

stabilized

Spigot: die-cast aluminum

Optical cover: polycarbonate, UV-stabilized

stabilized

Front hinge: polycarbonate with steel wire

Color Grey, RAL 7035

Other RAL colors available on request

Installation Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 42 / 60 mm

Spigot is reversible for side-entry and post-top

mounting

Recommended mounting height: 6 m

Standard tilt angle post-top: n/a

Adjustable tilt angle: 5 and 15º

Adjustable light distribution: n/a

Max windage area: 0.16 m2

Max SCx values by side: 0.057 m2

Maintenance Hinged bowl with quick-release clips and easily

removable gear tray

Accessories Spigots for 34 mm side-entry and 76 mm post-top

mounting

Internal louvers for G3

Main applications Roads, residential and industrial areas, bicycle paths

FGS224

Residium FGS224 road-lighting

luminaire

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

FGS224 PL-L36W HFP 42/60 3.50 150246 00

FGS224 PL-L36W/830 HFP 42/60 3.50 548067 00

FGS224 SOX-E36W EB 42/60 3.60 150284 00

FGS224 SOX55W EB 76P 3.60 154176 00

FGS224 SOX55W K EB 3.20 721026 00

lamp/gear compartmentelectrical connection compartment

Page 289: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires Road and tunnel lighting 3.77

Road

and

tunn

el lig

htin

g

ResidiumType FGS225

Light source HID:

1 x MASTER SOX-E / BY22d / 66 W

1 x MASTER PL-L 4 Pin / 2G11 / 55, 80 W

Lamp included Yes (K or light color 830 or 840)

No

Gear Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:

High-Frequency Performer (HFP)

High-Frequency Regulator (HFR)

Electronic (EB)

Options Light regulation:

Dimming via SDU01S (D4)

Dimming via SDU11S (D5)

Photocell: NEMA socket (P1), Minicell (P3)

Fuse (FU) included

stabilized

spigot integrated

Optical cover: polycarbonate, UV-stabilized

stabilized

Front hinge: polycarbonate with steel wire

Color Grey, RAL 7035

Installation Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 34 / 60 mm

Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 60 / 76 mm

Spigot is integrated and reversible for side-entry

and post-top mounting

Recommended mounting height: 7 m

Standard tilt angle post-top: 5º

Adjustable tilt angle: n/a

Adjustable light distribution: n/a

Max windage area: 0.19 m2

Max SCx values by side: 0.059 m2

Maintenance Hinged bowl with quick-release clips and easily

removable gear tray

Accessories Spigots for 34 mm side-entry and 76 mm post-top

mounting

Internal louvers for G3

Main applications Roads, residential and industrial areas, bicycle paths

FGS225

Residium FGS225 road-lighting

luminaire

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

FGS225 PL-L55W/840 K HFP 34/76 5.35 722559 00

FGS225 PL-L55W/840 K HFR D4 34/76 5.35 722566 00

FGS225 PL-L80W/840 K HFP 34/76 5.35 722573 00

FGS225 SOX-E66W K EB 34/76 5.35 548005 00

FGS225 SOX-E66W K EB P1 34/76 5.35 548036 00

Residium FGS225

lamp/gear compartmentelectrical connection compartment

Page 290: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminairesRoad and tunnel lighting3.78

FGS103/104/105

Page 291: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires Road and tunnel lighting 3.79

Road

and

tunn

el lig

htin

g

FGS105 road-lighting luminaire, large

version

FGS104 road-lighting luminaire,

medium version

FGS103 road-lighting luminaire, small

version

FGS103/104/105 – economical and service-friendlyFGS103/104/105 are general-purpose road-lighting luminaires, available in three different lengths. They are economical and service-friendly, with low energy and

uniform lighting.

FGS103/104/105 are suitable for side-entry or post-top mounting.

www.philips.com/lighting

Page 292: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminairesRoad and tunnel lighting3.80

FGS103/104/105

FGS103/104/105Type FGS103/104/105

Light source FGS103

HID:

1 x SOX / BY22d / 35 W

1 x MASTER SOX-E / BY22d / 18, 26, 35 W

1 MASTER PL-L 4 Pin / 2G11 / 24 W

FGS104

HID:

1 x SOX / BY22d / 55 W

1 x MASTER SOX-E / BY22d / 36, 55 W

1 MASTER PL-L 4 Pin / 2G11 / 36 W

FGS105

HID:

1 x SOX / BY22d / 90 W

1 x MASTER SOX-E / BY22d / 66 W

1 x MASTER PL-L 4 Pin / 2G11 / 40, 55 W

Fluorescent:

1 or 2 x MASTER TL-D / G13 / 16, 18 W

Lamp included Yes (K or light color 830 or 840)

Mains voltage 230 or 240 V

Gear and compensation Electromagnetic (low loss), 230 or 240 V / 50 Hz:

Inductive, parallel compensated (IC)

Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:

High Frequency Performer (HFP)

Electronic (EB)

Options Photocell: NEMA socket (P1), Minicell (P3)

Fuse (FU) included

stabilized

Optical cover: polycarbonate

Clips: stainless steel

Mounting module: die-cast aluminum, non-

corrosive

Color Canopy and gear plate: white

Installation Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 34 - 60 mm

(34S)

Post-top mounting: axial entry Ø 60 - 76 mm

(76P)

Standard tilt angle post-top: 5º

Adjustable tilt angle: n/a

Adjustable light distribution: n/a

FGS103:

Recommended mounting height: 4 - 6 m

Max windage area: 0.09 m2

Max SCx values by side: 0.03 m2

FGS104:

Recommended mounting height: 6 - 8 m

Max windage area: 0.11 m2

Max SCx values by side: 0.04 m2

FGS105:

Recommended mounting height: 8 m

Max windage area: 0.14 m2

Max SCx values by side: 0.05 m2

Maintenance Hinged bowl with quick-release clips and easily

removable gear tray

Accessories Wall-mounting bracket, ZGS103 MBW

Remarks Ready-to-install versions available; lamp and

installation material included (KIT)

Main applications Roads, residential and industrial areas

electrical connection department lamp/gear compartment

FGS103 FGS104

FGS105

Page 293: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires Road and tunnel lighting 3.81

Road

and

tunn

el lig

htin

g

FGS103 road-lighting luminaire, small

version

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

FGS103 PL-L24W/830 K HFP 42/60 3.40 721941 00

FGS103 SOX-E18W K 230V 42/60 3.30 721903 00

FGS103 SOX-E18W 230V 42/60 3.30 928326 00

FGS103 SOX-E26W K 240V P1 76P 3.70 721323 00

FGS103 SOX35W EB 220-240V P1 FU 76P 3.70 932712 00

FGS103/104/105

FGS104 road-lighting luminaire,

medium version

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

FGS104 PL-L36W/830 K HFP 42/60 3.70 721965 00

FGS104 PL-L36W/830 K HFP 76P 3.70 722795 00

FGS104 SOX-E36W K EB FU 42/60 3.70 721972 00

FGS104 SOX55W K EB FU 76P 4.10 721446 00

FGS104 SOX55W EB FU 34S 3.20 150017 99

FGS105 road-lighting luminaire, large

version

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

FGS105 PL-L40W HF 76P 4.80 928579 00

FGS105 PL-L55W/830 K HFP 76P 4.80 721170 00

FGS105 2xTL-D18W 230V 76P 4.80 928616 00

FGS105 SOX-E66W EB FU 42/60 4.80 930374 00

FGS105 SOX90W 240V P1 76P 5.20 930367 00

AccessoriesProduct ID Description EOC

ZGS103 MBW Wall-mounting bracket 150710 99

Page 294: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminairesRoad and tunnel lighting3.82

SRS201

Page 295: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires Road and tunnel lighting 3.83

Road

and

tunn

el lig

htin

g

SRS201 large versionSRS201 medium versionSRS201 small version

SRS201 – slender solutionSRS201 is a slender yet robust, economical road-lighting luminaire for low-pressure sodium lamps. It comes in three different sizes, all with a refractor bowl

is assured.

SRS201 is designed for side-entry mounting.

www.philips.com/lighting

Page 296: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminairesRoad and tunnel lighting3.84

SRS201

SRS201Type SRS201

Light source HID:

2 x MASTER SOX-E / BY22d / 66 W

1 x MASTER SOX-E / BY22d / 36, 55, 66, 91,

131 W

1 x SOX / BY22d / 55, 90, 135, 180 W

2 x MASTER PL-L 4 Pin / 2G11 / 36 W

Lamp included No

Mains voltage 230 or 240 V

Gear and compensation Electromagnetic (low loss), 230 or 240 V / 50 Hz:

Inductive, parallel compensated (IC)

Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 - 60 Hz:

Electronic (EB)

Empty (E) (without gear)

Gear shoe (GSH)

Options Fuse included (FU)

Photocell: NEMA socket (P1), 14 mm hole (P2)

and SOX 35 to 55 W versions

Dimming facility for PL-L lamp version

stabilized

Optical cover: methacrylate, UV-resistant

Color Housing: white

Installation Side-entry mounting: lateral entry Ø 42, 42 / 48 or

60 mm (60S)

Recommended mounting height: 8 - 15 m

Standard tilt angle post-top: 5º

Adjustable tilt angle: n/a

Adjustable light distribution: n/a

Max windage area: 90 W version: 0.21 m2, 135 W

version: 0.28 m2

Max SCx values by side: 90 W version: 0.05 m2,

135 W version: 0.09 m2

Maintenance Hinged bowl with quick-release clips and easily

removable gear tray

No internal cleaning required

Accessories Prismatic refractors: large, ZRS201 PL-L, medium

ZRS201 PL-M, small, ZRS201 PL-S

Main applications Roads, roundabouts

gear compartment lamp compartment

SRS201 36/55/66/90 W SRS201 91/135 W

SRS201 131/180 W

SRS201 road-lighting luminaire (90 W) Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

SRS201 SOX-E36W 230V 60S 9.50 923130 00

SRS201 SOX-E55W 230V 60S 9.50 923154 00

SRS201 SOX-E66W 240V P1 42S 10.00 918723 00

SRS201 SOX-E66W 230V 60S 11.00 923215 00

SRS201 SOX90W 230V 60S 11.00 923253 00

Page 297: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires Road and tunnel lighting 3.85

Road

and

tunn

el lig

htin

g

SRS201 road-lighting luminaire (135

W)

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

SRS201 SOX-E91W E 60S 13.00 545882 00

SRS201 SOX-E91W 240V P1 42S 12.50 918761 00

SRS201 SOX-E91W 230V 60S 13.00 923352 00

SRS201 SOX135W GSH 42/48S 7.60 918501 00

SRS201 SOX135W 230V 60S 13.00 923376 00

SRS201

SRS201 road-lighting luminaire (180

W)

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

SRS201 SOX-E131W GSH 60S 11.90 923413 00

SRS201 SOX180W GSH 42/48S 9.50 918525 00

SRS201 SOX180W GSH P1 42/48S 9.50 918587 00

SRS201 MAX180W-BY22d P2 42S 8.50 918464 00

SRS201 MAX180W-BY22d 60S 9.40 923390 00

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

ERS201 SOX90W 240V 5.00 920863 00

ERS201 2xSOX-E66W 230V 6.40 922843 00

ERS201 SOX135W 240V 6.00 920887 00

ERS201 SOX135/180W 240V 7.50 920849 00

ERS201 SOX180W 230V 7.50 922942 00

AccessoriesProduct ID Description EOC

ZRS201 P-S Prismatic refractor Small 930923 99

ZRS201 P-M Prismatic refractor Medium 930930 99

ZRS201 P-L Prismatic refractor Large 930947 99

Page 298: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminairesRoad and tunnel lighting3.86

Tunnel lighting technology

What you ought to know about tunnel lighting

conditions, tunnel lighting should give drivers the same sense of safety and comfort in the tunnel as on the open approach road. This means that drivers should have adequate visual information concerning the behavior of other road users, the course of the road ahead and the presence of any obstacles in the tunnel entrance, to be able to react in time within a safe stopping distance (SSD). Guidelines for tunnel lighting according to CIE 88 can be found in document CIE 88-1990 “Guide for the lighting of road tunnels and underpasses”.

www.philips.com/lighting

Mont Blanc tunnel, France-Italy

Page 299: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires Road and tunnel lighting 3.87

Tunnel lighting technology

Road

and

tunn

el lig

htin

g

When to light by dayBeing adapted to the relatively high luminance outside, drivers will not be able to see details in a long tunnel, which appears on approach as a ‘black hole’. For a short tunnel details may be visible in negative contrast when the tunnel appears as a dark frame around a bright background.

The decision whether a tunnel or underpass has to be lit during the day depends on the length of the tunnel, the visibility of the exit, the

A guideline in this decision is offered by the CIE.

How to light by dayGood tunnel lighting takes care of good visibility conditions for the road users; this requires lighting levels that are matched with the adaptation level of the users’ eyes. As this adaptation level gradually changes while traveling through the tunnel for lighting purposes the tunnel can be divided lengthwise into

(Fig. 1).

The access zoneThe access zone is not a part of the tunnel itself, but the approach road immediately before the tunnel entrance, from where drivers need to be able to see and stop in front of obstacles in the tunnel. The length of the access zone is consequently equal to the safe stopping distance (SSD). The maximum light adaptation condition of the drivers’ vision in this zone, determines the luminance in the threshold zone at the beginning of the tunnel.

safe stopping distance from the entrance.L20 measurements and recordings for the access zone over a long period are the most solid basis for the entrance lighting design (Fig. 2).

The threshold zone

which length is equal to the safe stopping distance, is related to the L20, ‘the outside luminance level’, the stopping distance and the applied optical system as shown in Table 1 (next page). Daylight screens, louvers and other measures that reduce the L20 will proportionally

tunnel. In the second half of the threshold zone the luminance level is decreased rapidly to 40 % of the initial level (see Fig. 3 for a schematic representation).

Save stopping distance

Ltrans = Lth (1.9 + t)-1.4

threshold zone Transition zonesTime

Fig. 3

Representation of lighting level in various zones

%L20

treshold zone

Access zoneTransition

zone

Interior zone

Exitzone

EntranceL20

Lth

LtrLint

Lexit

Exit

Fig. 1

Lsky

Lsurrounding

Lroad

20º cone

L20 sky road surrounding (See CIE 88)

Fig. 2

Page 300: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminairesRoad and tunnel lighting3.88

Tunnel lighting technology

Transition zoneIn the transition zone the lighting level is gradually reduced towards the level as required in the interior zone (Fig. 3). The reduction speed is related to the adaptation speed of the eyes and thus time dependent. The reduction steps should not exceed a ratio of 3:1.

Interior zoneIn the interior zone, which is often the longest section of

Exit zone

instantaneously, but there are other reasons for installing an increased lighting level in the exit zone:1 to make small cars following behind large lorries visible

when the daylight at the exit is glaringly bright, 2 to make following cars visible in the rear-view mirror of

a car leaving the tunnel and 3 to convert the exit into an entrance (at reduced speed)

in case of an emergency or for maintenance.

Emergency lightingEmergency lighting is normally part of the night-time lighting, but is fed from an uninterrupted power supply.

Table 1 Recommended threshold/access zone luminance ratios

Stopping

distance (m)

Symmetrical lighting system Lth/

L20

Counter-beam lighting system Lth/

L20

60 0.05 0.04

100 0.06 0.05

160 0.10 0.07

Table 2 Recommended interior zone luminances (cd/m2)

Stopping

distance (m)

Traffic density

<100 veh/h 100<veh/h<1000 >1000 veh/h

60 1 2 3

100 2 4 6

160 5 10 15

Birth-Velbert tunnel, Germany.

1: threshold zone.

2 and 3: transition zones.

1 2

3

Page 301: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires Road and tunnel lighting 3.89

Tunnel lighting technology

Road

and

tunn

el lig

htin

g

Lighting system- Symmetrical lighting is used for the entrance and interior

lighting.- Asymmetrical lighting (counterbeam) is used for

entrance lighting when high contrast values are required or when the tunnel is not too short.Counterbeam lighting is adapted when high luminance levels are required (high Lth/L20 or high stopping distance).

Symmetrical-transversal lightingThe light is mainly radiated at right angles to the axis of the tunnel. This results in good visual guidance, minimum glare, and light between the cars.

Symmetrical-axial lightingThe light is mainly radiated parallel to the tunnel axis,

spacing. However, occasional shadowing and uneven distance wall luminances can occur.

Asymmetrical-counterbeam lightingThe light is radiated parallel to the tunnel axis, mainly

shadowing and uneven wall luminances.

Which lamp to useThe entrance of a tunnel needs high lighting levels of SON-T lamps. For other areas needing lower light levels,

lamps can be used. Philips recommends TL-D and PL-L for the symmetrical-transversal lighting system and QL induction lamps for the symmetrical-axial lighting system. These white light sources are preferred for their good

temperature dependent. In general, luminaire photometry

temperature in a tunnel can be much lower and therefore

Typical light distribution of the luminaire

max.

sp/m.h.

ratio

Preferred

lamp type

Efficiency

cd/W

(q0=0.1

Symmetrical-

transversal

spacing 1.5

1.5

TL-D/PL-L

SOX-E

2.0

4.0

2.0 SON-T 2.8

Symmetrical-

axial

spacing 3.5

3.5

SOX-E

QL

4.5

2.4

4 SON-T 3.5 - 4

Asymmetrical-

counterbeam

spacing

2 - 2.5 SON-T 4.5

Ostiche tunnel, Belgium

Page 302: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminairesRoad and tunnel lighting3.90

Tunlite

Page 303: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires Road and tunnel lighting 3.91

Road

and

tunn

el lig

htin

g

Tunlite CRX206 T3 double lampTunlite CRX206 T10 single lampTunlite CRX204 T4 single lampTunlite CRX203 T4/T3 double lamp

Tunlite CRX202 T1 single lamp, counter

beam

The Tunlite™ range is a range of luminaires for the lighting of tunnels, underpasses and other heavy-duty applications. It is based on a modular

lamp combinations are possible within the same housing, giving the designer the opportunity to optimize the lighting solution whilst maintaining the basic luminaire shape. The Tunlite™ range, which comprises four standard housings, has been designed with installers and maintenance personnel in mind – it offers rapid, tool-free access, and all the main assemblies can be removed/exchanged quickly and easily. A choice of brackets is available for ceiling, wall and continuous line mounting.

www.philips.com/lighting

Page 304: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminairesRoad and tunnel lighting3.92

Modular product matrix Tunlite™

Lamp type SON-T Plus

Optical and

Gear unitOptic type T1 (3420) T2 (3412) T3 (3451) T4 (305)

Gear wattage 100 - 400 W 100 - 400 W 100 - 400 W 70 - 150 W

Light technical

data

Unit shape

Unit type TYPE 1 TYPE 2

Housing type

lxwxh = 625x545x190 mm

1 x optical and gear unit type 1

CRX202 (1-lamp)

lxwxh = 710x675x190 mm

CRX203 (2-lamp)

lxwxh = 710x380x190 mm

CRX204 (1-lamp)

lxwxh = 1380x380x190 mm

CRX206 (2-lamp)

lxwxh = 1380x380x190 mm

CRX206 (1-lamp)

Page 305: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires Road and tunnel lighting 3.93

Modular product matrix Tunlite™

Road

and

tunn

el lig

htin

g

SON-T Plus QL PL-L SOX/SOX-E

T5 (306) T6 - 55W (3702)

T7 - 85W (3701)T8 (3951)

250 - 400 W 55 / 85 W 36 - 55 W 100 - 400 W 70 - 150 W

TYPE 2 TYPE 3

1 x optical and gear unit type 3

2x optical and gear unit type 2

1x optical and gear unit type 2

1x optical and gear unit type 2

Page 306: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminairesRoad and tunnel lighting3.94

Tunlite

Tunlite™Type CRX202/203/204/206

Light source HID:

CRX202

1 x SON-T / E40 / 100, 150, 250, 400 W

CRX203

2 x SON-T / E27 / 70 W

2 x SON-T / E40 / 100, 150, 250, 400 W

2 x MASTER QL system / 55, 85 W

2 x MASTER PL-L 4 Pin / 2G11 / 36, 55 W

2 x SOX / BY22d / 35, 55, 90 W

2 x SOX-E / BY22d / 26, 36, 66 W

CRX204

1 x SON-T / E27 / 70 W

1 x SON-T / E40 / 100, 150, 250, 400 W

1 x MASTER QL system / 55, 85 W

1 x MASTER PL-L 4 Pin / 2G11 / 36, 55 W

1 x SOX / BY22d / 35, 55, 90 W

1 x SOX-E / BY22d / 26, 36, 66 W

CRX206

2 x SON-T / E27 / 70 W

2 x SON-T / E40 / 100, 150, 250, 400 W

2 x MASTER QL system / 55, 85 W

2 x MASTER PL-L 4 Pin / 2G11 / 36, 55 W

2 x SOX / BY22d / 35, 55, 90 W

2 x SOX-E / BY22d / 26, 36, 66 W

1 x SOX / BY22d / 135, 180 W

1 x SOX-E / BY22d / 91, 131 W

Lamp included No

Gear and compensation Electro magnetic (low loss), 230 V / 50 Hz:

Parallel compensated (IC)

Electronic, 220 - 240 V / 50 Hz:

Electronic (EB) for Master PL-L / QL and SOX(-

E) lamps

Optic Range of beams for tunnel lighting (T1 to T10)

Ignitor Semi-parallel (SP)

Semi-parallel, self-stopping (ST)

Cable gland Cable gland 1 x PG 16 mm (1PG16)

Cable gland 2 x PG 16 mm (2PG16)

Cable gland 4 x PG 16 mm (4PG16)

Cable gland 1 x PG 21 mm (1PG21)

Cable gland 2 x PG 21 mm (2PG21)

Cable gland 4 x PG 21 mm (4PG21)

Options Dimming gear, self-stopping ignitor, fuse (10 x 38

mm2) and through-wiring

Entrelec™ terminal block for 2 x 2.5 to 6 mm2

wire with or without fuse 5 x 20 mm2 (optional)

All units equipped with 230 V / 50 Hz gear. Other

voltages and frequencies optional

and die-cast aluminum rounded corners, argon-

welded

Finishing of the housing by chromatization in

accordance with DIN 50939 followed by 60 μm

polyester powder coating RAL 7016

A self-adjusting removable front-glass frame of

extruded aluminum, hinged on stainless-steel joints

inside the housing and holding a 5 mm toughened

one-sheet security glass. The IP66 tightness is

two levels in the extruded aluminum frame

A removable optic and gear unit consists of a

dedicated optical system of high-purity anodized

aluminum (99.9 %) and an electrical part

containing all electrical gear. These modular units

are easily interchangeable without the need for

Mounting brackets, bolts and washers (as

accessories): stainless steel

stainless-steel bracket to prevent electrochemical

corrosion

Installation

over all sides of housing

turn) for tool-less opening and closing of the front

glass

Quick-fastening devices for tool-less securing of

the optic and gear unit

Plug-and-socket connection for cables to the optic

and gear unit

Cable gland and a terminal block for wires up to 3

or 5 x 16 mm2 per lamp

Accessories Set of four brackets for ceiling mounting, ZRX208

Set of two tilt-adjustable brackets for wall

mounting, ZRX209

Set of two brackets for continuous line mounting,

ZRX210

Remarks The luminaires are approved in accordance with

IEC 60598-1/2-3

Main applications Tunnels, underpasses

optional for SON-T lamps

Page 307: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires Road and tunnel lighting 3.95

Road

and

tunn

el lig

htin

g

CRX202

Tunlite

CRX203

CRX204 CRX206

Tunlite CRX202 single-lamp counter-

beam tunnel-lighting luminaire

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

CRX202 SON-T400W IC T1 SP 2PG21 MB 18.00 402478 00

Tunlite CRX203 double-lamp tunnel-

lighting luminaire

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

CRX203 2xSON-T400W IC T3 SP 2PG21 MB 23.00 402485 00

CRX203 2xPL-L55W EB T8 2PG21 MB 23.00 402492 00

Tunlite CRX204 single-lamp tunnel-

lighting luminaire

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

CRX204 SON-T400W IC T2 SP 2PG21 MB 15.00 402508 00

CRX204 SON-T400W IC T3 SP 2PG21 MB 15.00 402515 00

CRX204 SON-T150W IC T4 SP 2PG21 MB 15.00 402522 00

CRX204 SON-T400W IC T5 SP 2PG21 MB 15.00 402539 00

CRX204 PL-L55W EB T8 2PG21 MB 15.00 402546 00

Page 308: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminairesRoad and tunnel lighting3.96

Tunlite

Tunlite CRX206 single-lamp tunnel-

lighting luminaire

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

CRX206 2xSON-T400W IC T3 SP 2PG21 MB 29.00 402553 00

CRX206 2xPL-L55W EB T8 2PG21 MB 29.00 402560 00

CRX206 SOX180W IC T10 2PG21 MB 29.00 402577 00

Page 309: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires Road and tunnel lighting 3.97

Road

and

tunn

el lig

htin

g

Mounting bracket for ceiling continuous

line mounting (ZRX210)

Mounting brackets for wall mounting

(ZRX209)

Mounting brackets for ceiling mounting

(ZRX208)Entrelec™ terminal block

Terminal blocksEasily accessible optical and gearTool-less removable optic/gear unitTool-less removable front glass

Tunlite

Page 310: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminairesRoad and tunnel lighting3.98

Lighting management

Page 311: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires Road and tunnel lighting 3.99

Lighting management

Road

and

tunn

el lig

htin

g

Telemanagement with the new Starsense system:Starsense is a cost-effective telemanagement system for monitoring, controlling, metering and diagnosing outdoor lighting applications that saves energy, reduces maintenance costs and improves system reliability.

The system is designed to remotely manage and control outdoor light points on highways, roads, streets, in residential areas and in other similar applications. It enables individual light points to be switched on or off at any given time, or to be set to any dimming level that the lamp allows. The light points can be grouped to react at the same time depending on their

are lighting a roundabout or a crossing. It is also possible to program different switching or

counter.

Starsense implements the most advanced repeating technology, enabling other light points to repeat commands when necessary, thereby ensuring that all commands will reach their destination whatever the state of the power grid.

Public lighting managers have long known that they could lower the operating costs of their systems if they could cost-effectively collect the critical data needed to make better planning

while improving both the reliability and the quality of public lighting systems in combination with IP technology and the Internet.

Starsense monitors the age and condition of every lamp, thus eliminating the guesswork inherent in conventional installations.

Starsense can also be used to monitor failed lamps and report their location; maintenance costs can be minimized by considering the remaining life of nearby lamps that might be replaced during the same service call.

Finally, data collected by Starsense to track the hours of illumination for each lamp can be used to claim warranty replacement, establish unbiased product and supplier selection criteria, and validate energy bills for the system.

ArchitectureStarsense is based on the LonWorks® protocol over power lines. This is an open protocol which is fully CENELEC EN50065-1 compliant, is known to work in outdoor lighting telemanagement solutions and is also used by other companies, thus allowing our customers to choose between different solutions available in the market without having to worry about which technology to use.

Page 312: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminairesRoad and tunnel lighting3.100

Lighting management

The Starsense system architecture consists of:

Outdoor Luminaire Controller (OLC)

the lamp and detects lamp failures. It communicates to the Segment Controller via

a power line and uses a 1-10 volt dimming signal as an interface to the electronic

ballast and a relay to switch it on and off. The OLC has a digital input designed to

this way.

Starsense Supervisor SoftwareFor monitoring and managing the data from the SCs. It collects, aggregates and

Managers with Web applications for analyzing the data from this database in order

to help them reduce maintenance costs and energy consumption and improve the

lighting service. The Starsense Supervisor Software uses SOAP/XML commands,

an open protocol to other asset management systems such as GIS (Geographical

Information Systems) or billing systems.

Segment Controller (SC)Built into the feeder pillar, it controls a number of OLCs connected to the same

power grid and gathers information from them to be sent when required to

the remote PC via a TCP/IP connection. The SC also has two inputs and two

outputs that can be used to interface to other devices in the cabinet, such as

skills being required.

Preferred selection

Product ID Weight (kg)

European Order Code (EOC)

LLC7020/00 0.31 730868 99

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)European Order

Code (EOC)

LFC7065 0.47 731841 00

Page 313: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires Road and tunnel lighting 3.101

Lighting management

Road

and

tunn

el lig

htin

g

• Savings through dimming

• Constant Light Output (CLO)

• Daylight switching• Increased lifetime of components

• Savings due to improved maintenanceWith feedback of information you have better forecasting and planning:• Improved group/spot replacement because no scouting is required• Predictive information about lamp failure• Only lamps that have reached group replacement time are replaced• Burning hours information can be used to manage guarantees

• Green issue• Dimming = less light nuisance• Dimming = energy saving = lower consumption of fossil fuels• Less toxic lamp waste

• Other• Crime prevention by ensuring lights always on • Saved maintenance time can be used for other purposes

Suitable luminaires for Starsense• Iridium family• Modena• Koffer2 family• Other versions or other luminaires with Starsense available on request

Example: Iridium SGS254SGS253 SON-T70W EB 230 II TP PC GR D6SGS253 SON-T100W EB 230 II TP PC GR D6SGS253 SON-T150W EB 230 II TP PC GR D6

Example: Modena SGP681SGP681 MAC70W EB 230 II CR PC CO GR D6SGP681 MAC100W EB 230 II CR PC CO GR D6SGP681 MAC150W EB 230 II CR PC CO GR D6

Example: Koffer2 SGPSGP100 SON-T150W EB II ACF D6SGP100 SON-T100W EB II ACF D6

Page 314: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminairesRoad and tunnel lighting3.102

Lighting management

Page 315: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires Road and tunnel lighting 3.103

Lighting management

Road

and

tunn

el lig

htin

g

ChronosenseChronosense allows energy savings by stand-alone step dimming without pilot cable; suitable for SON-T high-pressure sodium lamps. It is designed to work in combination with an external ignitor and standard electromagnetic ballast, coupled with an additional copper/iron dim coil, or tapped ballast.Chronosense can also be used in combination with a Dynavision driver (connected to the 1-10V input).Chronosense is not sold as an individual component, but is part of a luminaire.

Main applicationsAll applications that require dimming but for which no pilot cable is available: road and street lighting, residential and industrial areas, sports areas and tunnel lighting.

Features• Provides dimming when no pilot cable is available• Up to 35% energy savings• No additional equipment on the network is needed• Adaptable individual settings for dim down/up per luminaire• Setting by dip switches• For luminaires with lamp power up to 400 W• Intelligent: adapts to daylight-saving time• Built-in test mode• Dimming duration independent of the switch on/off times

Installation• Chronosense is available inside many outdoor luminaires• Settings via dip switches directly on the component

Suitable luminaires for Chronosense• Iridium family• Koffer2 family• Modena family

• Other luminaires with Chronosense available only on request

Page 316: Philips Iluminação Externa
Page 317: Philips Iluminação Externa

Architectural lighting

Page 318: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminairesArchitectural lighting4.2

Familieheading LL

Build your city identityIdentifying landmarks is an important step in developing a comprehensive approach to the urban environment. Lighting a building, a monument or a

building or an entire masterplan, Philips can offer state-of-the-art technologies and solutions, backed up by more than a century of lighting application expertise.

Page 319: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires Architectural lighting 4.3

Arc

hite

ctur

al lig

htin

g

Familieheading RL

Vert

balk

teks

t rec

hts

Explore the opportunitiesThe Philips Outdoor Lighting Application Center (OLAC), based near Lyon in

OLAC, Lyon, France

Page 320: Philips Iluminação Externa

Architectural lighting4.4Architect: Joao Valente

Lighting design: Plínio Godoy

Page 321: Philips Iluminação Externa

4.5Philips outdoor luminaires Architectural lighting

Arc

hite

ctur

al lig

htin

g

long-lasting, environmentally friendly and inherently digital source of illumination, thus reinventing light itself as a highly controllable medium.

For more information see the scene setting controls section of this chapter on page 4.69.

Page 322: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminairesArchitectural lighting4.6

Selection guide – Architectural lighting

Luminaire Type Page Ingress

protection

(IP value)

Gear

integrated (i)

separate (s)

Insulation

class

SON (-T)

PLUS

SDW-T HAL PAR Halogen

LEDline2

i I - - - -

i I - - - -

i I - - - -

ColorBlast 12 Powercore

- - - - - -

ColorBlast 12

- - - - - -

ColorBlast 6

- - - - - -

iW Blast 12 Powercore

- - - - - -

LEDflood

s - - - -

- I/II - - - -

Beamer LED

i I/II - - - -

ColorBurst 6

- - - - - -

iColor Accent Powercore

- - - - - -

C-Splash 2

s III - - - -

iColor Flex SL/SLX

i - - - -

i - - - -

eW Flex SLX

i - - - -

dTube

i - - - -

Page 323: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires Architectural lighting 4.7

Selection guide – Architectural lighting

Arc

hite

ctur

al lig

htin

g

Type Page CDM

(-T/TT/TSA)

CDM-R CDM-TD MHN-TD HPI-T PL

(-C/E/T)

High/Low

power

LEDs

Incan-

descent

CPO-

TW/TG

CDM-Tm SDW-TG

- - - - - - • - - - -

- - - - - - • - - - -

- - - - - - • - - - -

- - - - - - • - - - -

- - - - - - • - - - -

- - - - - - • - - - -

- - - - - - • - - - -

- - - - - - • - - - -

- - - - - - • - - - -

- - - - - - • - - - -

- - - - - - • - - - -

- - - - - - • - - - -

- - - - - - • - - - -

- - - - - - • - - - -

- - - - - - • - - - -

- - - - - - • - - - -

- - - - - - • - - - -

Page 324: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminairesArchitectural lighting4.8

Selection guide – Architectural lighting

Luminaire Type Page Ingress

protection

(IP value)

Gear

integrated (i)

separate (s)

Insulation

class

SON (-T)

PLUS

SDW-T HAL PAR Halogen

PROflood

i II - - - -

Decoflood

- / s I - - • -

i I/II • • - -

i I/II • - - -

i I/II • • - •

i I/II • - - -

i I/II - - - -

s I/II/III - - • •i I/II - - - •

Decoscene

i I/II - - - •i I/II - - - -

i I/II - - - -

Amazon

- II - - • •

EFix Grazer Light

i - - - -

i - - - -

EFix Step Light

i - - - -

i - - - -

EFix Step Marker

i - - - -

i - - - -

i - - - -

i - - - -

i - - - -

Amazon LED

- III - - - -

- III - - - -

- II - - - -

Marker LED

i II - - - -

i II - - - -

i II - - - -

s III - - - -

s III - - - -

s III - - - -

Page 325: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires Architectural lighting 4.9

Selection guide – Architectural lighting

Arc

hite

ctur

al lig

htin

g

Type Page CDM

(-T/TT/TSA)

CDM-R CDM-TD MHN-TD HPI-T PL

(-C/E/T)

High/Low

power

LEDs

Incan-

descent

CPO-

TW/TG

CDM-Tm SDW-TG

• - - - - - - - - - -

- • - - - - - - - - -

• - - - - - - - - - -

• - - - - - - - - - -

• - • • - - - - • - -

• - - • • - - - • - -

• - • - - - - - - - -

- • - - - - - - - - -

- • - - - - - - - - -

- - - - - • - - - •• - • - - - - - - - -

• - • - - - - - - - •

- - - - - • - • - - -

• - - - - - - - - - -

• - - - - - - - - - -

• - - - - - - - - - -

- - - - - • - - - - -

- - - - - • - - - - -

- - - - - • - - - - -

- - - - - • - - - - -

- - - - - • - - - - -

- - - - - • - - - - -

- - - - - - • - - - -

- - - - - - • - - - -

- - - - - - • - - - -

- - - - - - • - - - -

- - - - - - • - - - -

- - - - - - • - - - -

- - - - - - • - - - -

- - - - - - • - - - -

- - - - - - • - - - -

Page 326: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminairesArchitectural lighting4.10

Selection guide – Architectural lighting

Luminaire Type Page Ingress

protection

(IP value)

Gear

integrated (i)

separate (s)

Insulation

class

SON (-T)

PLUS

SDW-T HAL PAR Halogen

Underwater LED

s III - - - -

s III - - - -

s III - - - -

s III - - - -

Contour Batten LED

i II - - - -

i II - - - -

i II - - - -

i II - - - -

Flex LED NG

s II - - - -

Lattis LED

s III - - - -

s III - - - -

*1 Gear box

*2 Optical module

Page 327: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires Architectural lighting 4.11

Selection guide – Architectural lighting

Arc

hite

ctur

al lig

htin

g

Type Page CDM

(-T/TT/TSA)

CDM-R CDM-TD MHN-TD HPI-T PL

(-C/E/T)

High/Low

power

LEDs

Incan-

descent

CPO-

TW/TG

CDM-Tm SDW-TG

- - - - - - • - - - -

- - - - - - • - - - -

- - - - - - • - - - -

- - - - - - • - - - -

- - - - - - • - - - -

- - - - - - • - - - -

- - - - - - • - - - -

- - - - - - • - - - -

- - - - - - • - - - -

- - - - - - • - - - -

- - - - - - • - - - -

Page 328: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminairesArchitectural lighting4.12

Page 329: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires Architectural lighting 4.13

Arc

hite

ctur

al lig

htin

g

Powercore®

Page 330: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires4.14 Architectural lighting

Page 331: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 4.15Architectural lighting

Arc

hite

ctur

al lig

htin

g

2

2

2 complements the geometry of the architecture

®

range offers easy installation by

Page 332: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires4.16 Architectural lighting

Type

version)

Light source LUXEON®

LUXEON®

Light color Mono-color : blue (BL), amber (AM), green (GN),

(AWB), red, green, blue (RGB)

Optic

Medium beam: 30º

Wide beam: 60º

Asymmetric beam: 90º x [-7º ; + 43º] (I max at

36º)

interface

Controls

Options (in

connector (GESIS IP + RST 20i3)

End caps: polycarbonate (grey)

Flush and clear front cover: PMMA

Color Silver grey

Installation Wall and surface mounting

tiltable bracket

Tilt surface mounted: 30º

Cool touch glass temperature 50ºC

Operating temperature: -20ºC < Ta < 35ºC

Lifetime Optical module sealed for life; no internal cleaning

50,000 hours (70% lumen maintenance)

Accessories

Jumper cables mains (1, 2 m)

Mounting frame BVS733

Remarks Thermal management system to ensure long

lifetime

Main applications

A

BCS710 156

BCS713 304

BCS716 594

BCS719 884

BCS722 1174

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)

0.72 678796 00

0.72 678802 00

0.72 678789 00

0.72 678758 00

0.72 678765 00

Page 333: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 4.17Architectural lighting

Arc

hite

ctur

al lig

htin

g

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)

0.96 678840 00

0.99 678819 00

0.96 678826 00

0.93 714141 00

0.96 714172 00

0.93 714202 00

0.96 714233 00

0.93 714387 00

0.96 714417 00

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)

1.70 678888 00

1.66 678857 00

1.70 678864 00

2.06 678925 00

502.00 678956 00

2.06 678949 00

502.05 678963 00

2.33 679816 00

2.06 679823 00

2.06 679830 00

2.06 679847 00

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)

2.58 678994 00

2.65 679007 00

2.65 679021 00

2.58 679038 00

2.65 679045 00

2.76 679939 00

2.76 679946 00

2.76 679953 00

2.76 679960 00

Page 334: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires4.18 Architectural lighting

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)

3.22 679052 00

3.31 679069 00

2.80 679090 00

503.32 679151 00

503.42 679168 00

3.43 679854 00

3.43 679861 00

3.43 679878 00

3.43 679885 00

3.31 679083 00

3.43 679120 00

3.43 679144 00

Mounting bracket

Product ID

ZCS711 MB L71 W100 679670 00

ZCS711 MB L260 W150 679687 00

ZCS711 MB L260 W200 679694 00

ZVS733 MFRM 679748 00

Wall and surface mounting possibilities

Product ID Description

ZCS711 TB-XLR5 679700 00

ZCS711 C1000W Through Wiring Extension Cable 1 m 679311 00

ZCS711 C2000W Through Wiring Extension Cable 2 m 679328 00

Page 335: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 4.19Architectural lighting

Arc

hite

ctur

al lig

htin

g

Chelsea Bridge, London, United Kingdom

Lighting design: Atkins Odin

Page 336: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires4.20 Architectural lighting

Type

Light source LUXEON®

LUXEON®

Light color Mono-color : blue (BL), amber (AM), green (GN),

green, blue (RGB)

Optic

Medium beam: 30º

Wide beam: 60º

Asymmetric beam: 90º x [-7º ; + 43º] (I max at

36º)

interface

Controls

Options (in

Recessing box and cover:sheet steel

Color Black painted

Installation Wall- and in-ground mounting

drainage system

Internal optical unit tiltable: 10º

Cool touch glass temperature: 50ºC

Operating temperature: -20ºC < Ta < 35ºC

Lifetime Optical module sealed for life; no internal cleaning

50,000 hours (70% lumen maintenance)

Static load 500 kg

Accessories

Remarks Thermal management system to ensure long

lifetime

Main applications

A

BBS713 432

BBS716 722

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)

7.48 715384 00

0.99 715445 00

7.48 715506 00

7.48 715568 00

7.50 679199 00

7.50 679212 00

7.50 679205 00

Page 337: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 4.21Architectural lighting

Arc

hite

ctur

al lig

htin

g

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)

12.20 715629 00

12.20 715681 00

12.20 715742 00

12.20 715803 00

12.20 715865 00

12.24 679229 00

12.24 679243 00

12.24 679236 00

12.96 679250 00

12.96 679267 00

BBS713

Product ID

ZCS713 RMB 715988 00

BBS716

Product ID

ZCS716 RMB 715995 00

Optical module tilt

Page 338: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires4.22 Architectural lighting

Page 339: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 4.23Architectural lighting

Arc

hite

ctur

al lig

htin

g

Buckingham Palace, London, United Kingdom

Photography: Edmund Summer

Page 340: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires4.24 Architectural lighting

Type

version)

Light source LUXEON®

LUXEON®

Light color Mono-color : blue (BL), amber (AM), green (GN),

Optic

interface

Controls

End caps: polycarbonate

Flush and clear front cover: PMMA

Color Silver grey

Installation

(up to 8 m)

Operating temperature: -20ºC < Ta < 35ºC

Lifetime Optical module sealed for life; no internal cleaning

50,000 hours (70% lumen maintenance)

Remarks Thermal management system to ensure long

lifetime

Main applications

BVS733

modules

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)

6.83 715957 00

7.09 715971 00

Page 341: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 4.25Architectural lighting

Arc

hite

ctur

al lig

htin

g

Page 342: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires4.26 Architectural lighting

Page 343: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 4.27Architectural lighting

Arc

hite

ctur

al lig

htin

g

ColorBlast 6 BCP460ColorBlast 12 BCP461

ColorBlast – shaping dynamic ambience

®

Page 344: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires4.28 Architectural lighting

Type BCP470

Light source

Light color Red, green, blue (RGB)

Max. 50 W

Optic

Medium beam angle 23º (ground lens)

Controls

controllers

Cover: tempered glass, clear or soft-focus

Color

Installation Surface mounting

Starting temperature: -20ºC < Ta < 50ºC

Operating temperature: -40ºC < Ta < 50ºC

350º rotation

Lifetime

08)

Remarks

– data enablers page 4.72

Main applications

BCP470

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)

3.00 711462 99

3.00 711509 99

3.00 711547 99

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)

3.00 711455 99

3.00 711493 99

3.00 711530 99

Page 345: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 4.29Architectural lighting

Arc

hite

ctur

al lig

htin

g

Page 346: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires4.30 Architectural lighting

ColorBlast 12

Type BCP461

Light source

Light color Red, green, blue (RGB)

Max. 50 W

Optic

Medium beam angle 23º

Controls

controllers

Cover: tempered glass, clear or soft-focus

Color

Installation Surface mounting

Starting temperature: -20ºC < Ta < 50ºC

Operating temperature: -40ºC < Ta < 50ºC

350º rotation

Lifetime

08)

Remarks

cables to be ordered separately. See also Technical

Main applications

BCP461

ColorBlast 12 BCP461 surface-

medium-beam optic

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)

3.50 711042 99

3.50 711066 99

ColorBlast 12 BCP461 surface-

medium-beam optic

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)

3.50 711059 99

3.50 711073 99

Page 347: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 4.31Architectural lighting

Arc

hite

ctur

al lig

htin

g

ColorBlast 12 BCP461

Lighting design: Schuler Shook

Page 348: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires4.32 Architectural lighting

ColorBlast 6

Type BCP460

Light source

Light color Red, green, blue (RGB)

Max. 25 W

Optic

Medium beam angle 23º

Controls

controllers

Cover: tempered glass

Color

Installation Surface mounting

Starting temperature: -20ºC < Ta < 50ºC

Operating temperature: -40ºC < Ta < 50ºC

350º rotation

Lifetime

08)

Remarks

cables to be ordered separately. See also Technical

Main applications Architectural outdoor (accentlighting) and indoor

BCP460

ColorBlast 6 BCP460 surface-mounted

beam optic

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)

2.95 711080 99

2.95 711103 99

ColorBlast 6 BCP460 surface-mounted

beam optic

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)

2.95 711097 99

2.95 711110 99

Page 349: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 4.33Architectural lighting

Arc

hite

ctur

al lig

htin

g

ColorBlast 6 BCP460

Photography: George Fischer

Page 350: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires4.34 Architectural lighting

iW Blast

stage, and studio lighting).

®

Page 351: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 4.35Architectural lighting

Arc

hite

ctur

al lig

htin

g

Type BCP431

Light source

Light color White, tunable 3000 - 6500 K

50 W at 110 - 240 V AC (60 W at 100 V AC)

Optic

Medium beam angle 24º

Controls

controllers

Cover: tempered glass

Color

Installation Surface mounting

Starting temperature: -20ºC < Ta < 50ºC

Operating temperature: -40ºC < Ta < 50ºC

350º rotation

Lifetime

08)

Remarks

– data enablers page 4.72

Main applications

BCP431

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)

2.30 711868 99

2.30 711882 99

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)

2.30 711875 99

2.30 711899 99

Page 352: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires4.36 Architectural lighting

Page 353: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 4.37Architectural lighting

Arc

hite

ctur

al lig

htin

g

version

combination deliver the full range of colors from saturated to pastels, revealing

versions.

Page 354: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires4.38 Architectural lighting

Type BCP731 (mono-color, surface-mounted version)

BCP732 (bi-color, surface-mounted version)

BCP733 (tri-color, surface-mounted version)

Light source 9 x LUXEON®

Light color

(AWB)

Optic With Zoomspot: 6 up to 30º (6-30), all versions

Without Zoomspot: 6º (6), mono- and bi-color

versions

versions

all versions

Controls

9006)

around optic (anodic grey RAL 9006)

Optics: collimating lenses in methacrylate

Frame: brushed stainless steel

Remote gearbox: die-cast aluminum (anodic silver

grey paint RAL 9006)

Color Anodic silver grey (RAL 9006)

Other RAL colors (for housing) available on

Installation Wall- and surface mounting

Flexible positioning and aiming:

2, length

3 m

Operating temperature: -20ºC < Ta < 35ºC

Lifetime 50,000 hours (70% lumen maintenance)

Thermal management system for long lifetime

Main applications Architectural outdoor

linear prisms

Page 355: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 4.39Architectural lighting

Arc

hite

ctur

al lig

htin

g

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)

4.90 505269 00

5.30 505283 00

4.90 505313 00

5.30 505412 00

4.80 506334 00

4.80 506341 00

5.30 505436 00

5.30 505450 00

5.30 505481 00

5.30 505498 00

Page 356: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires4.40 Architectural lighting

Type

Light source 9 x LUXEON®

Light color

(AWB)

Optic

no tilt

Controls

Recessing box and cover: sheet steel

Cover: die-cast aluminum

Installation

Operating temperature: -20ºC < Ta < 35ºC

Lifetime 50,000 hrs (70% lumen maintenance)

Thermal management system for long lifetime

Remarks Cool-touch glass temperature 50ºC

Main applications Architectural outdoor

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)

9.37 603255 00

9.30 603248 00

9.37 607000 00

9.37 607130 00

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)

9.87 603385 00

9.87 603422 00

9.81 603446 00

9.87 603538 00

Page 357: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 4.41Architectural lighting

Arc

hite

ctur

al lig

htin

g

Medium beamLinear rectangular beamRectangular asymmetrical beam

Page 358: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires4.42 Architectural lighting

Page 359: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 4.43Architectural lighting

Arc

hite

ctur

al lig

htin

g

glass)

beam rotation, tilt and pan - ensuring

complete freedom of installation.

Page 360: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires4.44 Architectural lighting

Type BCP725

Light source 1 x LUXEON® I

Light color

(GN), blue (BL), amber (AM), cyan (CY)

transmission 55%

transmission 67%

transmission 60%

Max 5 W

Optic

Linear beam 6 - 50° (LIN6-50)

grey, RAL9006)

in methacrylate

Cover: tempered glass

Cover frame: brushed stainless steel

Color Grey, RAL 9006; silver (SI)

Installation Surface mounting

Max vertical aiming: -90 to +90º

Beam rotation (external ring on the housing): -180

to +180º

mm2)

Operating temperature: -20ºC < Ta < 35ºC

Lifetime 50,000 hours (70% lumen maintenance)

Thermal management system for long lifetime

Main applications Accent lighting of facades, buildings, structures,

parks, gardens

BCP725

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)

3.66 478005 00

3.66 478104 00

4.31 478364 00

Page 361: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 4.45Architectural lighting

Arc

hite

ctur

al lig

htin

g

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)

3.88 478043 00

3.88 478142 00

3.88 478357 00

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)

4.31 478012 00

4.31 478111 00

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)

4.31 478036 00

4.31 478135 00

The aluminum housing and U-bracket

ensure a robust, solid construction

Aiming device

Page 362: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires4.46 Architectural lighting

ColorBurst 6

Page 363: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 4.47Architectural lighting

Arc

hite

ctur

al lig

htin

g

ColorBurst 6 – colorful spotlighting

of light, ColorBurst 6 is a sealed product designed for a variety of indoor and

louvers. The ColorBurst 6 offers outstanding control via a Philips controller or a

Page 364: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires4.48 Architectural lighting

ColorBurst 6

Type BCP466

Light source

Light color Red, green, blue (RGB)

Max. 25 W

Optic

Medium beam angle 22º

Controls

controllers

Cover: tempered glass

Color

Installation Surface mounting

Starting temperature: -20ºC < Ta < 50ºC

Operating temperature: -40ºC < Ta < 50ºC

350º rotation

Lifetime 50,000 hours at 50ºC

Accessories Mounting brackets

Remarks

cables to be ordered separately. See also Technical

Main applications Architectural outdoor and indoor

BCP466

ColorBurst BCP466 surface-mounted

beam optic

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)

1.50 711127 99

1.50 711141 99

ColorBurst BCP466 surface-mounted

beam optic

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)

1.50 711134 99

1.50 711158 99

Page 365: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 4.49Architectural lighting

Arc

hite

ctur

al lig

htin

g

ColorBurst BCP466 surface-mounted Product ID Weight (kg)

1.92 711004 99

ZCP466 MB BK 1.92 711011 99

ColorBurst 6

Page 366: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires4.50 Architectural lighting

creating seamless columns of color

suitable for a variety of applications.

®

®

Page 367: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 4.51Architectural lighting

Arc

hite

ctur

al lig

htin

g

Type BCP494

Light source

Light color RGB

10 W per foot max

Controls (optional)

Light System Manager

Video System Manager

Optic

Lifetime 50,000 hours (70% lumen maintenance at Ta=

25ºC)

Lense: plastic

Installation

connectors

Operating temperature: -20ºC < Ta < 50ºC

Remarks

– data enablers page 4.72

PSE

Main applications

video displays

BCP494 380x BCP494 760x

BCP494 1520x

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)

2.00 711554 99

4.20 711561 99

8.60 711578 99

Page 368: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires4.52 Architectural lighting

Product ID Description

ZCP494 C15250FL Leader cable 15 m 710755 99

ZCP494 C3050FL Jumper cable 3 m 710779 99

ZCP494 C1525FL Jumper cable 1.5 m 710786 99

ZCP494 C610FL Jumper cable 0.6 m 710793 99

ZCP494 C305FL Jumper cable 0.3 m 710762 99

connector

Chromasic® technology enables

precision-controlled RGB effects

Page 369: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 4.53Architectural lighting

Arc

hite

ctur

al lig

htin

g

Lighting design: Alto Lighting

Page 370: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires4.54 Architectural lighting

C-Splash 2

Page 371: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 4.55Architectural lighting

Arc

hite

ctur

al lig

htin

g

C-Splash 2 – vibrant color-changing

or harsh seaside environments.

Page 372: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires4.56 Architectural lighting

C-Splash 2

Type BCP468

Light source

Light color Tri-color : red, green, blue (RGB)

Max 25 W, at full intensity

Optic

Medium beam: 22º

Options

controllers

Cover: tempered glass

Color

Installation

360º rotation

Operating temperature: -40ºC < Ta < 50ºC

Lifetime 50,000 hours (50% lumen maintenance)

Aceessories Range of drivers

Remarks

4.72

locations

Chromacore®, Optibin®

Main applications

BCP468

C-Splash 2 BCP468 surface-mounted Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)

10.00 711028 00

10.00 711035 00

Page 373: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 4.57Architectural lighting

Arc

hite

ctur

al lig

htin

g

C-Splash 2

Page 374: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires4.58

Video entertainment

Architectural lighting

Page 375: Philips Iluminação Externa

4.59

Arc

hite

ctur

al lig

htin

g

Video entertainment

Architectural lightingPhilips outdoor luminaires

iColor Flex – virtual experience

® for individual control and self-addressing.

Page 376: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires4.60

Video entertainment

Architectural lighting

Polycarbonate

Color Black

White

Installation Surface mounted

Through hole mounted

Pixel pitch 10.2 cm (4”)

30.5 cm (12”)

Custom spacing available

Lifetime 30,000 - 50,000 hours

Remarks

need to be ordered separately.

enablers page 4.74

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)

0.80 710007 99

0.87 710083 99

0.87 710113 99

0.80 710168 99

0.93 710175 99

0.87 713923 99

0.80 713930 99

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)

0.80 709940 99

0.80 709957 99

0.80 709995 99

0.87 710076 99

0.87 710106 99

0.87 713916 99

BGC490

Type BGC490

Number of RGB pixels per string 50

Color resolution 36 bits

Luminous Intensity per pixel 1 cd

25W Max. at full intensity

Controls (optional) Video system manager

120°

Lenses Clear dome

Translucent dome

Operating temperature -20°C > Ta > 50°C

Page 377: Philips Iluminação Externa

4.61

Arc

hite

ctur

al lig

htin

g

Video entertainment

Architectural lightingPhilips outdoor luminaires

Polycarbonate

Color Black

White

Installation Surface mounted

Through hole mounted

Pixel pitch 10.2 cm (4”)

30.5 cm (12”)

Custom spacing available

Lifetime 30,000 - 50,000 hours

Remarks

need to be ordered separately.

enablers page 4.74

Type BGC491

7 (3 red, 2 green, 2 blue)

Number of RGB pixels per string 50

Color resolution 36 bits

Luminous Intensity per pixel 1,9 cd

50W Max. at full intensity

115°

Lenses

Translucent dome

Operating temperature -20°C > Ta > 50°C

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)

1.63 710267 99

2.05 710281 99

1.63 710304 99

2.08 710328 99

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)

1.63 710250 99

2.08 710274 99

1.63 710298 99

2.15 710311 99

Page 378: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires4.62

Video entertainment

Architectural lighting

eW Flex SLX – a versatile solution

Chromasic®

Page 379: Philips Iluminação Externa

4.63

Arc

hite

ctur

al lig

htin

g

Video entertainment

Architectural lightingPhilips outdoor luminaires

Type BGC480

5

Number of RGB pixels per string 50

Luminous intensity per pixel 3,3 cd

50W Max. at full intensity

115°

Lenses

Translucent dome

Operating temperature -40°C > Ta > 50°

Polycarbonate

Color White

Installation Surface mounted

Through hole mounted

Pixel pitch 10, 2cm (4”)

30,5 cm (12”)

Custom spacing available

Lifetime 30.000 – 50.000 hours

Remarks

to be ordered separately. See also

page 4.74

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)

1.74 711646 99

2.15 711660 99

1.73 711684 99

2.23 711707 99

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)

1.63 711653 99

2.11 711677 99

1.72 711691 99

2.19 711714 99

Page 380: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires4.64

Video entertainment

Architectural lighting

Product ID Description

710045 99

ZGC490 RA BK Mounting track for SL - black - 1.2m 710052 99

ZGC490 RA CL Mounting track for SL - clear - 1.2m 710069 99

710144 99

ZGC490 SNC BK (50PCS) Single node holders for SL - black 710151 99

710199 99

ZGC490 SPA-4 BK (50PCS) Mounting track spacer for SL - black - 10 cm 710205 99

710212 99

ZGC490 SPA-12 BK (50PCS) Mounting track spacer for SL - black - 30 cm 710229 99

Product ID Description

710335 99

ZGC491 RA BK Mounting track for SLX - black - 1.2m 710342 99

710359 99

ZGC491 SNC BK (50PCS) Single node holders for SLX - black 710366 99

ZGC491 SPA-4 (50PCS) 710373 99

ZGC491 SPA-12 (50PCS) 710380 99

ZGC491 SPA-4 BK (50PCS) Mounting track spacer for SLX - black - 10 cm 710410 99

ZGC491 SPA-12 BK (50PCS) Mounting track spacer for SLX - black - 30 cm 710427 99

ZGC491 RA CL Mounting track for SLX - clear - 1.2m 715644 99

Used to connect eW Flex SLX to a PS-96 24V 710571 99

Page 381: Philips Iluminação Externa

4.65

Arc

hite

ctur

al lig

htin

g

Video entertainment

Architectural lightingPhilips outdoor luminaires

Page 382: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires4.66

Video entertainment

Architectural lighting

dTube – full video experience

media specialists to display video from any source or any format, ranging from animations up to live broadcasts.

Page 383: Philips Iluminação Externa

4.67

Arc

hite

ctur

al lig

htin

g

Video entertainment

Architectural lightingPhilips outdoor luminaires

Type VWS130 016 001 1B BK VWS130 016 001 4F BK

Number of RGB pixels per tube 16 16 16

Color resolution 48 bits 48 bits 48 bits

Luminous Intensity per pixel 2 cd 4 cd 8 cd

0.5 W Max. at full intensity 0.8 W Max. at full intensity 1.4 W Max. at full intensity

Controls (optional)

120° 120° 120°

Operating temperature -20°C > Ta > 45°C -20°C > Ta > 45°C -20°C > Ta > 45°C

tube tube tube

Color Black Black Black

Installation Surface mounted Surface mounted Surface mounted

Pixel pitch 75 mm 75 mm 75 mm

Lifetime 50,000 - 70,000 hours 50,000 - 70,000 hours 50,000 - 70,000 hours

Ingress protection IP66 IP66 IP66

Approbations CE CE CE

Remarks

need to be ordered separately need to be ordered separately need to be ordered separately

Type VWS140 012 001 1B BK VWS140 012 001 4F BK

Luminous Intensity per pixe

Number of RGB pixels per tube 12 12 12

Color resolution 48 bits 48 bits 48 bits

Brightness per pixel 2 cd 4 cd 8 cd

0.5 W Max. at full intensity 0.8 W Max. at full intensity 1.4 W Max. at full intensity

Controls (optional)

120° 120° 120°

Operating temperature -20°C > Ta > 45°C -20°C > Ta > 45°C -20°C > Ta > 45°C

tube tube tube

Color Black Black Black

Installation Surface mounted Surface mounted Surface mounted

Pixel pitch 100 mm 100 mm 100 mm

Lifetime 50,000 - 70,000 hours 50,000 - 70,000 hours 50,000 - 70,000 hours

Ingress protection IP66 IP66 IP66

Approbations CE CE CE

Remarks

need to be ordered separately need to be ordered separately need to be ordered separately

Page 384: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminairesArchitectural lighting4.68

Page 385: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires Architectural lighting 4.69

Scene setting controls

long-lasting, environmentally friendly and inherently digital source of illumination, thus reinventing light itself as a highly controllable medium.

Page 386: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminairesArchitectural lighting4.70

Scene setting lighting controls

Luminaire type Preset type Interaction

Prod

uct

ID

EOC

Col

or

cont

rol

iWhi

te C

ontr

ol

Stat

ic p

rese

ts

Dyn

amic

pres

ets

Sche

dule

r (c

lock

)

Bui

ld in

Use

r

inte

rfac

e

Rem

ote

/Ext

erna

l

Trig

geri

ng

Basic:

ColourChaser Wheel

Push and rotational control to

color sequence

• • • •

ColorDial

Push and rotational control of • • • •

iW Scene Controller

Pushbutton control of color

presets and 4 static presets

• • •

Medium:

ColourChaser DMX144stores and plays up to 4 pre-

• • • •

ColourChaser Touch controller to directly set a

color or recall one of the 4

• • • •

iPlayer3

• • • • • •

Advanced:

Light System Manager

• • • • •

Video System Manager

Pro DVI

installations

Page 387: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires Architectural lighting 4.71

Scene setting lighting controls

Arc

hite

ctur

al lig

htin

g

Programming Control protocol Control capacity Mounting

Bas

ic s

cene

prog

ram

min

g

Adv

ance

d sc

ene

prog

ram

min

g

D V

I inp

ut

DM

X 5

12 A

RD

M

Ethe

rnet

indi

vidu

al

cont

rola

ble

RG

B lu

min

aire

s

Max

imum

DM

X a

ddre

sses

Surf

ace

mou

nt

Wal

l mou

nt

box

US

DIN

Rai

l mou

nt

19”

rack

mou

nt

Des

ktop

• •

• •

• • •

• • • •

• • • •

• • • •

• • •

Page 388: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminairesArchitectural lighting4.72

Luminaire Supplied with Accessories

iColor Accent Powercore

ColorBlast 12

Fixed cable with flying leads

ColorBlast 12 Powercore

Fixed cable with flying leads

ColorBlast 6

Fixed cable with flying leads

ColorBurst 6

Fixed cable with flying leads

ColorGraze Powercore

ColorReach Powercore

C-splash 2

Fixed cable with flying leads

iW Blast Powercore

Fixed cable with flying leads

Features

Indoor use

Page 389: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires Architectural lighting 4.73

Arc

hite

ctur

al lig

htin

g

Compatibility

PDS-150E PDS-60 24V

pre-programmed

PDS-60 24V DMX/

Ethernet

PDS-750 TR Data Enabler

DMX

Data Enabler

Ethernet

Data Enabler

EO

iW Data

Enabler

Page 390: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminairesArchitectural lighting4.74

Luminaire Supplied with Compatibility

PDS-60ca 24V Preprogrammed PDS-60ca 24V Ethernet PDS-60ca 24V DMX

iColor Flex SL

fixed cable with connector - - -

iColor Flex SLX

fixed cable with connector - - -

eW Flex SLX

fixed cable with connector

Features

- -

- -

- -

Indoor use

Page 391: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires Architectural lighting 4.75

Arc

hite

ctur

al lig

htin

g

Compatibility

PDS-60ca12V

preprogrammed

PDS-60ca12V

DMX/Ethernet

PDS-60ca 7,5V

DMX/Ethernet

sPDS-60ca 24V sPDS-480ca 24V sPDS-480ca 12V sPDS-480ca 7,5V

Page 392: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires4.76 Architectural lighting

Page 393: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 4.77Architectural lighting

Arc

hite

ctur

al lig

htin

g

effects

And it can be used to great effect supporting and enlivening cultural events and special occasions.

Page 394: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminairesArchitectural lighting4.78

Image projectionShutters

Gobo support

Example of anamorphosis

Light framing

Anamorphosis

Page 395: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires Architectural lighting 4.79

Arc

hite

ctur

al lig

htin

g

Fine-ridged glass

Photometrical data

Accessories

Glass screensThere are also two different types of textured glass screen for the

Page 396: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires4.80 Architectural lighting

Type

Light source

Lamp included Yes (K)

Gear (integrated)

Electronic (EB)

Optic

of 2 x 10º to 2 x 20º (Zoom spot)

the optical axis

along the optical axis

aluminum

Glass: thermally hardened, 4 mm thick

stainless steel

Color

Installation Pole at anything up to 6 m above the ground and

One M20 cable gland

Ambient temperature outdoor: 25ºC (35ºC under

certain restrictions)

SCx): 0.12 m2

Max. vertical aiming: -30 to +90º

Maintenance Lamp access by opening the rear cover (does not

affect the optical settings)

Accessories

Remarks

elimination of the effects of mains voltage variation

and by controlling the lamp ignition

Main applications Modern and classical buildings, architectural

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)

19.00 845289 00

19.00 845296 00

19.00 845302 00

Page 397: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 4.81Architectural lighting

Arc

hite

ctur

al lig

htin

gProduct ID

ZCP608 GLS 503104 00

ZCP608 SGF-BL 477473 00

ZCP608 SGF-GN 477480 00

ZCP608 SGF-MG 502350 00

ZCP608 SGF-YE 477503 00

ZCP608 SGF-LBL 600346 00

503111 00

Page 398: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires4.82 Architectural lighting

Page 399: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 4.83Architectural lighting

Arc

hite

ctur

al lig

htin

g

Liverpool, United Kingdom

Page 400: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires4.84 Architectural lighting

Page 401: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 4.85Architectural lighting

Arc

hite

ctur

al lig

htin

g

pleasing yet surprisingly rugged luminaire designs. An extensive range of lamps

stylish louvers.

Page 402: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminairesArchitectural lighting4.86

different accessories.

Prevents glare in all

directions

Prevents glare in a single

direction

Ensures total visual

Without accessory With accessory

Round louver

Glare shield

Cannon

Page 403: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires Architectural lighting 4.87

Arc

hite

ctur

al lig

htin

g

Prevents glare in a lateral

direction

Prevents glare on

luminaire

vertical direction

Without accessory With accessory

Vertical louver

Horizontal louver

Barndoors

Prevents impacts and

damage to the glass

Protection grid

Page 404: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminairesArchitectural lighting4.88

Standard glass Grained glass (BSO)

vertical pattern (VBSO)

pattern (VBSP)

Fine ridged glass, vertical pattern

(VLBSP)

CNRL

PG

Lighting effect on a façade,

opposite the façade.

Filters and/or glasses (*)

Filters and/or glasses (*)

Filters or glasses (*)

Filters and/or glasses (*)

Filters and/or glasses (*)

Filters

Page 405: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires Architectural lighting 4.89

Arc

hite

ctur

al lig

htin

g

Standard glass Grained glass (BSO)

Fine ridged glass, vertical pattern

(VLBSP)

CN RL GS PG

Lighting effect on the façade,

opposite the façade.

Filters and/or glasses (*)

Filters and/or glasses (*)

Filters and/or glasses (*)

Filters and/or glasses (*)

Filters and/or glasses (*)

Filters and/or glasses (*)

Page 406: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminairesArchitectural lighting4.90

Standard glass Grained glass (BSO)

foot of the façade and directed

Filters and/or glasses (*)

Filters and/or glasses (*)

Filters and/or glasses (*)

Filters and/or glasses (*)

Filters and/or glasses (*)

PG

Page 407: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires Architectural lighting 4.91

Arc

hite

ctur

al lig

htin

g

round optic

opticThese accessories are secured

RL HL

Page 408: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires4.92 Architectural lighting

Type MVF605

Light source

Lamp included No

die-cast aluminum

Glass: toughened, 4 mm thick

Gaskets: silicone rubber

Mounting bracket: paint-coated aluminum

Color

End caps: light grey

Installation

mounting

Rear access for mains connection, cable entry via

M20 cable gland

Ambient temperature outdoor: 35ºC

2

+180º

Max vertical aiming: -30 to +90º

Maintenance

Accessories

glass plates, louvers, protection grid, barndoors,

base ring, accessory support

Remarks

Main applications

structures, sculptures

MVF605

luminaire

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)

MVF605 MAX120W-E27 GR 2.40 283265 00

Page 409: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 4.93Architectural lighting

Arc

hite

ctur

al lig

htin

g

Product ID Description Weight (kg)

ZVF605 ACS Accessory support 0.30 234717 00

ZVF605 TPG Protection grid 0.80 234694 00

ZVF605 GS Glare shield 0.80 234700 00

ZVF605 RL Round louver 0.60 234687 00

Barndoors 0.80 234670 00

ZVF605 BS Base ring 0.30 234724 00

ZVF605 CN Cannon 0.90 234663 00

0.60 234564 00

ZVF605 SGF-BL 0.60 477060 00

ZVF605 SGF-GN 0.60 477077 00

ZVF605 SGF-YE 0.60 477091 00

ZVF605 SGF-MG 0.60 502305 00

ZVF605 SGF-LBL 0.60 502299 00

ZVF605 SGF-WAF2 0.60 477114 00

ZVF605 SGF-COF2 0.60 477107 00

0.30 234656 00

ZVF605 VLBSP Fine ridged glass, vertical pattern 0.30 235967 00

Page 410: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires4.94 Architectural lighting

Type MVF606

Light source

150 W

Lamp included Yes (K or light color 830 or 942)

No

Mains voltage 230 or 240 V

Gear and compensation

(integrated) Inductive (IN)

Capacitive (C)

Optic

Medium beam (MB)

Wide beam (WB)

Wide beam, large (WB-L)

Ignitor Series (SI)

Semi-parallel (SP)

Options

die-cast aluminum

Glass: toughened, 4 mm thick

Gaskets: silicone rubber

Mounting bracket: paint-coated aluminum

Color

End caps: light grey

Installation

mounting

Rear access for mains connection, cable entry via

facilities)

Protractor scale integrated

Ambient temperature outdoor: 35ºC

2

+180º

Max vertical aiming: -30 to +90º

Maintenance

Accessories

glass plates, glare shield, cannon, louvers, protection

grid, barndoors, base ring, accessory support

Remarks

Main applications

structures, sculptures

MVF606

Page 411: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 4.95Architectural lighting

Arc

hite

ctur

al lig

htin

g

luminaire

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)

6.31 282435 00

6.36 282527 00

7.11 282558 00

6.36 282442 00

6.36 282534 00

7.11 282565 00

6.36 282459 00

6.36 282541 00

7.11 282572 00

Product ID Description Weight (kg)

ZVF606 ACS Accessory support 0.30 233796 00

ZVF606 PG Protection grid 0.80 233741 00

ZVF606 GS Glare shield 0.50 233765 00

ZVF606 RL Round louver 0.90 233772 00

Barndoors 1.90 233758 00

ZVF606 BS Base ring 0.30 233802 00

ZVF606 CN Cannon 1.20 233789 00

0.90 233581 00

ZVF606 SGF-BL 0.90 477121 00

ZVF606 SGF-GN 0.90 477138 00

ZVF606 SGF-YE 0.60 477152 00

ZVF606 SGF-MG 0.90 477510 00

ZVF606 SGF-LBL 0.60 477169 00

ZVF606 BSO Grained glass 0.90 233680 00

0.90 233697 00

ZVF606 VBSO 0.90 233703 00

0.50 235950 00

ZVF606 VBSP 0.90 233710 00

0.90 233727 00

ZVF606 VLBSP Fine ridged glass, vertical pattern 0.90 233734 00

ZVF606 SGF-COF2 0.60 477176 00

ZVF606 SGF-WAF2 0.60 477183 00

Page 412: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires4.96 Architectural lighting

Type MVF607

Light source

Lamp included Yes (K)

No

Mains voltage 230 or 240 V

Gear and compensation

(integrated) Inductive (IN)

Capacitive (C)

Optic

Ignitor Series (SI)

Semi-parallel, self-stopping (ST)

Semi-parallel (SP)

Options

die-cast aluminum

Glass: toughened, 4 mm thick

Gaskets: silicone rubber

Mounting bracket: paint-coated aluminum

Color

End caps: light grey

Installation

mounting

Front access for mains connection, cable entry via

facilities)

Protractor scale integrated

Ambient temperature outdoor: 35ºC

2

+180º

Max vertical aiming: -90 to +90º

Maintenance

Accessories

glass plates, glare shield, cannon, louvers, protection

grid, barndoors, glass support

Remarks

Main applications

structures, sculptures

MVF607 SON-T

luminaire

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)

MVF607 SON-T150W K C NB GR SP 10.98 847801 00

MVF607 SON-T250W K C I NB GR SP 12.01 847818 00

MVF607 SON-T400W K C I NB GR SP 13.77 847825 00

11.47 850016 00

Page 413: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 4.97Architectural lighting

Arc

hite

ctur

al lig

htin

g

Product ID Description Weight (kg)

ZVF617 GLS Glass support 1.50 234014 00

ZVF617 PG Protection grid 1.50 233994 00

ZVF607 GS Glare shield 2.30 234045 00

ZVF607 RL Round louver 2.20 234038 00

Barndoors 2.50 234007 00

ZVF607 CN Cannon 2.50 234021 00

1.50 233840 00

ZVF617 SGF-BL 1.50 477190 00

ZVF617 SGF-GN 1.50 477206 00

ZVF617 SGF-YE 1.50 477220 00

ZVF617 SGF-MG 1.50 502343 00

ZVF617 SGF-LBL 1.50 502336 00

ZVF617 SGF-WAF2 1.50 477244 00

ZVF617 SGF-COF2 1.50 477237 00

ZVF617 BSO Grained Glass 1.50 233932 00

1.00 236506 00

1.50 233987 00

ZVF607 VLBSP Fine ridged glass, vertical pattern 1.50 233970 00

The Parthenon, the Erechtheion, the Propylaea, Athens, Greece

Lighting design: Pierre Bideau

Page 414: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires4.98 Architectural lighting

Type MVF616

Light source

150 W

Lamp included Yes (K or light color 728, 830 or 942)

No

Mains voltage 220 or 240 V

Gear and compensation

(integrated) Inductive (IN)

Capacitive (C)

Optic

Medium beam (MB)

Wide beam (WB)

Asymmetrical axis angle 45º (A45)

Asymmetrical axis angle 60º (A60)

CosmoPolis optic (OC)

Facetted open T-POT, small (TP-S)

Ignitor Series (SI)

Semi-parallel, self-stopping (ST)

Semi-parallel (SP)

Options

die-cast aluminum

Glass: toughened, 4 mm thick

Gaskets: silicone rubber

Mounting bracket: paint-coated aluminum

Color

End caps: light grey

Installation

mounting

Front access for mains connection, cable entry via

facilities)

Protractor scale integrated

Ambient temperature outdoor: 35ºC

2

+180º

Max vertical aiming: -90 to +90º

Maintenance

Accessories

glass plates, louvers, protection grid, barndoors,

glass support

Remarks

Main applications

structures, sculptures

MVF616

Page 415: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 4.99Architectural lighting

Arc

hite

ctur

al lig

htin

g

(WB)

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)

6.11 280295 00

6.11 280301 00

6.11 280318 00

MVF616 SON-T100W 230V I NB GR 5.91 280202 00

MVF616 SON-T100W 230V I MB GR 5.91 280219 00

MVF616 SON-T100W 230V I WB GR 5.91 280226 00

5.66 280349 00

5.66 280356 00

5.66 280363 00

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)

MVF616 SON-T70W 230V I A45 GR 5.81 838731 00

MVF616 SON-T150W 230V I A45 GR 6.48 838724 00

6.11 838748 00

5.66 838755 00

6.41 838762 00

(CPO-TW 60 W)

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)

MVF616 CPO-TW60W K I OC GR 6.00 678610 00

height up to 6 m.

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)

MVF616 SON-T70W 230V I A60 GR 5.81 838779 00

6.11 838786 00

5.66 838793 00

6.41 838809 00

Page 416: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires4.100 Architectural lighting

(TP-S)

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)

4.40 838816 00

4.40 838823 00

6.40 848068 00

Product ID Description Weight (kg)

ZVF616 GLS Glass support 1.80 234359 00

ZVF616 PG Protection grid 2.00 234373 00

2.20 234397 00

ZVF616 VL Vertical louver 2.20 234380 00

Barndoors 2.00 234366 00

1.00 234205 00

ZVF616 SGF-BL 1.00 477251 00

ZVF616 SGF-GN 1.00 477268 00

ZVF616 SGF-YE 1.00 477282 00

ZVF616 SGF-MG 1.00 502329 00

ZVF616 SGF-LBL 1.00 502312 00

ZVF616 SGF-WAF2 1.00 477305 00

ZVF616 SGF-COF2 1.00 477299 00

ZVF616 BSO Grained glass 1.00 234298 00

ZVF616 BSP 1.00 234328 00

ZVF616 BESP Fine ridged glass 1.00 234342 00

Page 417: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 4.101Architectural lighting

Arc

hite

ctur

al lig

htin

g

Page 418: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires4.102 Architectural lighting

Type MVF617

Light source

100, 150 W

Lamp included Yes (K or light color 728, 828, 830 or 942)

No

Mains voltage 220 or 240 V

Gear and compensation

(integrated) Capacitive (C)

Optic

Medium beam (MB)

Wide beam (WB)

CosmoPolis optic (OC)

Facetted open CT-pot (OR)

Ignitor Series (SI)

Semi-parallel, self-stopping (ST)

Semi-parallel (SP)

Options

die-cast aluminum

Glass: toughened, 4 mm thick

Gaskets: silicone rubber

Mounting bracket: paint-coated aluminum

Color

End caps: light grey

Installation

mounting

Front access for mains connection, cable entry via

facilities)

Protractor scale integrated

Ambient temperature outdoor: 35ºC

2

+180º

Max vertical aiming: -90 to +90º

Maintenance

Accessories

glass plates, louvers, protection grid, barndoors,

glass support

Remarks

Main applications

structures, sculptures

MVF617

Page 419: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 4.103Architectural lighting

Arc

hite

ctur

al lig

htin

g

(WB)

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)

MVF617 SON-T250W 230V I NB GR 11.61 280684 00

11.61 280714 00

10.56 280745 00

MVF617 SON-T250W 230V I MB GR 11.61 280691 00

11.61 280721 00

10.56 280752 00

MVF617 SON-T250W 230V I WB GR 11.61 280707 00

11.61 280738 00

10.56 280769 00

(CPO-TW)

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)

MVF617 CPO-TW140W K I OC GR 9.35 678627 00

Product ID Description Weight (kg)

ZVF617 GLS Glass support 1.50 234014 00

ZVF617 PG Protection grid 1.50 233994 00

2.30 234052 00

ZVF617 VL Vertical louver 2.30 234069 00

Barndoors 2.50 234007 00

1.50 233840 00

ZVF617 SGF-BL 1.50 477190 00

ZVF617 SGF-GN 1.50 477206 00

ZVF617 SGF-YE 1.50 477220 00

ZVF617 SGF-MG 1.50 502343 00

ZVF617 SGF-LBL 1.50 502336 00

ZVF617 SGF-WAF2 1.50 477244 00

ZVF617 SGF-COF2 1.50 477237 00

ZVF617 BSO Grained glass 1.50 233932 00

ZVF617 BSP 1.00 236490 00

ZVF617 BESP Fine ridged glass 1.00 236483 00

Page 420: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires4.104 Architectural lighting

Type MVF619

Light source

150 W

150 W

Lamp included Yes (light color 830 or 942)

No

Gear and compensation

(integrated) Conventional

Electronic (EB)

Optic

Medium beam (MB)

Wide beam (WB)

Symmetrical (S)

Asymmetrical (A)

Ignitor

Glass: tempered, 4 mm thick

Gaskets: silicone

Mounting bracket: paint-coated aluminum

Color

RAL1015

Installation

Front access for mains connection, cable entry

via M20 cable glands (2 cable glands for through-

Protractor scale integrated

Ambient temperature outdoor: 35ºC

SCx: 0.035 m2

+180º

Max vertical aiming: -90 to +60º

Maintenance

Accessories

Remarks If accessories are included in the luminaire package,

the letter Z is included in the product designation

Main applications

structures, sculptures

MVF619

assymmetrical (A) beam

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)

4.97 505603 00

4.97 505610 00

4.97 505627 00

5.56 505634 00

5.56 480589 00

5.56 505665 00

5.56 505702 00

5.56 505689 00

Page 421: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 4.105Architectural lighting

Arc

hite

ctur

al lig

htin

g

Product ID Description Weight (kg)

ZVF619 RL GR Round louver 0.11 506082 00

0.22 506099 00

0.65 608069 00

ZVF619 SGF-BL GR 0.65 608014 00

ZVF619 SGF-GN GR 0.65 608021 00

ZVF619 SGF-YE GR 0.65 608038 00

ZVF619 SGF-MG GR 0.65 608052 00

ZVF619 SGF-LBL GR 0.65 608045 00

ZVF619 WAF1 GR 0.65 506105 00

ZVF619 WAF2 GR 0.65 506112 00

ZVF619 WAF3 GR 0.65 506129 00

ZVF619 COF2 GR 0.65 506136 00

ZVF619 COF3 GR 0.65 506143 00

ZVF619 COF4 GR 0.65 506150 00

0.65 506174 00

ZVF619 VBSP GR Vertical beam spreader glass 0.65 506167 00

0.65 506198 00

ZVF619 VLBSP GR Vertical linear beam spreader glass 0.65 506181 00

Brandenburg Gate, Germany

Page 422: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires4.106 Architectural lighting

Type

Light source

Lamp included No

Mains voltage 230 or 240 V

Gear (integrated)

Conventional

Electronic (EB)

Transformer Electronic (ET)

Options

Safety classes: Class I, Class II, and Class III too for

Glass: toughened, 6 mm thick

Gasket: silicone rubber

Extension arm: extruded aluminum

Glare shield (accessory): die-cast aluminum

Color

Installation Floor mounting by the integrated gear box

Ambient temperature outdoor: 35ºC, 25ºC for

MASTER PAR20 E lamp version

Max vertical aiming: -90 to +60º

Maintenance Lamp access by opening the front glass

Accessoies

Remarks

Main applications

lighting, sculptures

for halogen dichroic lamps

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)

4.00 502381 00

Page 423: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 4.107Architectural lighting

Arc

hite

ctur

al lig

htin

g

MR50)

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)

2.50 506716 00

lamp

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)

1.80 152905 00

4.00 152950 00

2.10 545370 00

4.30 545394 00

Page 424: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires4.108 Architectural lighting

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)

2.50 152929 00

2.80 545325 00

lighting luminaire

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)

3.70 152875 00

3.00 152899 00

4.00 545349 00

3.30 545363 00

Page 425: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 4.109Architectural lighting

Arc

hite

ctur

al lig

htin

g

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)

2.00 152837 00

2.30 545295 00

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)

3.30 152851 00

Page 426: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires4.110 Architectural lighting

Product ID Description Weight (kg)

Glare shield diameter 118 mm 0.23 544922 00

Glare shield, vertical louver 118 mm 0.25 545127 00

0.25 544960 00

0.29 477398 00

0.29 477404 00

0.29 477428 00

0.29 477435 00

0.29 477442 00

0.29 477466 00

0.29 477459 00

Glare shield diameter 90 mm 0.14 544908 00

0.24 544977 00

0.15 477312 00

0.15 477329 00

0.15 477343 00

0.15 477350 00

0.15 477367 00

0.15 477381 00

0.15 477374 00

Page 427: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 4.111Architectural lighting

Arc

hite

ctur

al lig

htin

g

Page 428: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires4.112 Architectural lighting

Page 429: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 4.113Architectural lighting

Arc

hite

ctur

al lig

htin

g

luminaireluminaireluminaire

scene to life

unobtrusive and has an elegant visual presence.

Page 430: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminairesArchitectural lighting4.114

Rectangular symmetrical

beamMedium beam Wide beam

Rectangular asymmetrical

beam

element.

Circular beams Rectangular beams

2x9°2x3° 2x14°

Beam angles

Page 431: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires Architectural lighting 4.115

Arc

hite

ctur

al lig

htin

g

Color your light

Range of colors

Clear glassHalf moon frosted glass Fine-ridged glass

Unidirectional beam spreader.

beam vertically.

Multidirectional beam softener. The glass creates a diffuse and uniform light.

Honeycomb glass

Glass effectsFrosted glass Frosted inside for softening the beam and creating diffuse and uniform light.

Partially frosted inside to soften the edges of the beams against

The frosted part of the glass faces the facade.

Page 432: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires4.116 Architectural lighting

Type

Light source

35 W

Lamp included Yes (light color 830 or 930)

No

Gear and compensation

(integrated) Conventional

Electronic (EB)

Optic

symmetrical (S) and asymmetrical (A) beams

Options Fuse (F) integrated

Glass: tempered, 15 mm thick

Gasket: silicon

Installation tube: PVC

Color

Installation

Ambient temperature outdoor: 25ºC (indoor:

Static load: 4000 kg

Maintenance Lamp access by opening the front glass

Accessories Frosted glass (GF), half-moon frosted glass

recessing box (RMR)

Remarks If accessories are included in the luminaire package,

the letter Z is included in the product designation

Main applications

residential and shopping areas, indoor applications

luminaire

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)

4.65 727110 00

5.25 727103 00

4.60 727134 00

4.60 727141 00

4.60 727158 00

4.60 727189 00

4.60 727196 00

4.60 727202 00

Recessed mounting box (ZBP521

Page 433: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 4.117Architectural lighting

Arc

hite

ctur

al lig

htin

g

Cernay, France

Page 434: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires4.118 Architectural lighting

Type

Light source

Lamp included Yes (light color 830 or 942)

No

Gear and compensation

(integrated) Conventional

Electronic (EB)

Optic

symmetrical (S) and asymmetrical (A) beams

Options

Glass: tempered, 19 mm thick

Gasket: silicon

Installation tube: metal

Color

Installation

One M20 cable gland

Ambient temperature outdoor: 25ºC (25ºC

indoor)

Static load: 5000 kg

Maintenance Lamp access by opening the front glass

Accessories

(RMR)

Remarks If accessories are included in the luminaire package,

the letter Z is included in the product designation

Main applications

residential and shopping areas, indoor applications

luminaire

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)

13.36 727660 00

16.21 727677 00

16.21 727684 00

16.21 727691 00

16.21 727707 00

16.21 727813 00

16.21 727820 00

16.21 727837 00

16.21 727936 00

16.21 727943 00

Recessed mounting box

(ZBP522 RMR), standard

Page 435: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 4.119Architectural lighting

Arc

hite

ctur

al lig

htin

g

Abbey, Léhon, France

Page 436: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires4.120 Architectural lighting

Type

Light source

150 W

150 W

100 W

Lamp included Yes (K or light color 830 or 942)

No

Gear and compensation

(integrated) Conventional

Electronic (EB)

Optic

symmetrical (S) and asymmetrical (A) beams

Options

Fuse (F) included

Glass: tempered, 19 mm thick

Gasket: silicon

Installation tube: metal

Color

Installation

Ambient temperature outdoor: 25ºC (25ºC

indoor)

Static load: 5000 kg

Maintenance Lamp access by opening the front glass

Accessories

(RMR), recessing box L-shape (RMLR)

Remarks If accessories are included in the luminaire package,

the letter Z is included in the product designation

Main applications

residential and shopping areas, indoor applications

Recessed mounting box (ZBP523 Recessed mounting box, L-shaped

(ZBP523 RMRL)

ZBP523 RMR

ZBP523 RMRL

Page 437: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 4.121Architectural lighting

Arc

hite

ctur

al lig

htin

g

luminaire

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)

19.36 728339 00

19.36 728346 00

19.36 728353 00

19.36 728483 00

19.36 728490 00

19.96 728582 00

19.96 728599 00

19.96 728605 00

19.96 728735 00

19.96 728742 00

18.26 728889 00

18.26 728896 00

18.26 728902 00

18.26 728919 00

18.26 728926 00

Castle Saint Sauveur le Vicomte, France

Page 438: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires4.122 Architectural lighting

Product ID

727547 00

729138 00

Product ID

ZBP521 MK 727554 00

ZBP523 MK 729145 00

Product ID

727523 00

729114 00

Product ID

ZBP523 RL 729121 00

ZBP521 RL 727530 00

Page 439: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 4.123Architectural lighting

Arc

hite

ctur

al lig

htin

g

Product ID

ZBP521 GC-AS 727592 00

ZBP523 GC-AS 729060 00

Product ID

ZBP521 GB 727608 00

Product ID

ZBP521 GF 727578 00

ZBP523 GF 729046 00

Partly frosted glass (ZBP521 for

Product ID

727585 00

Product ID

ZBP521 BSO 727363 00

ZBP523 BSO 729091 00

Product ID

ZBP521 LBSP 727370 00

ZBP523 LBSP 729107 00

Product ID

ZBP521 SGF-BL 727424 00

ZBP523 SGF-BL 729152 00

ZBP521 SGF-GN 727400 00

ZBP523 SGF-GN 729169 00

ZBP521 WAF1 727479 00

ZBP523 WAF1 729213 00

ZBP521 COF2 727448 00

ZBP523 COF2 729244 00

Page 440: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires4.124 Architectural lighting

Product ID

ZBP521 GS1 GR 727509 00

Product ID

ZBP521 GS4 GR 727516 00

Product ID

727356 00

729084 00

Product ID Description

291476 00

Page 441: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 4.125Architectural lighting

Arc

hite

ctur

al lig

htin

g

Page 442: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires4.126 Architectural lighting

Page 443: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 4.127Architectural lighting

Arc

hite

ctur

al lig

htin

g

and a refractor for appealing effects. The vandal-resistant TouchSafe cover means

Page 444: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires4.128 Architectural lighting

Type

Light source

Incandescent:

Lamp included Yes

Materials

Installation Ground-recessed

Ambient temperature outdoor: 25ºC

Static load 1000 kg

Remarks

Main applications

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)

1.45 140339 00

1.45 140346 00

Page 445: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 4.129Architectural lighting

Arc

hite

ctur

al lig

htin

g

Page 446: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires4.130 Architectural lighting

EFix

Page 447: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 4.131Architectural lighting

Arc

hite

ctur

al lig

htin

g

EFix Step marker

lighting – enhancing the city

applications.

Page 448: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires4.132 Architectural lighting

Type

Light source

Lamp included No

Gear and compensation

Optic

Wide beam, 2 x 30º (WB)

NB)

WB)

WB)

Cover: tempered glass, 10 mm thick

Color Silver grey (GR), close to RAL 9006

Installation Wall mounting

Maintenance Lamp accessible by opening the front glass (three

Main applications

directional light distribution

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)

5.50 809090 99

5.50 809106 99

4.60 807539 99

4.60 807546 99

directional light distribution

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)

5.50 807553 99

5.50 809113 99

5.50 807560 99

4.10 807577 99

5.50 809120 99

4.10 807584 99

Page 449: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 4.133Architectural lighting

Arc

hite

ctur

al lig

htin

g

position

Page 450: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires4.134 Architectural lighting

EFix Step Light

Type

Light source

Lamp included No

Gear and compensation

Color Silver grey (GR), close to RAL 9006

Installation Wall recessed

Maintenance Lamp accessible by opening the front cover (four

Main applications

Page 451: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 4.135Architectural lighting

Arc

hite

ctur

al lig

htin

g

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)

3.30 807461 99

3.50 807478 99

EFix Step Light

Page 452: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires4.136 Architectural lighting

EFix Step Marker

Type

Light source

Lamp included No

Gear and compensation

Recessing housing part: polyamide

Color Silver grey (GR), close to RAL 9006

Installation Wall recessed

Maintenance Lamp accessible by opening the front cover (2

Main applications

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)

1.50 807485 99

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)

1.30 807492 99

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)

1.40 807508 99

Page 453: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 4.137Architectural lighting

Arc

hite

ctur

al lig

htin

g

EFix Step Marker

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)

1.20 807515 99

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)

1.30 807522 99

Page 454: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires4.138 Architectural lighting

ambience

Page 455: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 4.139Architectural lighting

Arc

hite

ctur

al lig

htin

g

Type BBC211 (single pack, 10 pack, 10 pack KIT version)

Light source

Light color

Single pack: 0.25 W

10 pack KIT: 3 W

Frosted polycarbonate

Options Remote control unit

Color Gray

Installation

Operating temperature -20ºC < Ta < 35ºC

Liftetime 50,000 hours (70% lumen maintenance at Ta=

25ºC)

Accessories

Remarks

transformer, remote control, battery, 20 m cable

10 markers

Main applications

static load: 1000 kg

BBC211

combipacked transformer and remote

control. Also available in single units and

sets of 10 pieces. Respective codes for

accessories are available separately

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)

0.90 800479 99

0.90 800486 99

0.02 809199 99

0.21 809229 99

Page 456: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires4.140 Architectural lighting

Type BBC206 (single pack version)

Light source

Light color

0.5 W

Frosted glass

Top cover: tempered glass and polycarbonate ® technology)

Top ring: stainless steel

Color Gray

Installation

Operating temperature -20ºC < Ta < 35ºC

Liftetime 50,000 hours (70% lumen maintenance at Ta=

25ºC)

Accessories Aluminum decorative ring, recessed tube,

24 V transformer

Main applications

BBC206

static load: 1000 kg

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)

0.41 143507 00

0.41 143491 00

0.41 143514 00

0.41 143521 00

0.41 143538 00

Page 457: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 4.141Architectural lighting

Arc

hite

ctur

al lig

htin

g

Type BBC212 (single pack version)

Light source

Light color

0.8 W

Frosted glass

Top cover: tempered glass and polycarbonate ® technology)

Top ring: stainless steel

Color Gray

Installation

Operating temperature -20ºC < Ta < 35ºC

Liftetime 50,000 hours (70% lumen maintenance at Ta =

25ºC)

Accessories Aluminum decorative ring, recessed tube, ceiling

Main applications

BBC212

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)

0.50 143415 00

0.50 143422 00

0.50 143439 00

0.50 145822 00

0.50 145839 00

Product ID Description

143644 00

ZBC206 TUBEand 12

143651 00

IP65145808 00

ZBC206 CFC 145846 00

ZBC206 TRC ALU Aluminum cover for BBC206 transformer 145853 00

ZBC206 TRC IX Stainless steel cover for BBC206 transformer 145860 00

809427 99

static load: 1000 kg

Page 458: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires4.142 Architectural lighting

Page 459: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 4.143Architectural lighting

Arc

hite

ctur

al lig

htin

g

recessed luminaire, roundrecessed luminaire, round

options and effects.

Page 460: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires4.144 Architectural lighting

Type BBG300 (round, 220 - 240 V version)

BBG301 (round, 24 V version)

Light source

Light color

green (GN), blue (BL), amber (AM)

Tri-color version: red, green, blue (RGB)

BBG300 (220 - 240 V version):

Red,amber: 2,3 W

RGB: 3.6 W

BBG301 (24 V version):

Red,amber: 1.4 W

RGB: 3.1 W

Controls

controllers

Top ring: stainless steel

Gearbox: polycarbonate

Installation

Operating temperature: -20ºC < Ta < 50ºC

Maintenance

Lifetime 50,000 hrs (70% lumen maintenance)

Accessories Recessed and pre-recessed boxes

(for outdoor use)

Main applications Urban areas, indoor applications

BBG300 BBG301

BBG300

BBG301

recessed luminaire, round

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)

0.48 009926 99

0.48 009933 99

0.48 009940 99

0.48 009957 99

0.48 009964 99

0.40 802350 99

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)

0.30 009971 99

0.30 009988 99

0.30 009995 99

0.30 797007 99

0.30 797014 99

0.30 802367 99

Page 461: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 4.145Architectural lighting

Arc

hite

ctur

al lig

htin

g

Type

Light source

Light color

(GN), blue (BL), amber (AM)

Tri-color version: red, green, blue (RGB)

BBG310 (220 - 240 V version):

Red, amber: 2,3 W

RGB: 6.6 W

BBG311 (24 V version):

Red, amber: 1.4 W

RGB: 5.8 W

Top ring: stainless steel

Gearbox: polycarbonate

Installation

Operating temperature: -20ºC < Ta < 50ºC

Maintenance

Accessories Recessed and pre-recessed boxes (for outdoor

use)

Main applications Urban areas, indoor applications

BBG310 BBG311

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)

0.54 797076 99

0.54 797083 99

0.54 797090 99

0.54 797106 99

0.54 797113 99

0.54 802374 99

0.35 797120 99

0.35 797137 99

0.35 797144 99

0.35 797151 99

0.35 797168 99

0.35 802381 99

Page 462: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires4.146 Architectural lighting

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)

1.06 797175 99

1.08 797182 99

0.89 797199 99

1.08 797205 99

1.08 797212 99

1.08 802398 99

0.70 797229 99

0.70 797236 99

0.70 797243 99

0.70 797250 99

0.70 797267 99

0.70 802404 99

Type BBG320 (rectangular, 220 - 240 V version)

BBG321 (rectangular, 24 V version)

Light source

Light color

(GN), blue (BL), amber (AM)

Tri-color version: red, green, blue (RGB)

BBG320 (220 - 240 V version):

Red, amber: 4.6 W

RGB: 12.7 W

BBG321 (24 V version):

Red, amber: 2.8 W

RGB: 11 W

Controls

controllers

Top ring: stainless steel

Gearbox: polycarbonate

Installation

Operating temperature: -20ºC < Ta < 50ºC

Maintenance

Accessories Recessed and pre-recessed boxes (for outdoor

use)

Main applications Urban areas, indoor applications

BBG320 BBG321

Page 463: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 4.147Architectural lighting

Arc

hite

ctur

al lig

htin

g

Product ID

ZBG300 RMB 797274 99

802008 99

802022 99

ZBG300 RMB-RGB 801988 99ZBG300 RMB

Product ID

ZBG310 RMB 797328 99

ZBG310 RMB-RGB 802237 99

802251 99

802275 99

ZBG310 RMB

Product ID

ZBG320 RMB 797342 99

ZBG320 RMB-RGB 802299 99

802312 99

802336 99

ZBG320 RMB

Stainless steel top ring

Page 464: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires4.148 Architectural lighting

Page 465: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 4.149Architectural lighting

Arc

hite

ctur

al lig

htin

g

both LUXEON®

Page 466: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires4.150 Architectural lighting

Type BCB450 (surface-mounted version)

Light source 3 x LUXEON® I

Light color

Tri-color version: red, green, blue (RGB)

Current driven, 350 mA

Max 4 W

Optic Beam angles:

Mono-color : 12 and 30º

Tri-color : 12, 30 and 40º

Options Lighting controls:

Color Glossy silver

Installation

color version)

No preference in orientation

Operating temperature: -20ºC < Ta < 35ºC

Lifetime 50,000 hours (70% lumen maintenance at Ta <

25ºC

Accessories

Remarks

Main applications

CB

BCB450

mounted

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)

0.43 801346 99

0.43 801353 99

0.43 801360 99

0.43 801377 99

0.43 801384 99

0.43 801391 99

0.43 801407 99

Page 467: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 4.151Architectural lighting

Arc

hite

ctur

al lig

htin

g

Type BCB451 (surface-mounted version)

Light source 3 x LUXEON® K2

Light color

Tri-color version: red, green, blue (RGB)

Current driven, 350 mA, 700 mA

Max 8 W

Optic Beam angles 10, 25 and 40º

Options Lighting controls (for RGB version):

Bracket: stainless steel, tempored glass

Color Glossy silver

Installation

slave for tri-color version)

No preference in orientation

Operating temperature: -20ºC < Ta < 35ºC

Lifetime 50,000 hours (70% lumen maintenance)

Accessories

Remarks

Main applications

CB

BCB451

mounted

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)

0.54 807874 99

0.54 807881 99

0.60 807898 99

0.54 807904 99

0.54 807911 99

0.60 807928 99

0.54 807935 99

0.54 807942 99

0.60 807959 99

Page 468: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires4.152 Architectural lighting

Page 469: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 4.153Architectural lighting

Arc

hite

ctur

al lig

htin

g

Page 470: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires4.154 Architectural lighting

Type BBB450 (recessed version)

Light source 3 x LUXEON® I

Light color

Tri-color version: red, green, blue (RGB)

Current driven, 350 mA

Optic Beam angles:

Mono-color : 12 and 30º

Tri-color : 12, 30 and 40º

Option Lighting controls:

Recessed box: plastic

Color Glossy silver

Installation

separate available ECB450 range of drivers (and

No preference in orientation

Operating temperature: -20ºC < Ta < 35ºC

Lifetime 50,000 hours (70% lumen maintenance)

Accessories

Remarks

Main applications

CB

BBB450 3x

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)

0.19 801278 99

0.19 801285 99

0.19 801292 99

0.19 801308 99

0.19 801315 99

0.25 801322 99

0.25 801339 99

Product ID Description

ZBB451 RMB-1 807966 99

ZBB451 RMB-3 807973 99

ECB450 PSU220-240V-4W 801445 99

ECB450 PSU220-240V-15W 801469 99

801483 99

801506 99

801803 99

812151 99

ECB451 PSU220-240V-10W 808376 99

ECB451 PSU220-240V-36W 808383 99

808420 99

Page 471: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 4.155Architectural lighting

Arc

hite

ctur

al lig

htin

g

Type BBB451 (recessed version)

Light source 1 x or 3 x LUXEON® K2

Light color

Tri-color version: red, green, blue (RGB)

Current driven, 350 mA, 700 mA

Optic Beam angles 10, 25 and 40º

Option Lighting controls (for RGB version):

tempered glass

Recessed box: plastic

Color Glossy silver

Installation

No preference in orientation

Operating temperature: -20ºC < Ta < 35ºC

Lifetime 50,000 hours (70% lumen maintenance)

Accessories

Remarks

Main applications

CB

BBB451 1xBBB451 3x

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)

0.27 807720 99

0.27 807737 99

0.27 807744 99

0.27 807751 99

0.27 807768 99

0.27 807775 99

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)

0.35 807782 99

0.35 807799 99

0.41 807805 99

0.35 807812 99

0.35 807829 99

0.41 807836 99

0.35 807843 99

0.35 807850 99

0.41 807867 99

Page 472: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires4.156 Architectural lighting

Page 473: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 4.157Architectural lighting

Arc

hite

ctur

al lig

htin

g

dynamic scene-setting

energy consumption to a minimum.

Page 474: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires4.158 Architectural lighting

Type BCC103 (320 mm length version)

BCC106 (600 mm length version)

BCC109 (900 mm length version)

BCC112 (1200 mm length version)

Light source

Light color Mono-color version:

Red, 620 - 630 nm

Green, 520 - 530 nm

Blue, 465 - 475 nm

White, 4590 - 5620 K

Tri-color version:

Red, green, blue (RGB)

Mains voltage 110-240 V

(max)

BCC103: 3.8 W (mono), 3.2 W (tri-color)

BCC106: 5.2 W (mono), 5.0 W (tri-color)

BCC109: 6.5 W (mono), 7,0 W (tri-color)

BCC112: 7.7 W (mono), 8.9 W (tri-color)

Optical cover

Integrated, sealed driver

External controller (ZCC100) needed

for operating, sectional programming and

battens

6 static and 48 dynamic effects are pre-loaded

resistant

End caps: polycarbonate 2807

Optical cover: polycarbonate

Sealed mounting clips: stainless steel SSL 301

Color

Installation Wall mounted via provided mounting clips

Operating temperature: -20ºC < Ta < 40ºC

rotary brackets)

IP65 inter-connectors (data)

Lifetime 10,000 hours (70% lumen maintenance at Ta =

25ºC)

Accessories Rotary mounting bracket, external controller

Main applications Architectural contour lighting, facade, display

A

BCC103 320

BCC106 600

BCC109 900

BCC112 1200

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)

0.49 811635 99

0.49 811666 99

0.63 811703 99

0.63 811727 99

0.77 811789 99

0.77 811796 99

0.91 811819 99

0.91 811826 99

0.91 811833 99

0.91 811840 99

0.91 811857 99

0.91 811864 99

CB

Page 475: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 4.159Architectural lighting

Arc

hite

ctur

al lig

htin

g

ZCC100 controller

Product ID

ZCC100 MB-A (2PCS) 811871 99

ZCC100 5V CLIII IP20 EXTERNAL CONTROLLER

811888 99

Page 476: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires4.160 Architectural lighting

NG

in vivid colors

produce a high and uniform luminosity.

Page 477: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 4.161Architectural lighting

Arc

hite

ctur

al lig

htin

g

Type BCC200

Light source

Light color

green (GN), blue (BL), amber (AM)

5.7 W per meter

Optic PVC diffuser

Installation Surface mounting via provided clips, shielded from

direct ingress

Operating temperature -20ºC < Ta < 40ºC

Lifetime 10,000 hours (70% lumen maintenance at Ta =

25ºC

Accessories

tracks, extension cable

Remarks

Available in different lengths:

Red and amber versions: 1.52, 3.04, 10.64, 19.76

and 50.16 m

and 50.50 m

Main applications Architectural contour lighting, signage, coves

connectors tubing

NG

0.91m, 1.82m, 10.10m, 20.20m, 50.50m

A

L1520 1520

L1820 1820

L3040 3040

L10010 10010

L10640 10640

L19760 19760

L20020 20020

L50050 50050

L50160 50160

NG BCC200 Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)

0.79 809601 99

0.79 809632 99

1.58 809656 99

1.58 809687 99

0.48 809618 99

0.48 809625 99

0.48 809649 99

0.95 809663 99

0.95 809670 99

0.95 809694 99

Product ID Description

ECC200 PSU 220-240V 1.6A CLII IP44

812250 99

ECC200 PSU 220-240V 4A CLII IP44 812267 99

ZCC200 CMC L50 ALU (5PCS) Mounting Track 50 mm 812274 99

ZCC200 CMC L1000 ALU Mounting Track 1000 mm 812281 99

ZCC200 CMC L2000 ALU Mounting Track 2000 mm 812298 99

ZCC200 C1000P-M-F Extension Cable 812304 99

NG

CB

Page 478: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires4.162 Architectural lighting

arrangements on architectural surfaces, creating color-changing effects.

and it can be used for outdoor and indoor environments.

Page 479: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 4.163Architectural lighting

Arc

hite

ctur

al lig

htin

g

Type

Light source

Light color Tri-color : red, green, blue (RGB)

BCP310: 4 W

BCP315: 9.7 W

Optic Frosted diffuser

Cover: PMMA

IP connectors: engineering plastic

Color Grey (GR)

Installation Surface mounted (4 mounting holes provided on

Operating temperature: -20ºC < Ta < 40ºC

ambient

Lifetime 20,000 hours (70% lumen maintenance at Ta 35ºC)

Accessories Range of drivers

Remarks

Main applications Facades, indication lighting

BCP310 BCP315

luminaire

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)

0.69 810645 99

luminaire

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)

1.25 810652 99

Preferred selectionProduct ID Weight

(kg)

2.60 009018 00

2.60 810669 00

2.60 810676 00

CB

Page 480: Philips Iluminação Externa
Page 481: Philips Iluminação Externa

Sports and area lighting

Page 482: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires5.2 Sports and area lighting

Championship lighting for champion playersToday, sport is the world’s biggest entertainment industry. Events such as the Olympics, soccer’s World Cup and the NBA Championships capture the attention of almost everyone on the planet – thanks mainly to media coverage.

High-end sportsIn fact, TV is largely responsible for sport’s current status and it is the main driver of sports business development. At evening or night-time events, broadcasters require excellent lighting of the playing surface. Although the lighting should illuminate the players perfectly – and in some cases the live spectators too – it should never disturb them. Players and fans must experience optimal visual conditions – without glare – at all times. Philips has available in-house the lighting technology and sports broadcasting know-how required to design all the elements of an optimized sports lighting system – housing, lamp, optic and gear. In addition, many years of experience have enabled Philips to gain unrivalled competence in application development and sports lighting design. And thanks to the ArenaVision concept, Philips is present in all major sports, in the most prestigious stadia across all continents, and is recognized as the true world champion in sports lighting.

Page 483: Philips Iluminação Externa

5.3Philips outdoor luminaires Sports and area lighting

Spor

ts an

d ar

ea lig

htin

g

The answer to all your needsBeing a market leader in top-end sports lighting has given Philips the expertise

sports.

Recreational sportsPhilips’ leadership is also the result of its long-term technical co-operation with many international sports federations, such as for football, basketball, tennis and hockey, to name

standards for their sports and has further strengthened Philips’ competence in recreational sports lighting. Building upon this partnership, Philips has for many years now been developing innovative optical systems which help reduce light pollution thanks to sharp cut-off beam characteristics. On top of its unrivalled expertise, Philips is the only manufacturer that has all the necessary technologies in-house – lamps, controls and gear, optical systems and housings – and is therefore able to guarantee optimum system performance. So, whatever the sport, whatever the level of competition, whatever the venue, Philips’ impressive range of sports lighting solutions will provide the answer to all your needs.

Page 484: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires5.4 Sports and area lighting

The 24-hour economy has led to a massive increase in human activity around the clock. Whether at a production center, airport, container terminal or industrial site, activity can be ongoing throughout the night.

safety and security of those working on site. The two most relevant criteria when selecting area

Page 485: Philips Iluminação Externa

5.5Philips outdoor luminaires Sports and area lighting

Spor

ts an

d ar

ea lig

htin

gcolor quality. Also, we can optimize the cost of ownership, enabling the end user as well as

of environmental care, Philips has developed innovative optical systems which help reduce light

Page 486: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminairesSports and area lighting5.6

Selection guide – Sports and area lighting

Luminaire Type Page Ingress

protection

IP value

Gear

integrated (i)

separate (s)

Insulation

class

Ambient

temperature

outdoor (°C)

Drag

factor

(Cx)

Max.

windage

area (m2)

Availability

barndoors /

louvers

ArenaVision

65 s I 35 •5.18 65 s I •

PowerVision

55 s I 35 •

OptiVision

65 s I 35 -

ComfortVision

SNF111 65 s I 35 -

MVF480

55 s I 35 •

Geartrays

- I 35 - - -

- I 35 - - -

OptiFlood

66

66

i

i

II

I/II

35

35

-

-

MINI 300 Stealth

DGP333 65 i I 35 -

5.56 65 i I 35 -

DVP333 5.58 65 i I 35 -

SNF100/300

55 i II 35 1.18 •55 i/s II 35 1.18 •

Tempo

Tempo 1 RVP151 5.68 65 i I 35 - -

65 i I 35 - •Tempo 3 RVP351 65 i I 35 - •

MVF415

55 i I - •

QKF102

- I 35 - -

QVF415/416/417

5.81 55 - I - •5.81 55 - I - •5.81 55 - I - •

Page 487: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires Sports and area lighting 5.7

Selection guide – Sports and area lighting

Spor

ts an

d ar

ea lig

htin

g

Luminaire Type Page Cosmo-

Polis

SON(-T)

PLUS

SDW-T Halogen CDM-

T

CDO-

T

CDM-

TD

MHN-

TD

MHN-

LA

MHN-

SA

MHN-

FC

MHN-

SE

HPI-

T

ArenaVision

- - - - - - - - - - - • -

5.18 - - - - - - - - • • - - -

PowerVision

- • - - - - - - • - • - •

OptiVision

- • - - - - - - • - • - •

ComfortVision

SNF111 - • - - - - - - - - - - •

MVF480

- • - - - - - - - - - - •

Geartrays

- • - - - - - - • • • • •- • - - - - - - • • • • •

OptiFlood

••

••

-

-

-

-••

••

••

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

•MINI 300 Stealth

DGP333 • - - - • - • - - - - - -

5.56 • - - - • - • - - - - - -

DVP333 5.58 • - - - • - • - - - - - -

SNF100/300

- • • - - - - • - - - - -

- • - - - - - - - - - - •Tempo

Tempo 1 RVP151 5.68 - • - - - - • • - - - - -

- • - - - - - • - - - - -

Tempo 3 RVP351 - • - - - - - - - - - - •MVF415

- - - - - - - • - - - - -

QKF102

- - - • - - - - - - - - -

QVF415/416/417

5.81 - - - • - - - - - - - - -

5.81 - - - • - - - - - - - - -

5.81 - - - • - - - - - - - - -

Page 488: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires5.8

ArenaVision

Sports and area lighting

ArenaVision

Page 489: Philips Iluminação Externa

5.9

ArenaVision

Sports and area lighting

Spor

ts an

d ar

ea lig

htin

g

Philips outdoor luminaires

ArenaVision – now with even greater

ArenaVision – a great partner

ArenaVision is an integrated system that is supplied by one manufacturer as part of a complete system. Philips is the only manufacturer to provide all relevant technologies from

disciplines of lamp, optic and gear design were brought together with a single mission: to

than ever before.

as well.

stadiums and large indoor arenas, is specially designed to increase dramatically the theatrical and emotional

halls as well as many outdoor sports and other illumination uses.

power output for every conceivable application.

www.philips.com/lighting

MVF404MVF403

Page 490: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires

ArenaVision MVF404

Sports and area lighting

Exclusive lamp technology only in ArenaVision

ArenaVision and brings out the best in the game.

designed to meet high demanding lighting and TV broadcasting requirements, e.g. excellent

it to be mounted in the lampholder in an axial position, without an outer envelope and is

distribution with a minimum of spill light.

mounted in any standard positions needed.

Philips gear unit.

Power

(W)

Supply

voltage

(V)

Light

output

(Lm)

Luminous

efficacy

(Lm/W)

Cap/

base

Operating

position

Average

lifetime

(h)

Lamp

current

(A nominal)

Lamp

voltage

(V nominal)

Universal 11.6

Color

rendering

(Ra)

Color

temperature

(K)

Chromaticity

coordinate

X

Chromaticity

coordinate

Y

Lamp dimensions C D O

Nom. Nom.

Page 491: Philips Iluminação Externa

ArenaVision MVF404

Philips outdoor luminaires Sports and area lighting

Spor

ts an

d ar

ea lig

htin

g

1 x 200000 lmL.O.R. = 0.81

LVM0700500

=maxI2/1 ,o-3 o2

,o-3 o3o = 39937 cd/1000 lm, 0maxI

Cartesian intensity diagram

(cd/

1000

lm)

0

10000

20000

30000

40000

50000

-60o -40o -20o 0o 20o 40o 60o

-60o -40o -20o 0o 20o 40o 60oK JL M

1 x MHN- SE2000W/956MVF404 C A T - B 1

LVM0700800

=maxI2/1 ,o-5 o4

,o-6 o5o = 17897 cd/1000 lm, 0maxI

Cartesian intensity diagram

(cd/

1000

lm)

0

4000

8000

12000

16000

20000

-60o -40o -20o 0o 20o 40o 60o

-60o -40o -20o 0o 20o 40o 60oK JL M

1 x 200000 lmL.O.R. = 0.811 x MHN- SE2000W/956MVF404 C A T - B 2

LVM0700900

=maxI2/1 ,o-5 o5

,o-7 o7o = 12697 cd/1000 lm, 0maxI

Cartesian intensity diagram

(cd/

1000

lm)

0

3000

6000

9000

12000

15000

-60o -40o -20o 0o 20o 40o 60o

-60o -40o -20o 0o 20o 40o 60oK JL M

1 x 200000 lmL.O.R. = 0.811 x MHN- SE2000W/956MVF404 C A T - B 3

LVM0701100

=maxI2/1 ,o-6 o6

,o-12 o9o = 8049 cd/1000 lm, 0maxI

Cartesian intensity diagram

(cd/

1000

lm)

0

2000

4000

6000

8000

10000

-60o -40o -20o 0o 20o 40o 60o

-60o -40o -20o 0o 20o 40o 60oK JL M

1 x 200000 lmL.O.R. = 0.811 x MHN- SE2000W/956MVF404 C A T - B 4

LVM0701400

=maxI2/1 ,o-10 o8

,o-9 o9o = 6170 cd/1000 lm, 0maxI

Cartesian intensity diagram

(cd/

1000

lm)

0

1500

3000

4500

6000

7500

-60o -40o -20o 0o 20o 40o 60o

-60o -40o -20o 0o 20o 40o 60oK JL M

1 x 200000 lmL.O.R. = 0.811 x MHN- SE2000W/956MVF404 C A T - B 5

LVM0701500

=maxI2/1 ,o-10 o10

,o-10 o10o = 3885 cd/1000 lm, 0maxI

Cartesian intensity diagram

(cd/

1000

lm)

0

1000

2000

3000

4000

5000

-60o -40o -20o 0o 20o 40o 60o

-60o -40o -20o 0o 20o 40o 60oK JL M

1 x 200000 lmL.O.R. = 0.801 x MHN- SE2000W/956MVF404 C A T - B 6

LVM0700700

=maxI2/1 ,o-15 o14

,o-14 o15o = 2367 cd/1000 lm, 0maxI

Cartesian intensity diagram

(cd/

1000

lm)

0

600

1200

1800

2400

3000

-60o -40o -20o 0o 20o 40o 60o

-60o -40o -20o 0o 20o 40o 60oK JL M

1 x 200000 lmL.O.R. = 0.791 x MHN- SE2000W/956MVF404 C A T - B 7

LVM0796100

=maxI2/1 ,o-13 o11

,o-20 o20o = 1827 cd/1000 lm, 0maxI

Cartesian intensity diagram

(cd/

1000

lm)

0

400

800

1200

1600

2000

-60o -40o -20o 0o 20o 40o 60o

-60o -40o -20o 0o 20o 40o 60oK JL M

1 x 202000 lmL.O.R. = 0.781 x MHN- SE2000W/956MVF404 C A T - B 8

Page 492: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires

ArenaVision MVF404

Sports and area lighting

optical concept providing more light, which is controlled by the world-class design optical

Consequently, even fewer luminaires are required for the application coverage, allowing substantial savings on capital, energy and maintenance.

distinct beam distributions, each with sharp cut-off characteristics. The new mono-block optics,

purity aluminum, enable greater freedom in lighting design than ever before.

Page 493: Philips Iluminação Externa

ArenaVision MVF404

Philips outdoor luminaires Sports and area lighting

Spor

ts an

d ar

ea lig

htin

g

Lower installation and maintenance costs Thanks to the new compact lamp and a simple spring-clip device, lamping and relamping have been made much easier, and can be done with one hand.

there is no room for error. On-site handling is more straightforward, quicker and therefore cheaper.

Safety knife connector system

knife connector system, which automatically disconnects the mains power when the rear-access back cover is opened, without the need for an additional relay or contactor or any extra cabling. This can also give rise to savings on capital and installation costs.

Breakthrough electronic hot-restrike option

ensure immediate re-ignition after a short power cut, so as to prevent long periods without light.

Thanks to innovations in technology, with the new electronic hot-restrike system everything is incorporated into a single module with integral timer to provide the most economical solution.

Page 494: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminairesSports and area lighting

ArenaVision MVF404

ArenaVisionType MVF404

Light source HID:

Lamp included

Optic

Optical cover

Ignitor

Options

aiming position of the luminaire during servicing

Hot re-strike versions enabling immediate

restoration of lighting after power supply failure

lighting

Special cable sleeve version for tropical regions

Housing and rear cover: non-corrosive, high-

pressure die-cast aluminum

Mounting bracket: hot-dipped galvanized, painted

steel

aluminum

Finishing in raw aluminum

Installation

mounting

can be done with one hand only

Precision aiming facilities at both top and bottom

of the housing for use in conjunction with the

ZVF403 PAD accessory

Adjustment of mounting bracket: 360º

Projected area in 70º position: 0.20 m2

Maintenance

Equipped with knife connector system, which

automatically disconnects the mains power when

No internal cleaning required

Accessories

in aluminum connection box on the bracket

on request

Wire mesh to prevent large glass falling out

are available, to be ordered separately

Main applications Outdoor sport stadiums

MVF404 SI

Page 495: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires Sports and area lighting

Spor

ts an

d ar

ea lig

htin

g

lighting luminaire

Preferred selectionProduct ID

502008 00

502022 00

502039 00

502046 00

502053 00

502060 00

604092 00

ArenaVision MVF404

AccessoriesPrecision aiming device

Product ID

ZVF403 PAD

External louver

Product ID

239996 00

Compact lamp with conventional hot-

Built-in safety knife connector system,

which automatically disconnects the

mains power when the rear-access

back cover is opened.MHN-SE 2000W lamp.

Side view of ArenaVision MVF404 with

connection box on the bracket

lighting luminaire with precision aiming

Page 496: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminairesSports and area lighting

Page 497: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires Sports and area lighting

Spor

ts an

d ar

ea lig

htin

g

Stade Yves du Manoir’, Montpellier, France

Photography: Pierre Crouzet

Page 498: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminairesSports and area lighting

ArenaVision MVF403

ArenaVisionType MVF403

Light source HID:

Lamp included

Optic

Optical cover

Ignitor

Options

aiming position of the luminaire during servicing

Hot re-strike versions enabling immediate

restoration of lighting after power supply failure

lighting

Special cable sleeve version for tropical regions

Housing and rear cover: non-corrosive, high-

pressure die-cast aluminum

Mounting bracket: hot-dipped galvanized, painted

steel

aluminum

Finishing in raw aluminum

Installation

mounting

The lamp only needs to be installed mechanically;

electrical connection achieved by closing the rear

cover

Precision aiming facilities at both top and bottom

of the housing for use in conjunction with the

ZVF403 PAD accessory

Adjustment of mounting bracket: 360º

Ambient temperature outdoor:

Projected area in 70º position: 0.20 m2

Maintenance

Equipped with safety switch to cut off current

No internal cleaning required

Accessories

Equipped with aluminum connection box with

on request

Wire mesh to prevent large glass falling out

are available, to be ordered separately

Main applications Outdoor sport stadiums, indoor sport halls,

Page 499: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires Sports and area lighting

Spor

ts an

d ar

ea lig

htin

g

lighting luminaire

Preferred selectionProduct ID

502657 00

502664 00

502688 00

502695 00

502725 00

ArenaVision MVF403

AccessoriesPrecision aiming device

Product ID

ZVF403 PAD

External louver

Product ID

239996 00

Simple aiming device

Product ID

ZVF403 SAD 503098 00

Page 500: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires5.20 Sports and area lighting

Page 501: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires Sports and area lighting

Spor

ts an

d ar

ea lig

htin

g

Izmir Sirinyer Hippodrome, Izmir, Turkey.

Izmir Sirinyer Hippodrome, Izmir, Turkey

Page 502: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires5.22 Sports and area lighting

PowerVision

PowerVision – high-performance

general area lighting and facade illumination. This compact luminaire distributes

spill light and glare.

The luminaire’s rugged all-weather construction is designed for easy aiming, simple cleaning and speedy servicing.

Page 503: Philips Iluminação Externa

5.23Philips outdoor luminaires Sports and area lighting

Spor

ts an

d ar

ea lig

htin

g

PowerVision

PowerVisionType MVF024

Light source HID:

Lamp included

Optic

Ignitor

Options

for higher ambient temperatures of indoor

applications

Housing and rear cover: non-corrosive, high-

pressure die-cast aluminum

Mounting bracket: hot-dipped galvanized steel

aluminum

Stainless-steel clips

Finishing in raw aluminum

Installation

mounting

For pre-aiming, protractor scale and simple aiming

device integrated

Projected area in 65º position: 0.30 m2

360º adjustment of mounting bracket

Maintenance

Safety switch to cut off current while opening

No internal cleaning required

Accessories

Equipped with aluminum connection box with

50 Hz are available, to be ordered separately

Main applications

industrial areas

MVF024

Page 504: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires5.24 Sports and area lighting

PowerVision

PowerVision MVF024 sports and area Preferred selectionProduct ID

547824 00

547848 00

547763 00

547787 00

547800 00

547770 00

547794 00

292527 00

292534 00

Accessories

Product ID

ZVF024 L 265759 00

Adjustment possibilities

PowerVision MVF024 sports and area

Easy relamping without disturbing

position

Page 505: Philips Iluminação Externa

5.25Philips outdoor luminaires Sports and area lighting

Spor

ts an

d ar

ea lig

htin

g

PowerVision

Page 506: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires5.26 Sports and area lighting

OptiVision

Page 507: Philips Iluminação Externa

5.27Philips outdoor luminaires Sports and area lighting

Spor

ts an

d ar

ea lig

htin

g

OptiVision – breakthrough downlightOptiVision is an asymmetric downlighting luminaire that combines compact

limitation of glare and upward leakage of light. OptiVision can accommodate metal-halide lamps for good color rendering or high-pressure sodium lamps for economical operation.

atmosphere.

Page 508: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires5.28 Sports and area lighting

OptiVision

OptiVisionType MVP507

Light source HID:

Lamp included

No

Optic

Ignitor

Housing: non-corrosive, high-pressure die-cast

aluminum

Mounting bracket: hot-dipped galvanized steel

Clips and hinges: stainless steel

aluminum

Finishing in raw aluminum

Installation On mast headframe, ceiling and wall mounting

Protractor scale integrated for aiming

Ambient temperature outdoor: 35ºC

2

downlighting only

Maintenance Lamp access by opening the hinged front glass for

in-position lamp replacement

Built-in safety switch to cut off current while

opening the luminaire, only in MHN-LA lamp

versions

No internal cleaning required

Accessories

Equipped with aluminum connection box with

Bracket can be inverted to allow mounting above

or below a cross arm

ordered separately

Main applications Sports, car parks, industrial areas

MVP507

Page 509: Philips Iluminação Externa

5.29Philips outdoor luminaires Sports and area lighting

Spor

ts an

d ar

ea lig

htin

g

OptiVision MVP507 sports and area Preferred selectionProduct ID

OptiVision

Accessories

Product ID

ZVP507 SAD

Adjustment possibilities

In addition, OptiVision can be mounted

above or below a crossbar simply

by inverting the bracket. This allows

mast.

Page 510: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires5.30 Sports and area lighting

the 5.067km track with light that is four times brighter than a football stadium at night. Because the track is a street circuit, the lighting system is temporary. The heights of the lights will vary to accommodate the trees lining the road. The lights are also set deliberately lower than the canopy, and will not interfere with underground public services such as water and gas pipes, and electricity cables.

competitions.

Circuit, Singapore

Page 511: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires Sports and area lighting

Spor

ts an

d ar

ea lig

htin

g

Page 512: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires5.32 Sports and area lighting

ComfortVision

Page 513: Philips Iluminação Externa

5.33Philips outdoor luminaires Sports and area lighting

Spor

ts an

d ar

ea lig

htin

g

ComfortVision – asymmetric downlightingbeam evenly and accurately. It can accommodate metal-halide lamps for good color rendering or a high-pressure sodium lamp for economical performance.

ComfortVision’s rugged all-weather construction is designed for easy aiming, simple cleaning and speedy servicing. For optimal downlighting, the luminaire should be mounted horizontally

mounting bracket allows mounting to headframes, ceilings and walls.

Page 514: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires5.34 Sports and area lighting

ComfortVision

ComfortVisionType

Light source HID:

600 W

Lamp included

No

Optic

Ignitor

Options External connection box with hose for series

ignitor

Housing: non-corrosive, high-pressure die-cast

aluminum

Mounting bracket: hot-dipped galvanized steel

Clips and hinges: stainless steel

hammered for medium beam, semi-matt for

narrow beam

Color Finishing of window frame in lacquered black, and

blue plastic mounting caps

Installation On mast headframe, ceiling and wall mounting

glands, terminal block inside

Ambient temperature outdoor: 35ºC

2

Maintenance Lamp access by opening the hinged front glass for

in-position lamp replacement

No internal cleaning required

Equipped with aluminum connection box with

Second power cable gland, with internal stopper

removable for twin-lamp versions

are available, to be ordered separately

Main applications Industrial areas, roundabouts, car parks, sports

Page 515: Philips Iluminação Externa

5.35Philips outdoor luminaires Sports and area lighting

Spor

ts an

d ar

ea lig

htin

g

luminaire

Preferred selectionProduct ID

24.20 547503 00

24.20

24.20 547527 00

24.20 547534 00

24.20

24.20 547558 00

24.20 547565 00

24.20 547572 00

24.20 547589 00

24.20 547596 00

ComfortVision

Adjustment possibilitiesSecond cable gland

Page 516: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires5.36 Sports and area lighting

MVF480

and similar areas. It is available in single or double-lamp versions and with a

rendering with metal-halide lamps or economical performance with high-pressure sodium lamps. Its rugged all-weather construction is designed for easy aiming, simple cleaning and speedy servicing. A universal bracket allows ceiling, wall or surface mounting, and an anti-glare louver is available as an accessory to screen off spill light.

Page 517: Philips Iluminação Externa

5.37Philips outdoor luminaires Sports and area lighting

Spor

ts an

d ar

ea lig

htin

g

MVF480

Type MVF480

Light source HID:

Lamp included No

Optic

Housing: non-corrosive, high-pressure die-cast

aluminum

Lamp holder unit and maintenance cover: heat-

resistant injected special plastics

Mounting bracket: hot-dipped galvanized steel

wide beam

Color Housing: matt black

Installation

integrated in lamp holder unit

Ambient temperature outdoor: 35ºC

Projected area in horizontal position: 0.36 m2

Maintenance Lamp access by opening the side maintenance

No internal cleaning required

Accessories

ordered separately

Main applications Sports, car parks, industrial areas

MVF480 2 x 400 W

wide-beam optic

Preferred selectionProduct ID

MVF480 2xSON-T400W NB 267265 00

MVF480 2xSON-T400W WB 267272 00

Page 518: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires5.38 Sports and area lighting

MVF480

wide-beam optic

Preferred selectionProduct ID

267258 00

AccessoriesExternal anti-glare louver

Product ID

ZVF480 L

Adjustment possibilitiesEasy relamping

Separate lampholder block for twin-

lamp versions

Page 519: Philips Iluminação Externa

5.39Philips outdoor luminaires Sports and area lighting

Spor

ts an

d ar

ea lig

htin

g

MVF480

Page 520: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires5.40 Sports and area lighting

Page 521: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires Sports and area lighting

Spor

ts an

d ar

ea lig

htin

g

ZVF320 LV prewired gear tray in long

version

ZVF320 WV prewired gear tray in

wide version

ZVF320A range of prewired gear trays is available for higher wattage lamps. A gear

components because of lack of space or because of high temperatures.

Page 522: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires5.42 Sports and area lighting

Type ZVF320

Light source HID

Supply voltage

the ballast

Ignitor

on the gear tray provide high voltage pulses across

the lamp

supplied with the ignitor and the series ignitor is

provided in the connection box attached on the

hot re-strike ignitor is located at the back of the

luminaire and acts at the same time as a normal

controls the duration of the ignition

Capacitor A set of parallel capacitors is used to obtain a

ZVF320 LV

ZWF320 WV

Options Available in two different sizes. A wide version

a custom made cabinet, which can house several

poles or a cabinet

Semi-parallel ignitors suitable for short distance

capacitance

only

for 230-240 V versions and 2-phase protection for

Through-wiring versions available only on request

Tray: pre-galvanized steel2 insulated

with PVC

Installation

be installed between gear tray and luminaire

Connectors made with screw terminals live,

neutral, earth for mains supply

Lamp connections clearly marked and to be used 2

Ambient temperature: 35ºC

Accessories

2. Note: not suitable for

restrictions

Main applications Poles, columns, cabinets, individual gear boxes

Page 523: Philips Iluminação Externa

5.43Philips outdoor luminaires Sports and area lighting

Spor

ts an

d ar

ea lig

htin

g

ZVF320 LV prewired gear tray in long

version

Preferred selectionProduct ID

230580 00

503203 00

503265 00

503395 00

503463 00

605785 00

848983 00

503524 00

503579 00

503487 00

503654 00

605907 00

ZVF320 WV prewired gear tray in

wide version

Preferred selectionProduct ID

503494 00

503593 00

503630 00

503678 00

506884 00

503555 00

506945 00

605969 00

839400 00

503227 00

605808 00

Accessories

Product ID

ZVF320 WV prewired, gear tray in

wide version, suitable for 2 lamp

Page 524: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires5.44 Sports and area lighting

OptiFlood

Page 525: Philips Iluminação Externa

5.45Philips outdoor luminaires Sports and area lighting

Spor

ts an

d ar

ea lig

htin

g

OptiFlood MVP506OptiFlood MVP504

OptiFlood – compact and completethe boundaries of the area being illuminated so that it does not affect people living close by or driving past.

systems for general area lighting as well as security and industrial area lighting – e.g. with the

heights.

light distribution – total light cut-off above the horizontal and a peak beam intensity at high

in application and can accommodate CosmoPolis, metal halide lamps for good colour rendering or high pressure sodium lamps for economical operations.

where design and appearance are just important as technical performance. In the design, attention has been focused not only on the overall form, but also on the detailing as well. This has led to integrated ‘hidden’ hinges, angle adjustment designed as part of the body and a restyled mounting bracket, angled to allow more aesthetic integration onto columns. The

avaiable on request.

Page 526: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires5.46 Sports and area lighting

OptiFlood MVP504

OptiFloodType MVP504

Light source HID:

Lamp included

Optic

CDM-T lamp versions

except CDM-T lamp version

Ignitor

Options Safety class 2

Housing: high-pressure die-cast aluminum, non-

corrosive

Clips: stainless steel

Color

Installation

mounting

Front cover hinges for easy access

Aiming indicator ring is integrated on housing and

bracket

Max windage area: 0.04 m2

Max SCx value by side: 0.037 m2

Maintenance Lamp and gear unit access by opening the hinged

front glass for in position lamp replacement

No internal cleaning required

Accessories Wire guard

Main applications

MVP504

Page 527: Philips Iluminação Externa

5.47Philips outdoor luminaires Sports and area lighting

Spor

ts an

d ar

ea lig

htin

g

OptiFlood MVP504 sports and area-

lighting luminaire, aluminum

Preferred selectionProduct ID

6.70 292732 00

7.35 292756 00

6.75 292800 00

7.35 292848 00

7.30 293388 00

7.05 293425 00

OptiFlood MVP504

Opening with screw driver release for

easy installation and maintenance

Access to the interior to be gained via

the two stainless steel clips

The fully opening front face provides

excellent access to all components

Easy access to gear compartement

housing the ballast, ignitor and

capacitor

OptiFlood MVP504 sports and area-

lighting luminaire, ultra-dark gray

Preferred selectionProduct ID

6.70 293050 00

7.35 293074 00

7.35

6.75

7.30 293586 00

7.05 293074 00

Page 528: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires5.48 Sports and area lighting

OptiFlood MVP506

OptiFloodType MVP506

Light source HID:

250 W

250 W

400, 600 W

Lamp included

Optic

250 W CDM-T, CDO-TT and SON-T lamp

versions

except CDM-T lamp version

Ignitor

Options Safety class 2

Housing: high-pressure die-cast aluminum, non-

corrosive

Clips: stainless steel

Color

Installation

mounting

Front cover hinges for easy access

Aiming indicator ring is integrated on housing and

bracket

2

Maintenance Lamp and gear unit access by opening the hinged

front glass for in position lamp replacement

No internal cleaning required

Accessories Wire guard, optical skirt

Main applications Sports, general area, car parks, architectural

Page 529: Philips Iluminação Externa

5.49Philips outdoor luminaires Sports and area lighting

Spor

ts an

d ar

ea lig

htin

g

MVP506

OptiFlood MVP506

OptiFlood MVP506 sports and area-

lighting luminaire, aluminum

Preferred selectionProduct ID

20.70

20.70

720258 00

724423 00

724447 00

OptiFlood MVP506 sports and area- Preferred selectionProduct ID

724638 00

20.70 720326 00

720333 00

723778 00

724485 00

Page 530: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires5.50 Sports and area lighting

OptiFlood MVP506

AccessoriesSkirt

Product ID

723075 99

The fully opening front face provides

excellent access to all components

Access to the interior to be gained via

the two stainless steel clipsEase of installation and maintenance

Page 531: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires Sports and area lighting

Spor

ts an

d ar

ea lig

htin

g

OptiFlood MVP506

Page 532: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires5.52 Sports and area lighting

MINI 300 Stealth

Page 533: Philips Iluminação Externa

5.53Philips outdoor luminaires Sports and area lighting

Spor

ts an

d ar

ea lig

htin

g

Mini 300 Stealth DWP333 wall-

luminairemounted luminaire

Mini 300 Stealth – visual power

results are achieved thanks to the good balance of horizontal and vertical light levels combined with the white light and good color rendering of the lamp.

It is also available with the road-lighting POT optic, making it suitable for site perimeter, parking and open area lighting. The light source is shielded by a patented louver system, minimizing glare.

mounting.

Page 534: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires5.54 Sports and area lighting

Type

Light source HID:

250 W

Lamp included

Optic

Optical cover

Ignitor

Options

version only

Housing and front frame: high-pressure die-cast

aluminum

Mounting bracket: high-pressure die-cast and

extruded aluminum

Clips: stainless steel

Color

Installation

Mounting unit is supplied in two halves for ease of

installation

Projected area in horizontal position: 0.20 m2

Max adjustment from the horizontal: 0º

Maintenance Hinged front glass with quick-release clips for in-

position lamp replacement

No internal cleaning required

Humidity inside the luminaire is controlled via a

‘gore’ valve

Suitable for 230 or 240 V operation by changing

the tapping on the terminal block

Delivered as standard with lamp, ballast and post-

Main applications

transportation hubs

Page 535: Philips Iluminação Externa

5.55Philips outdoor luminaires Sports and area lighting

Spor

ts an

d ar

ea lig

htin

g

mounted luminaire

Preferred selectionProduct ID

386044 00

For installation and lamp replacement,

easy access is possible by opening the

front frame, which hold the tempered

front glass

For twin ‘back to back’ luminaire

installation

Page 536: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires5.56 Sports and area lighting

MINI 300 Stealth DWP333

Type

Light source HID:

250 W

Lamp included

Optic

Optical cover

Ignitor

Options

only

Housing and front frame: high-pressure die-cast

aluminum

Mounting bracket: high-pressure die-cast and

extruded aluminum

Clips: stainless steel

Color

Installation Wall mounting

Projected area in horizontal position: 0.20 m2

Max. adjustment from the horizontal: 0º

Maintenance Hinged front glass with quick-release clips for in-

position lamp replacement

No internal cleaning required

Accessories Wall-mounting bracket, ZWP333 MBW

Humidity inside the luminaire is controlled via a

‘gore’ valve

Suitable for 230 or 240 V operation by changing

the tapping on the terminal block

Delivered as standard with lamp, ballast and design

bracket

Main applications

transportation hubs, various indoor applications

DWP333

Page 537: Philips Iluminação Externa

5.57Philips outdoor luminaires Sports and area lighting

Spor

ts an

d ar

ea lig

htin

g

MINI 300 Stealth DWP333

Mini 300 Stealth DWP333 wall- Preferred selectionProduct ID

386082 00

386099 00

For installation and lamp replacement,

easy access is possible by opening the

front frame, which holds the tempered

front glass

Mini 300 Stealth DWP333 wall-

mounted luminaire

AccessoriesMounting bracket

Product ID

ZWP333 MBW SI 380639 00

Page 538: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires5.58 Sports and area lighting

MINI 300 Stealth DVP333

Type

Light source HID:

250 W

Lamp included

Optic

Optical cover

Ignitor

Options

version only

Housing and front frame: high-pressure die-cast

aluminum

Clips: stainless steel

Color

Installation

Projected area in horizontal position: 0.20 m2

Maintenance Hinged front glass with quick-release clips for in-

position lamp replacement

No internal cleaning required

Humidity inside the luminaire is controlled via a

‘gore’ valve

Suitable for 230 or 240 V operation by changing

the tapping on the terminal block

Main applications

transportation hubs, security

DVP333

Page 539: Philips Iluminação Externa

5.59Philips outdoor luminaires Sports and area lighting

Spor

ts an

d ar

ea lig

htin

g

Mini 300 Stealth DVP333 wall- or

luminaire

Preferred selectionProduct ID

232006 00

232266 00

232303 00

386068 00

386075 00

MINI 300 Stealth DVP333

Eindhoven, The Netherlands

Page 540: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires5.60 Sports and area lighting

Page 541: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires Sports and area lighting

Spor

ts an

d ar

ea lig

htin

g

luminaireluminaire

construction is designed for easy aiming, simple cleaning and speedy servicing.

with wide ranges of adjustment offer directional versatility for both down- and uplighting.

direct view, reduce glare and screen off spill light.

Page 542: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires5.62 Sports and area lighting

Type

Light source HID:

SNF300

Lamp included

No

Mains voltage

Ignitor

Housing: polycarbonate, injection-moulded, heat-

Mounting bracket: hot-dipped galvanized steel

and anodized

Color Black

Mounting caps: red

Installation

Ambient temperature outdoor: 35ºC

Projected area in horizontal position: 0.08 m2

2

Max adjustment possibility from the horizonal: -90

Maintenance Hinged front glass with quick-release clips for in-

position lamp replacement

No internal cleaning required

Accessories Horizontal and vertical barndoor sets, mounting

brackets for mounting on 60 - 76 poles

Protractor scale and daylight aiming sight for easy

pre-alignment

Main applications Architectural and industrial areas, parks, sculptures,

security

SNF300

Page 543: Philips Iluminação Externa

5.63Philips outdoor luminaires Sports and area lighting

Spor

ts an

d ar

ea lig

htin

g

luminaire

Preferred selectionProduct ID

4.70

5.40 007038 00

4.90

4.60

5.00

5.70

luminaire

Preferred selectionProduct ID

7.70

8.70

8.60

4.50

Adjustment possibilities

Page 544: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires5.64 Sports and area lighting

Accessories

luminaire with set of two horizontal

Product ID

267067 00

A

BD-S 247

BD-L 320

luminaire with set of two horizontal

Product ID

ZNF300 BD-L 267098 00

ZNF300 BD-S

A

BD-S 323

BD-L 445

Product ID Description

ZNF300 MB 724775 99

Adjustment possibilities

Page 545: Philips Iluminação Externa

5.65Philips outdoor luminaires Sports and area lighting

Spor

ts an

d ar

ea lig

htin

g

Lighting design: Pierre Bideau

Page 546: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires5.66 Sports and area lighting

Tempo

Page 547: Philips Iluminação Externa

5.67Philips outdoor luminaires Sports and area lighting

Spor

ts an

d ar

ea lig

htin

g

Tempo – compact and consistent

outdoor applications, ranging from architectural, facade and billboard lighting to

feature a goniometric aiming device for easy of adjustment and alignment.

Access to the lamp and gear is quick and easy, via the hinged front glass with its quick-release

Page 548: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires5.68 Sports and area lighting

Tempo 1Type

Light source HID:

Lamp included

No

Mains voltage 230 or 240 V

Optic

Housing: die-cast aluminum, corrosion-resistant

powder coating

Mounting bracket: steel

Aiming device cap: nylon

Fixation clips: stainless steel

Color

Color-matched bracket, grommet and hinges

Installation

Cable entry via M20 cable gland

Ambient temperature outdoor: 35ºC2

Maintenance Hinged front glass with quick-release clips for in-

position lamp replacement

No internal cleaning required

Main applications Area, facade, billboard, architectural lighting

luminaire

Preferred selectionProduct ID

806686 00

806693 00

806709 00

806723 00

806730 00

Page 549: Philips Iluminação Externa

5.69Philips outdoor luminaires Sports and area lighting

Spor

ts an

d ar

ea lig

htin

g

Type

Light source HID:

Lamp included

Optic

Housing: die-cast aluminum, corrosion-resistant

powder coating

Mounting bracket: steel

Aiming device cap: nylon

Fixation clips: stainless steel

Color

Color-matched bracket, grommet and hinges

Installation

Cable entry via M20 cable gland

Ambient temperature outdoor: 35ºC2

Maintenance Hinged front glass with quick-release clips for in-

position lamp replacement

No internal cleaning required

Main applications Area, facade, billboard, architectural lighting

luminaire

Preferred selectionProduct ID

6.00

6.00

6.00

6.00

6.00

6.00

Page 550: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires5.70 Sports and area lighting

Tempo 3Type

Light source HID:

Lamp included

Optic

Housing: die-cast aluminum, corrosion-resistant

powder coating

Mounting bracket: steel

Aiming device cap: nylon

Fixation clips: stainless steel

Color

Color-matched bracket, grommet and hinges

Installation

Cable entry via M20 cable gland

Ambient temperature outdoor: 35ºC2

Maintenance Hinged front glass with quick-release clips for in-

position lamp replacement

No internal cleaning required

Main applications Area, facade, billboard, architectural lighting

luminaire

Preferred selectionProduct ID

7.65

7.65

8.80

8.80

8.55

8.55

Page 551: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires Sports and area lighting

Spor

ts an

d ar

ea lig

htin

g

Adjustment possibilities

Aiming device for easy adjustment and

alignmentIntegrated gear unit

The Hague, The Netherlands

Page 552: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires5.72 Sports and area lighting

Page 553: Philips Iluminação Externa

5.73Philips outdoor luminaires Sports and area lighting

Spor

ts an

d ar

ea lig

htin

g

applications. Horizontal and vertical barndoor sets and a louvre are available as optional accessories to shield the lamp from direct view, reduce glare and screen off spill light. A universal mounting bracket allows ceiling, wall or surface mounting.

Page 554: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires5.74 Sports and area lighting

Type

Light source HID:

Lamp included

No

Mains voltage 230 or 240 V

Housing: high-pressure die-cast aluminum, non-

corrosive

Mounting bracket: steel, electrophoretic lacquered

Color Black

Installation

Ambient temperature outdoor: 25ºC

Projected area in horizontal position: 0.06 m2

Maintenance Hinged cover for lamp replacement

No internal cleaning required

Accessories Barndoor sets, vertical louvers

Main applications Architectural and industrial areas, parks, gardens,

pathways, security

Preferred selectionProduct ID

3.00 276694 99

Page 555: Philips Iluminação Externa

5.75Philips outdoor luminaires Sports and area lighting

Spor

ts an

d ar

ea lig

htin

g

AccessoriesBarndoor

Product ID

243788 99

Louver

Product ID

Page 556: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires5.76 Sports and area lighting

in black and white versions and with two differently sized brackets.

Page 557: Philips Iluminação Externa

5.77Philips outdoor luminaires Sports and area lighting

Spor

ts an

d ar

ea lig

htin

g

Type

Light source Halogen:

Lamp included No

Mains voltage 230 or 240 V

Housing: die-cast aluminum

Asymmetrical optic: aluminum, corrosion-resistant

Color

Installation Wall mounting

Ambient temperature outdoor: 35ºC

Projected area in horizontal position: 0.025 m2

Maintenance Lamp access by opening the front glass

Accessories

Main applications

areas

Preferred selectionProduct ID

0.73

Preferred selectionProduct ID

0.73

Page 558: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires5.78 Sports and area lighting

Adjustment possibilities

Accessories

Product ID Product ID

277059 99

Page 559: Philips Iluminação Externa

5.79Philips outdoor luminaires Sports and area lighting

Spor

ts an

d ar

ea lig

htin

g

Page 560: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires5.80 Sports and area lighting

sturdy and economical

80º up and down. Barndoor sets and vertical louvers are available as optional accessories to shield the lamp from direct view, reduce glare and screen off spill light. A universal mounting bracket allows wall or surface mounting.

Page 561: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires Sports and area lighting

Spor

ts an

d ar

ea lig

htin

g

Type

Light source Halogen:

Lamp included No

Mains voltage 230 or 240 V

Housing: die-cast aluminum, non-corrosive

Mounting bracket: electrophoretic steel

Screws: stainless steel, corrosion-resistant

Connection block: injection-molded polyamide,

heat-resistant

Color

Installation Wall or surface mounting

Ambient temperature outdoor: 25ºC

Max adjustment from the horizonal: 80º

Projected area in horizontal position: 0.028 m2

Projected area in horizontal position: 0.075 m2

Projected area in horizontal position: 0.084 m2

Maintenance Hinged front glass for in-position lamp replacement

Accessories Barndoor sets, vertical louvers

Adjustable over 80º up and down

Main applications Architectural, shopping and industrial areas, parks,

gardens, pathways, security

Page 562: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires5.82 Sports and area lighting

Preferred selectionProduct ID

0.97 243832 99

Preferred selectionProduct ID

Preferred selectionProduct ID

2.33

Adjustment possibilitiesAdjustment possibilities

Page 563: Philips Iluminação Externa

5.83Philips outdoor luminaires Sports and area lighting

Spor

ts an

d ar

ea lig

htin

g

AccessoriesBarndoor

Product ID

243788 99

243849 99

Louver

Product ID

243795 99

243825 99

Page 564: Philips Iluminação Externa
Page 565: Philips Iluminação Externa

Amenity lighting

Page 566: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires6.2 Amenity lighting

ObstiVision

the promise of a safe journeyThe ObstiVision LED is a dedicated maintenance-free obstacle light for aviation warning purposes and features LUXEON® K2 LEDs. Its advanced high-power LED with optimized optical design is able to create a reliable system based on only one single LED. It is suitable to be used as a Low Intensity, Type A obstacle light according to ICAO standards. The key applications are telecom towers, buildings, power transmission towers, airports and general aviation warning purposes.

www.philips.com/lighting

Page 567: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 6.3Amenity lighting

Am

enity

light

ing

ObstiVision

Type XGP501

Light source Luxeon® K2 LED, with superior packaging and low

thermal resistance

Light color Red

Light intensity (ICAO) >15 cd

Power supply 90 - 265 V AC / 50 - 60 Hz

Power consumption Max 5 W

Housing: high-pressure, die-cast aluminum

Cover: glass, UV-protected clear, 5 mm thick

Stainless steel plate to support LED unit

Color Yellow, powder painted

Installation Pipe installation: the standard luminaire comes with

threaded base (G1”)

Terminal block for 2 x (0 to 2.5 mm2) cables

Operating temperature: -40ºC < Ta < 70ºC

Drag factor (Cx): 1.2

Max SCx value by side: 0.0202 m2

Lifetime 50,000 hours (70% lumen maintenance)

Remarks Complies with International Civil Aviation

Organization (ICAO) standards and recommended

practices

– Aerodromes Annex 14 Volume 1, 3rd edition

– July 1999, Chapter 6

Wind load at 200 km/h or less than 40 N

Weight: 1.35 kg

Main applications High buildings, towers, airports, general aviation

warning purposes

XGP501

ObstiVision XGP501 amenity-lighting

luminaire

XGP501 1xLED-K2/RD 100-240V IP66 1.38 810614 00

Page 568: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires6.4 Amenity lighting

FGC/SGS/XGC113

FGC/SGS/XGC113 – all-night lightingFGC/SGS/XGC113 are low-energy security luminaires for all-night security and amenity lighting. The high optical performance of the mirror and refractor bowl produces excellent light distribution for low-level lighting of walls, corridors and surroundings. FGC/SGS/XGC113 offer a choice of long-life lamps for low maintenance costs.

www.philips.com/lighting

Page 569: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 6.5Amenity lighting

Am

enity

light

ing

FGC/SGS/XGC113

Type FGC/SGS/XGC113

Light source FGC113

2 x MASTER PL-S 2 Pin / G23 / 11 W

1 x MASTER PL-C 2 Pin / G24d-2 / 18 W

SGS113

HID:

1 x SON-T / E27 / 70 W

1 x SON PRO / E27 / 70 W

1 x SON / E27 / 70 W

1 x MASTER SDW-T / PG 12-1 / 50 W

XGC113

HID:

1 x MASTER SOX-E / BY22d / 18 W

Lamp included Yes (K or lamp color 827)

Mains voltage 230 or 240 V

Gear (integrated) Electro magnetic (low loss), 230 or 240 V / 50 Hz:

Inductive, parallel compensated (IC)

Option Photocell integrated (PH)

Materials Housing: injection-moulded polycarbonate, non-

corrosive

Refractor bowl: polycarbonate, translucent

Color Housing: black

Installation Wall or ceiling mounting

Cable entries on all sides allow through-wiring

Remarks Luminaires are ready-to-install versions; lamp and

installation material included

Main applications Car parks, underpasses, industrial areas, security

FGC/XGC113 SGS113

FGC113/XGC113 amenity-lighting

luminaire

FGC113 PL-C/2P18W/827 IC 230V 1.90 926483 00

FGC113 PL-C/2P18W/827 IC 230V PH 1.90 926834 00

FGC113 2xPL-S/2P11W/827 IC 230V 2.20 926919 00

FGC113 2xPL-S/2P11W/827 IC 230V PH 2.20 926926 00

XGC113 SOX-E18W K 230V 2.40 926476 00

XGC113 SOX-E18W K 230V PH 2.50 926827 00

SGS113 amenity-lighting luminaire

SGS113 SON-I-70W K 230V 4.00 926490 00

SGS113 SON-I-70W K 230V PH 4.00 926841 00

SGS113 SON70W K 230V 4.00 926506 00

SGS113 SON-T70W K 230V 4.00 926896 00

SGS113 SDW-T50W K 230V 0.25 926520 00

Page 570: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires6.6 Amenity lighting

FWC110/120/121

Page 571: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 6.7Amenity lighting

Am

enity

light

ing

FCC110 amenity-lighting luminaire

FWC/XWC121 amenity-lighting

luminaire

FWC/XWC120 amenity-lighting

luminaireFWC110 amenity-lighting luminaire

FWC110/120/121 and FCC110/120 – for low-level lightingFWC110/120/121 (wall-mounted) and FCC110/120 (ceiling-mounted) are attractive, low-energy luminaires for all-night security and amenity lighting.

produce excellent light distribution for low-level lighting of walls, corridors and surroundings.

www.philips.com/lighting

Page 572: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires6.8 Amenity lighting

FWC110/120/121

Type FWC110

FWC/XWC120

FWC/XWC121

Light source FWC110

1 x MASTER PL-S 2 Pin / G23 / 9 W

FWC/XWC120

HID:

1 x MASTER SOX-E / BY22d / 18 W

1 x MASTER PL-C 2 Pin / G24d-2 / 18 W

FWC/XWC121

HID:

1 x MASTER SOX-E / BY22d / 18 W

1 x MASTER PL-C 2 Pin / G24d-2 / 18 W

Lamp included Yes (K or light color 827)

Mains voltage 230 or 240 V

Option Photocell integrated (PH)

Materials Housing: injection-moulded ASA, non-corrosive

Bowl: polycarbonate, translucent

Unit plate: polycarbonate

Color Housing: white or black (BK)

Unit plate: white

Installation Wall mounting

Cable entries on all sides allow through-wiring

Remarks Luminaires are ready-to-install versions; lamp and

installation material included

Main applications Residential areas, industry, security

FWC110 FWC/XWC120FWC/XWC121

FWC110 amenity-lighting luminaire

FWC110 PL-S/2P9W/827 230V II 0.85 000008 99

FWC110 amenity-lighting luminaire

with photocell (PH)

FWC110 PL-S/2P9W/827 230V II PH 0.85 000145 99

Page 573: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 6.9Amenity lighting

Am

enity

light

ing

FWC110 amenity-lighting luminaire

with photocell (PH)

FWC110 PL-S/2P9W/827 230V II BK PH 0.85 021737 99

FWC110/120/121

FWC/XWC120 amenity-lighting

luminaire

FWC120 PL-C/2P18W/827 230V II 1.20 000985 99

XWC120 SOX-E18W K 230V II 1.60 002385 99

FWC/XWC120 amenity-lighting

luminaire with photocell (PH)

FWC120 PL-C/2P18W/827 230V II PH 1.20 001128 99

XWC120 SOX-E18W K 230V II PH 1.60 002521 99

FWC/XWC120 amenity-lighting

luminaire with photocell (PH)

FWC120 PL-C/2P18W/827 230V II BK PH 1.20 022369 99

FWC/XWC121 amenity-lighting

luminaire

FWC121 PL-C/2P18W/827 230V II 1.20 001265 99

XWC121 SOX-E18W K 230V II 1.60 002668 99

Page 574: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires6.10 Amenity lighting

FWC110/120/121

FWC/XWC121 amenity-lighting

luminaire with photocell (PH)

FWC121 PL-C/2P18W/827 230V II PH 1.20 001401 99

XWC121 SOX-E18W K 230V II PH 1.60 002804 99

FWC/XWC121 amenity-lighting

luminaire

XWC121 SOX-E18W K 230V II BK 1.60 022789 99

FWC/XWC121 amenity-lighting

luminaire with photocell (PH)

FWC121 PL-C/2P18W/827 230V II BK PH 1.20 023410 99

XWC121 SOX-E18W K 230V II BK PH 1.60 022994 99

ZPC121 Post-top mounting kit for two

luminaires

Page 575: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 6.11Amenity lighting

Am

enity

light

ing

FCC110/120

Type FCC110

FCC/XCC120

Light source FCC110

1 x MASTER PL-S 2 Pin / G23 / 9 W

FCC120

1 x MASTER PL-C 2 Pin / G24d-2 / 18 W

XCC120

HID:

1 x MASTER SOX-E / BY22d / 18 W

Lamp included Yes (K or lamp color 827)

Mains voltage 230 or 240 V

Option Photocell integrated (PH)

Materials Housing: injection-moulded ASA, non-corrosive

Bowl: polycarbonate, translucent

Unit plate: polycarbonate

Color Housing and unit plate: white

Installation Surface or recessed ceiling mounting

Cable entries on all sides allow through-wiring

Remarks Luminaires are ready-to-install versions; lamp and

installation material included

Main applications Residential areas, industry, security

FCC110 FCC/XCC120

FCC110 amenity-lighting luminaire

FCC110 PL-S/2P9W/827 230V II 0.85 000282 99

FCC/XCC120 amenity-lighting

luminaire

FCC120 PL-C/2P18W/827 230V II 1.20 000848 99

XCC120 SOX-E18W K 230V II 1.60 002248 99

Page 576: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires6.12 Amenity lighting

FGC100

FGC100 – slim-lineFGC100 is a decorative, slim-line, low-energy luminaire for indoor or outdoor

diffuser bowl produce excellent light distribution for low-level lighting of walls, corridors and surroundings. Good color rendering and the warm appearance of the PL lamp enhance the decorative effect. FGC100 is suitable for wall or ceiling mounting.

www.philips.com/lighting

Page 577: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 6.13Amenity lighting

Am

enity

light

ing

FGC100

Type FGC100

Light source

1 x MASTER PL-S 2 Pin / G23 / max 9 W

Lamp included Yes (light color 827)

Mains voltage 230 or 240 V

Materials Housing: injection-moulded polyester, non-

corrosive

Cover: polycarbonate, UV-stabilized

Gasket: heat-resistant silicone rubber sealing

Color Housing: black

Cover: white, incorporating opal diffuser

Installation Wall or ceiling mounting

Cable entries at rear end

Remarks Luminaires are ready-to-install versions; lamp and

installation material included

Main applications Residential areas, industry, security

FGC100

FGC100 amenity-lighting luminaire

FGC100 PL-S/2P9W/827 220-230V 1.20 019437 99

Page 578: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires6.14 Amenity lighting

FGC111

FGC111 – for orientation and securityFGC111 is a range of decorative, low-energy wall-mounted luminaires for indoor or outdoor orientation and security lighting. An opal diffuser produces mainly downward light distribution for low-level lighting of walls, corridors and surroundings. Good color rendering and the warm appearance of the PL-S 11 W lamp enhance the decorative effect.

www.philips.com/lighting

Page 579: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 6.15Amenity lighting

Am

enity

light

ing

FGC111

Type FGC111

Light source

1 x MASTER PL-S 2 Pin / G23 / max 11 W

Lamp included Yes (light color 827)

Mains voltage 230 or 240 V

Option Photocell integrated (PH)

Materials Housing: injection-moulded ASA, non-corrosive

Bowl: polycarbonate, translucent

Unit plate: polycarbonate, white

Color Housing: black

Unit plate: white

Installation Wall mounting

Cable entry at the rear

Remarks Luminaires are ready-to-install versions; lamp and

installation material included

Main applications Residential areas, industry, security

FGC111

FGC111 amenity-lighting luminaire with

photocell (PH)

FGC111 PL-S/2P11W/827 230V PH 0.80 561282 99

FGC111 PL-S/2P11W/827 230V 0.80 923758 99

Page 580: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires6.16 Amenity lighting

NyteWatch – a new dawn for motion-sensing security lighting NyteWatch is the next generation of motion-sensing security lighting and combines precision control with cut-off distribution for reduced glare and light pollution.

The built-in automatic sensitivity control keeps the sensor at optimum performance level regardless of the ambient temperature.

NyteWatch’s compact, smooth architectural design blends in with any environment. The unit features an adjustable tilt between cut-off (0°) to forward

NyteWatch

Page 581: Philips Iluminação Externa

NyteWatch

Philips outdoor luminaires 6.17Amenity lighting

Am

enity

light

ing

Type RWP120

Light source Halogen:

2 x Clickline MV G9 60 W

Lamp included Yes (K)

Mains voltage 230 V

Ballast (integrated) or

(not integrated)

No ballast (230 V halogen)

Optic Asymmetrical beam (A), tiltable 0° to 30° throw

Optical cover Glass

Ignitor Built-in electronic circuit which triples lamp life

Housing: high-pressure die-cast aluminum

Glass: thermally hardened

Colour Canopy: powder coated black or white

Installation Universal mounting plate adapts easily to a wide

variety of surfaces

Unique swivel design allows for simple mounting to

Adjustable tilt 0-30°

Sensor: integrated in the product

Precision molded Lens

Built-in automatic sensitivity control keeps sensor

at optimum performance regardless of ambient

temperature

240° horizontal and 70° vertical detection

Remarks Motion sensor with

240° horizontal vision plane

70° vertical vision plane

Built-in photo control with ON/OFF switch

3 - 15 minute time delay control

Surge protector

Automatic sensitivity adjustment

Main applications Outdoor motion sensor lighting: garages doorways,

house fronts, entrance portals,canopies, small private

parkings, security lighting

152

208 264

NyteWatch RWP120

Amenity - lighting luminaire

RWP120

Page 582: Philips Iluminação Externa
Page 583: Philips Iluminação Externa

Petrol station lighting

Page 584: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminairesPetrol station lighting7.2

Lighting for petrol stationsMaking your brand sparkle

With petrol stations often being in isolated locations and having money-handling areas in the open, travelers stopping there at night need to feel safe. Many people feel anxious at petrol stations at night, perceiving them to be dark, intimidating places. Because our lighting solutions deliver high vertical lighting levels, this increases customers’ sense of safety and comfort, as other people and the surroundings are easily visible regardless of the time of day. And if customers feel safe at one of your petrol stations, they are much more likely to be loyal to your brand and will come back, again and again.

Page 585: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires Petrol station lighting 7.3

Working in conjunction with the oil companies, Philips has developed a wide set of lighting schemes that are tailored to the respective companies’ individual brand image. In doing so, we have drawn upon our extensive experience of lighting design

www.philips.com/lighting

Page 586: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminairesPetrol station lighting7.4

Cost of ownership and environment

With operating margins under constant pressure in the highly competitive petrol station

delivering the very best results with the minimum amount of energy consumption and spill light. And as you are entitled to expect from a dedicated partner, our service delivery extends beyond the initial installation, throughout the life of the system.

limiting the use of hazardous 14 15 substances in its products. All Philips products are compliant with existing and upcoming norms on hazardous substances and energy consumption.

are able to calculate exactly the optimum moment for group lamp replacement, so that your station’s safety, visual comfort, presentation, etc. – i.e. your overall branding – is not

Besides general lighting, we can help your signmaker optimize your signage with high-

Page 587: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires Petrol station lighting

Petro

l sta

tion

light

ing

7.5

to save money.

Page 588: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires7.6 Petrol station lighting

MINI 300 Cube

Page 589: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 7.7Petrol station lighting

Petro

l sta

tion

light

ing

Mini 300 Cube DGP300 post and wall-

mounted luminairemounted luminaireluminaire

Mini 300 Cube – daylight impression

and retail environments.

Page 590: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires7.8 Petrol station lighting

MINI 300 Cube DBP300

Type

HID:

150 W

250 W lamp version

Flat glass

Options

lamp version only

during warm-up phase of the HID lamp

drawn aluminum hood

Glass: thermally hardened

Color

Installation

luminaire

and plug supplied with the luminaire

Remarks Luminaires are ready-to-install; lamp and mounting

DBP300

luminaire

Preferred selectionWeight

8.00 180918 00

8.00 180840 00

9.00 384934 00

9.00 384972 00

9.00 385016 00

9.00 385054 00

Accessories

ZBP300 IP WH 181298 00 GBP300 TB 248854 00

Page 591: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 7.9Petrol station lighting

Petro

l sta

tion

light

ing

MINI 300 Cube DBP300

Page 592: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires7.10 Petrol station lighting

MINI 300 Cube DCP300

Type

HID:

150 W

250 W lamp version

Flat glass

Options

lamp version only

during warm-up phase od the HID lamp

drawn aluminum hood

Glass: thermally hardened

Color

Installation Ceiling mounted

with luminaire

Remarks Luminaires are ready-to-install; lamp and installation

Page 593: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 7.11Petrol station lighting

Petro

l sta

tion

light

ing

DCP300

MINI 300 Cube DCP300

Preferred selectionWeight

7.00 180949 00

7.00 180970 00

7.00 183698 00

8.00 385078 00

8.00 385092 00

8.00 385115 00

8.00 385139 00

Accessories

mounting frame keeps the luminaire

ZCP300 HS WH 381148 00

and foolproof

Page 594: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires7.12 Petrol station lighting

MINI 300 Cube DGP300

Type

HID:

150 W

250 W lamp version

Flat glass

Options

during warm-up phase of the HID lamp

lamp version only

drawn aluminum hood

Glass: thermally hardened

Color

Installation

Remarks Luminaires are ready-to-install; lamp and installation

DGP300

Mini 300 Cube DGP300 post and wall

mounted luminaire mainly for petrol

stations

Preferred selectionWeight

9.00 180598 00

9.00 181045 00

9.00 181083 00

10.00 385153 00

10.00 385177 00

Page 595: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 7.13Petrol station lighting

Petro

l sta

tion

light

ing

AccessoriesWeight

ZGP300 MBW L210 SI 3.40 181328 00

ZGP300 MBW L600 SI 4.80 181335 00

MINI 300 Cube DGP300

ZGP300 MBW L210 ZGP300 MBW L600

Weight

ZGP300 MBP-T L590 SI 4.20 181304 00

ZGP300 MBP-T L1195 SI 6.50 181311 00

ZGP300 MBP-T L590

ZGP300 MBP-T L1195

Page 596: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires7.14 Petrol station lighting

illuminance, as required on vertically oriented objects like the sides of pumps and cars. An

specially designed mounting frame allows quick and easy installation by one person.

Page 597: Philips Iluminação Externa

Philips outdoor luminaires 7.15Petrol station lighting

Petro

l sta

tion

light

ing

Type

HID:

Glass: thermally hardened

Drop hinges: stainless-steel

Color

Installation

fasteners

Remarks

MPF111

petrol stations

Preferred selectionWeight

12.00 386303 00

12.00 386327 00

12.00 386341 00

12.00 386365 00

Page 598: Philips Iluminação Externa
Page 599: Philips Iluminação Externa

Technical dataContents

8.2 Safety and protection of luminaires8.6 Gear types8.8 LED technology

8.12 Lamp survey8.18 Glossary of lighting terminology8.24 Index

Page 600: Philips Iluminação Externa

Technical data8.2

Page 601: Philips Iluminação Externa

Technical data

Tech

nica

l dat

a

Electrical supplyAn important step has been taken to harmonise the European mainssupply voltage. From 2003 onwards the voltage delivered for use inbuildings is 230V/400V with a tolerance of ± 10%.Philips luminaires are designed for the future and will operate wellon the supply of today and tomorrow. An example is the electronicballast designed for a rated mains voltage of 220-240V, with tolerancefor safety of +/- 10% and tolerances for performance of –8% and +6%,covering the full range between 202V and 254V.

Electrical safety classes

against electrical shock. In normal operation as well as during serviceand maintenance, luminaires should be protected against electricalshock.The safety of a luminaire depends on electrical, mechanical andthermal aspects, both under normal and fault conditions.The electrical

The table gives a brief description of each electrical safety class.

can be summarized as printed below. If a protective earth connection

outdoor locations. Local electricity boards can provide the appropriateadvice.

Class I - symbol

metal parts that could conceivably become live in the presence of afault.

must include an earth wire.

Class II - symbol Luminaires in this class are designed and constructed in such a waythat exposed metal parts cannot become live.This can be achievedby means of either reinforced or double insulation, but without aprovision for protective earthing.

Class III - symbol The luminaires in this class are those in which protection againstelectric shock relies on supply at Safety Extra-LowVoltage (SELV),typically 12V or 24V, and in which voltages higher than those of SELV

Ambient temperaturePhilips luminaires are designed to meet the (environmental) conditionsunder which they are most likely to be used.The maximum ambienttemperature Ta under which a luminaire can be operated safely, isindicated on the type label on the product; if no indication is giventhe product is intended for a maximum ambient temperature of

high-bay applications are designed for ambient temperatures as high

ambient temperature may reduce safety margins and will mostly leadto a reduction of the lifetime of the various components. Electronicequipment, ballasts and lighting controls are particularly sensitive tooverheating.Although (extremely) low temperatures do not normallyaffect the safety of luminaires, this may affect operation during thestarting-up phase of the lamp. Fluorescent lamps should not be used

lamps for outdoor use.

Protection against electrical shock

Safety class Symbol Protection

I Basic insulation plus protective earth connector

II Double or reinforced insulation, no provision for

protective earthing

III Supply of safety extra-low voltage

Page 602: Philips Iluminação Externa

Technical data8.4

Protection against ingress of solid objects, dust and moisture

degrees of protection against the ingress of foreign bodies, dust and

tools coming into contact with the electrical live parts of the product.Both safety aspects (contact with live parts) and harmful effects on

EN 60598, chapter 9. Some testing methods from EN 60529 werefound to be inappropriate for luminaires and it must be noted that

during testing.

Protection against ingress of dust, solid objects and moisture

First number

Degree of protection against accidential contact/contact with external elements

Second number:

Degree of protection against ingress of moisture

First

number Description Explanation

Second

number Description Explanation

0 Non-protected Not protected 0 Non-protected Not protected against moisture

1 Protected against solid objects exceeding

50 mm in diameter

1 Drip-proof against

vertical water drops

Water drips falling vertically shall have no

harmful effect

2 Finger-protected Protected against finger contact with live

parts; and against solid objects exceeding

12 mm in diameter

2 Drip-proof when tilted

at angles of up to 15°

Water drips shall have no harmful effect

3 Tool-protected Protected against contact with live parts by

tools, wire or similar objects over 2.5 mm

thick; and protection against penetration of

solid objects exceeding 2.5 mm in diameter

3 Rain-/spray-proof Water falling at an angle of up to 60° shall

have no harmful effect

4 Wire-protected Protected against contact with live parts by

tools, wire or similar objects over 1 mm thick;

protection against penetration of solid objects

exceeding 1 mm in diameter

4 Splash-proof Splashing water from any direction shall have

no harmful effect

5 Dust-accumulation-

protected parts and against harmful accumulation of

dust; some dust may penetrate but not to the

extent that operation is impaired

5 Jet-proof Water projected by a nozzle from any

direction shall have no harmful effect. (Nozzle

diameter 6.3 mm, pressure 30 kPa)

6 Dust-penetration-

protected parts and against penetration of dust

6 Jet-proof Water projected by a nozzle from any

direction shall have no harmful effect. (Nozzle

diameter 12.5 mm, pressure 100 kPa)

7 Watertight Watertight; temporary immersion in water

under specified conditions of pressure and

time possible without ingress of water in

harmful quantities

8 Pressure watertight Pressure watertight; continuous submersion

in water under specified conditions of

pressure and time without ingress of water in

harmful quantities

The designation to indicate the degree of protection consists of thecharacteristic letters IP followed by 2 digits indicating conformity with

parts), however a selection of luminaires, especially those for industrial

only secured if the necessary maintenance is carried out accordingto the instructions of the manufacturer within the time schedulesindicated.

Page 603: Philips Iluminação Externa

Technical data

Tech

nica

l dat

a

Protection against mechanical shock

luminaire against mechanical shock.The European standard EN 50102

(IK code) and the method of testing.The luminaire housing should

its electrical and mechanical safety, or the basic luminaire function.Translated into a more practical implementation, this means thatafter withstanding the shock, deformation of the mirror and housing

Protection against mechanical shock

IK code Shock energy (joules) Description Example

IK00 -

IK01 0.15

IK02 0.2 Standard Standard open luminaire, closed luminaire with acrylic cover

IK03 0.3

IK04 0.5 Standard plus Open luminaire with reinforced optical system

IK05 0.7

IK06 1

IK07 2 Reinforced

IK08 5 Vandal-protected

IK09 10

IK10 20 Vandal-resistant

Flammability

materials special measures should be taken. Luminaires for dischargelamps with no warning sign to indicate that they are unsuitable for

Ball impact resistance For indoor sports halls ball-impact-resistant luminaires are essential.As no European standards have been developed for this purpose,

DIN 18032.After the impact test according to this standard(36 handballs targeted at a speed of 60 km/h) no damage of theluminaire should have occurred and no loose particles should dropdown from the luminaire.The symbol for a ball-impact-resistantluminaire is the football. Luminaires protected by a wire guard with agrid width exceeding 60 mm are not to be used in tennis sports halls.

Symbol Application

Suitable for direct mounting on

non-conbustible surfaces

Stone, concrete

Suitable for direct mounting on

normally flammable surfaces

Ignition temperature materials

time lag

Suitable for direct mounting in/

on normally flammable surfaces

where thermally insulating

material may cover the luminaire

Ignition temperature materials

time lag

Suitable for direct mounting on

easily flammable surfaces, where

combustible dust is present

Ignition temperature materials

lag

Safety distance

distributions of a high intensity, a minimum distance between lightsource and illuminated surface has to be ensured.This is to preventtoo high temperatures of the illuminated surface. Minimum values for

values must be considered as the shortest distances permittedbetween light source and illuminated object or surface to ensurelong-lasting safe operation.

is allowed, although broken lamps, an unsafe electrical situation and

The impact resistance is expressed as a group numeral, for instanceIK06, which is related to the impact energy.All types of Philips luminaires have a minimum impact resistance of

energy expressed in joules. Notice that fully vandal-proof luminairesare not available; vandal-protected (IK09) and vandal-resistant (IK10)

Page 604: Philips Iluminação Externa

Technical data

Gear typesFluorescent and high-intensity discharge lamps require a device to limitthe current due to the unfavorable current-voltage characteristics ofthe lamps.Traditionally this has been achieved using electromagneticcontrol gear in combination with either a glow-starter switch or an

and high-intensity discharge lamp/luminaires are available with theelectromagnetic type of ballast system. From the point of view ofenergy consumption the electromagnetic control gear system is less

gear instead.Electronic control gear offers a number of advantages in comparison

- The electronic ballast offers interesting cost savings, such asreduction in energy consumption of about 25%, extension of thelamp life up to 50% and, moreover, lower maintenance costs.

- Application of electronic ballasts adds to the comfort in numerous

automatically switched off; smooth and rapid starting is ensured

high frequency at which the lamps are operated.- Extra safety is assured through over-voltage detection, protected

control of the mains voltage input and a noticeably lower operatingtemperature.

instance, are dimmable if a regulating ballast is selected, allowingfor adjustment of lighting levels to personal preference and theopportunity for additional savings on energy, e.g. by daylight-linkedlighting control.

will operate only on electronic control gear.

Electronic transformersPhilips offers high frequency electronic transformers for operationwith 12V halogen lamps up to and including 150 W. Electronictransformers are compact, lightweight and are also dimmable.They fully comply with the applicable safety and radiofrequencyinterference standards. Over conventional gear they offer self-resettingshort-circuit protection, thermal-switch interruption for overloadprotection, temperature protection by output voltage reduction andinaudible operation. Electronic transformers produce a constantoutput voltage, ensuring long lamp life and a constant light level.

The Federation of National Manufacturers’ Associations for

celma.org.

Class Typical ballast type

A1 Dimmable electronic ballasts (best energy performance)

A2 Electronic ballasts with reduced losses

A3 Electronic ballasts

B1 Magnetic ballasts with very low losses

B2 Magnetic ballasts with low losses

Magnetic ballasts with moderate losses

D Magnetic ballasts with very high losses (lowest energy performance)

Page 605: Philips Iluminação Externa

Technical data 8.7

Tech

nica

l dat

a

Fluorescent ballast types

working in accordance with the DALI Protocol. DALI stands for Digital

HF-DALI (HFD)Electronic regulating ballast for TL5, PL-L and TL-D lamps.The high-frequency regulating ballasts permit light output regulationdown to 3% via the DALI control input.

HF-MATCHBOX (HFM)

lamps up to 25 W.These high-frequency ballasts offer more freedom ofluminaire design.

HF-REGULATOR (HFR)Electronic regulating ballast for TL5, PL-L and TL-D lamps.These high-frequency regulating ballasts permit light output regulationdown to 3% of the maximum light output by the 1-10V control input.

automatic lighting control systems like Luxsense.

circuit (alpha-control) to ensure that lamp life is unaffected by thedimming level, that lamp operation is stable in every dimming settingand that energy savings are maximized when the lamp is dimmed.

HF-REGULATOR II TOUCH AND DALI (HFD-T) The new-style electronic regulating ballast for TL5, PL-L andTL-D lamps. Standard push buttons can be used to dim the lightoutput down to 3%.The lamp can also be switched on or off usingthe push-button control.

HF-PERFORMER (HFP)Electronic ballast for TL5, PL-L and TL-D lamps.These high-frequency ballasts offer low energy consumption.A warm-start circuit that preheatsthe lamp electrodes enables the lamp to beswitched on and off without reducing its useful life.

HID ballast typesPhilips supplies electronic control gear for metal halide and low- andhigh-pressure sodium lamps up to and including 150 W.They offerimproved start-up performance and color stability, and prevent lamp

are equipped with 1-10V or DALI control input. Larger conventionalballasts for SON lamps of 250/400 W can be controlled by means of

DynaVision (EBR)The compact DynaVision ballasts allow for light regulation down to

will increase lamp life by between 20 and 30%. Full protection againstfault conditions and a self-stopping facility prevent cycling of old lamps.

PrimaVision (EB)The compact PrimaVision ballasts provide constant power regulation

offer full protection against fault conditions, and a self-stopping facility,which prevents cycling of old lamps.

kinds of lamp types can be found at

Page 606: Philips Iluminação Externa

8.8 Technical data

The principles of LED technologyThe basis for light generation inside a Light Emitting Diode (LED),a solid-state semiconductor, is the conversion of electrical energydirectly into light.On its most basic level this can be seen as an electron that movesfrom one material into another while losing an amount of energy. Dueto the law of conservation of energy, this loss of energy needs to beconverted and, inside a LED, this energy is converted into radiationenergy composed of light in the visible part of the spectrum, and a bitof infrared radiation dissipated as heat.The LED is comprised of two semiconductor regions, a positiveelectrically charged or p-region and a negative electrically chargedor n-region, see diagram 1. In the p-region there is a shortage ofelectrons and in the n-region a surplus of electrons.When voltage

electrons move across the p-n junction, from the n-region into thep-region.The process of an electron moving through the p-n junctionreleases energy.The dispersion of this energy produces photons withvisible wavelengths.The higher the energy released, the shorter thewavelength becomes. Low-energy photons will emit in the infraredpart of the spectrum, and as the energy increases, the color of thelight will change from deep red, via yellow, green, cyan and blue to theultra-violet part of the spectrum – in fact it follows the colors of therainbow.

White light and RGB (red, green and blue)A white LED consists of a blue LED chip and a yellow phosphorcoating, see diagram 2.The blue photons generated in thesemiconductor chip can either pass the phosphor layer unaffected, orbe converted into yellow photons.These two colors – blue and yellow– combine to produce white light.

It is also possible to generate white light with the aid of a red, greenand blue LED. Such LED array systems are called RGB systems.Normally the RGB systems are used to make different color effects.With a RGB system all colors of light within the color triangle can beproduced.

different advantages will be important.Architectural applications will

signal market is focused on maximizing energy savings and reducingmaintenance costs to practically zero.

P-material

N-material

Yellow Photon

Blue Photon

Blue PhotonPhosphor

Blue LED Chip

Page 607: Philips Iluminação Externa

Tech

nica

l dat

a

Technical data

• Much longer life, up to 50 000 hours at 70 per cent of lumenmaintenance

• Reduced maintenance cost

fading of color pigments and textile

• Robust, vibration-proof, solid-state lighting• Less light pollution due to precise optical control

• Dynamic color control, white point adjustable• Fully dimmable without color variation• Instant switch-on at full color and full lighting level

• Install and forget for a long time

• No hazardous metals e.g. mercury in the light source

• Low voltage dc operation

• Sealed for life waterproof luminaires

Value chain

chip to luminaire, with increasing complexity and value. Philipsundertakes business activities at all levels of the value chain.

Level 0. LED chipSemiconductor chips are the basis for every LED and these are grownin complex wafer production equipment.The wavelength of the LED

the tolerance.

Level 1. LED component

determined and the chip is connected to its package by means of bondwires for external connections.

Level 2. LED arrayA miniature printed circuit board is used to connect one or moreLEDs, possibly together with driver electronics, and acts as a thermalinterface between LEDs and heat sink.

Level 3. LED moduleA LED module combines heat sink, optics and separate driver in onemodule, ready to be installed in a luminaire.

Level 4. LED luminaireA LED luminaire can be connected directly to the outside,mechanically and electrically. It houses, supplies power to and protectsthe LED array(s) from the environment while maintaining optimaloperating conditions.Philips LEDline is an example of a level-4 product.

LED lighting systemA LED lighting system comprises several components like a powersupply, controller, control interface and luminaire/LED arrays/optics.In many cases one or more components are combined in one productfor ease of installation. In other cases there might be a need for more

supply or control interface may be shared by a group of luminaires.

Lighting controlsThe revolution of LED technology for lighting creates new possibilitiesin the application of lighting. In many applications the dynamiccharacter of LED enables a lighting solution to create a uniqueexperience. By using RGB colors or variation in color temperature, all

lighting design or application, both indoor and outdoor.To enable thesedynamic lighting solutions there is a need for lighting control systemsthat create the right experience for the customer. Philips provides arange of smart scene-setting lighting controllers that offers a reliablesolution for any project, from simple color selection at the push of abutton or the turn of a wheel to fully automated, pre-programmedlight control and or multimedia integration.

Level 0 Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Level 4LEDor

lamp

LED’s onLED modulewith opticsand driver

Luminaire

Page 608: Philips Iluminação Externa

Technical data

Color characteristics of lampsLamps do not all emit light of the same color.There is, for example, astriking difference between the pronounced amber light from standardsodium lamps and the white light from most other lamps. Even then,one white light is not the same as another.To select the right lightsource for the color characteristics required, two separate parametershave to be considered, i.e. the color temperature of the emitted lightand its color rendering.

Color temperature

color impression of the area, the color temperature of the light sourceplays an essential role.To enable an objective comparison of the colorimpressions from various sources, subjective terms such as the popularwords ‘cool’ and ‘warm’ are inadequate.A precise scale is required andgiven by the term ‘correlated color temperature’; the color gradationof the light is compared with the light emitted by an intensely heatediron bar of which the temperature is known. In this way, the light color

represents warm, yellow, orange or red light and a high colortemperature cool, blue or violet light.

2000 - 3000 K warm/cosy

the colors 827 and 927 and the SDW-T White SON lamp. Generallyused for intimate and cosy environments where the emphasis is on apeaceful relaxing ambience.

3000 - 4000 K warm/neutralThe color from halogen lamps, color 830 and 930 (compact)

where people are active, requiring a welcoming comfortable ambience.

4000 - 5000 K neutral/cool

5000 K and above daylight and cool daylight

colors 850, 865, 950 and 965 and the new ActiViva colors 451 and 452.

Color renderingThe perception of surface colors, the color rendering of the light,depends on the color content of the incident light.The light emittedby a light source is composed of a mixture of colors, all in differentintensities.A change in the color mixture and intensity yields adifferent color rendering.

rendering properties.The same is true for halogen lamps.The reason

for this is the continuous spectrum of the sources, which is typical for

Most gas discharge sources, however, have an interrupted or line

gas discharge lamps, to excellent, with the color 90 De Luxe series

When selecting a particular lamp type, a clear understanding of thecolor rendering properties is essential.A fair indication is given by the

source with the highest color rendering index. Incidentally, it is

temperature.

In practice, three color rendering categories are normally found.

Excellent color rendering properties.Applications are mainly those where correct color appraisal is acritical task.

Good color rendering properties.Applications in areas where critical color appraisal is not the primaryconsideration but where good rendition of colors is essential.

Moderate to poor color rendering properties.Applications in areas where the quality of color rendering is of minorimportance.

The choice in favor of a particular color rendering class does, ofcourse, depend on the demands that an application makes on a lamp.

Page 609: Philips Iluminação Externa

Technical data 8.11

Tech

nica

l dat

a

Color impression

Light color Color temperature

in kelvin

Type of lamp or lamp color *

17000

8000

6500

452

451

865, 965

Daylight 6000

5000

4500

4200

850, 950

Neutral white 4000

3500

3400

840, 940

warm white

3000

2900

2800

2700 Incandescent, 827, 927

2500

2150

SDW-T

Very warm white 2000K SON PIA Plus

Color rendering

Indoor applications CRI Type of lamp or lamp color *

Excellent 100

92

90

Incandescent, halogen 12V, 230V

927, 930, 940, 950, 965

Good 83

82

80

SDW-T

451, 452, 827, 830, 840, 850, 865

Moderate 75

70

69

65

60

54

25

33

Insufficient 55

50 29

Poor 45

40

25

SON Plus

SON

Areas of application

is determined by light color temperature and color rendering.Room furnishings of wood and fabrics in warm colors require warmlighting in the colors 827 or 927. For pleasing light the colors 830 and930 are most suitable for many applications.The more business-like theinteriors are, the cooler the light can be. Furniture using chromium, glassand marble, or in black and white, is emphasised by the neutral light

where there is a high daylight content.

colors 830 and 840 as they produce the highest light output.

rendering.

Page 610: Philips Iluminação Externa

Technical data8.12

Lamp type Philips Product-

Identification Code

(PRID)

Commercial product name Color

temp. Tc

Color rend.

Ra (cd)

Luminous flux

(lm)/intensity

Wattage

incl. gear

Halogen MASTERline ES (50mm)

3000K 100 6500 (cd) 20W

3000K 100 1000 (cd) 20W

3000K 100 - 20W

3000K 100 11000 (cd) 30W

3000K 100 3350 (cd) 30W

3000K 100 1600 (cd) 30W

3000K 100 150 (cd) 30W

3000K 100 1325 (cd) 35W

3000K 100 4200 (cd) 35W

3000K 100 2200 (cd) 35W

3000K 100 1050 (cd) 35W

3000K 100 16000 (cd) 45W

3000K 100 5450 (cd) 45W

3000K 100 2850 (cd) 45W

3000K 100 1300 (cd) 45W

Halogen Compact

2900K 100 825 (lm) 60W

2900K 100 1600 (lm) 100W

2900K 100 2400 (lm) 150W

2900K 100 3400 (lm) 200W

Halogen Small

Plusline Small 150W R7s 230V IBB 2900K 100 2250(lm) 150W

Plusline Small 200W R7s 230V IBB 2900K 100 3520(lm) 200W

Plusline Small 1500W R7s 230V IBB 2900K 100 5600(lm) 300W

Plusline Small 2000W R7s 230V IBB 2900K 100 9900(lm) 500W

Halogen Large

2900K 100 16900(lm) 750W

2900K 100 24200(lm) 1000W

2900K 100 36300(lm) 1500W

2900K 100 48400(lm) 2000W

HV Reflector

2800K 100 - 50W

2800K 100 - 50W

2800K 100 - 75W

2800K 100 - 75W

2800K 100 - 100W

2800K 100 - 100W

2800K 100 - 75W

2800K 100 - 75W

2800K 100 - 100W

2800K 100 - 100W

Compact Fluorescent Integrated PL*E/C

2700K 82 800(lm) 5W

2700K 82 600(lm) 8W

2700K 82 900(lm) 11W

Page 611: Philips Iluminação Externa

Technical data

Tech

nica

l dat

a

Lamp type Philips Product-

Identification Code

(PRID)

Commercial product name Color

temp. Tc

Color rend.

Ra (cd)

Luminous flux

(lm)/intensity

Wattage

incl. gear

PL*E/T

PLE-T 15W 2700K 82 875(lm) 15W

PLE-T 20W 2700K 82 1200(lm) 20W

PLE-T 23W 2700K 82 1575(lm) 23W

PLE-T 27W 2700K 82 1800(lm) 27W

Compact Fluorescent Non-integrated PL-C/2P

3000K 82 600(lm) 17W

3000K 82 900(lm) 17W

3000K 82 1200(lm) 25W

3000K 82 1800(lm) 33W

4000K 82 600(lm) 17W

4000K 82 900(lm) 17W

4000K 82 1200(lm) 25W

4000K 82 1800(lm) 33W

PL-C/4P

3000K 82 600(lm) 12W

3000K 82 900(lm) 15W

3000K 82 1200(lm) 18W

3000K 82 1800(lm) 26W

4000K 82 600(lm) 12W

4000K 82 900(lm) 15W

4000K 82 1200(lm) 18W

4000K 82 1800(lm) 26W

PL-L/4P

PL-L/18W/830 MASTER PL-L 18W/830/4P 3000K 82 1200(lm) 27W

PL-L/24W/830 MASTER PL-L 24W/830/4P 3000K 82 1800(lm) 32W

PL-L/36W/830 MASTER PL-L 36W/830/4P 3000K 82 2900(lm) 44W

PL-L/18W/840 MASTER PL-L 18W/840/4P 4000K 82 1200(lm) 27W

PL-L/24W/840 MASTER PL-L 24W/840/4P 4000K 82 1800(lm) 32W

PL-L/36W/840 MASTER PL-L 36W/840/4P 4000K 82 2900(lm) 44W

PL-L/40W/840 MASTER PL-L 40W/840/4P 4000K 82 3500(lm) 44W

PL-L/55W/840 MASTER PL-L 55W/840/4P 4000K 82 4800(lm) 58W

PL-L/80W/841 MASTER PL-L 80W/840/4P 4000K 82 6000(lm) 88W

PL-S/2P

PL-S/2P5W/830 MASTER PL-S PRO 5W/830/2P 3000K 82 250(lm) 10W

PL-S/2P7W/830 MASTER PL-S PRO 7W/830/2P 3000K 82 400(lm) 12W

PL-S/2P9W/830 MASTER PL-S PRO 9W/830/2P 3000K 82 600(lm) 14W

PL-S/2P11W/830 MASTER PL-S PRO 11W/830/2P 3000K 82 900(lm) 16W

PL-S/2P5W/840 MASTER PL-S PRO 5W/840/2P 4000K 82 250(lm) 10W

PL-S/2P7W/840 MASTER PL-S PRO 7W/840/2P 4000K 82 400(lm) 12W

PL-S/2P9W/840 MASTER PL-S PRO 9W/840/2P 4000K 82 600(lm) 14W

PL-S/2P11W/840 MASTER PL-S PRO 11W/840/2P 4000K 82 900(lm) 16W

PL-S./4P

PL-S/4P5W/830 MASTER PL-S 5W/830/4P 3000K 82 250(lm) 5W

PL-S/4P7W/830 MASTER PL-S 7W/830/4P 3000K 82 400(lm) 8W

PL-S/4P9W/830 MASTER PL-S 9W/830/4P 3000K 82 600(lm) 10W

PL-S/4P11W/830 MASTER PL-S 11W/830/4P 3000K 82 900(lm) 13W

Page 612: Philips Iluminação Externa

Technical data8.14

Lamp type Philips Product-

Identification Code

(PRID)

Commercial product name Color

temp. Tc

Color rend.

Ra (cd)

Luminous flux

(lm)/intensity

Wattage

incl. gear

PL-S/4P5W/840 MASTER PL-S 5W/840/4P 4000K 82 250(lm) 5W

PL-S/4P7W/840 MASTER PL-S 7W/840/4P 4000K 82 400(lm) 8W

PL-S/4P9W/840 MASTER PL-S 9W/840/4P 4000K 82 600(lm) 10W

PL-S/4P11W/840 MASTER PL-S 11W/840/4P 4000K 82 900(lm) 13W

Compact Fluorescent Non-integrated PL-T/2P

PL-T/2P13W/830 MASTER PL-T 13W/830/2P 3000K 82 900(lm) 17W

PL-T/2P18W/830 MASTER PL-T 18W/830/2P 3000K 82 1200(lm) 26W

PL-T/2P26W/830 MASTER PL-T 26W/830/2P 3000K 82 1800(lm) 33W

PL-T/2P13W/840 MASTER PL-T 13W/840/2P 4000K 82 900(lm) 17W

PL-T/2P18W/840 MASTER PL-T 18W/840/2P 4000K 82 1200(lm) 26W

PL-T/2P26W/840 MASTER PL-T 26W/840/2P 4000K 82 1800(lm) 33W

PL-T/4P

PL-T/4P 13W/830 MASTER PL-T 13W/830/4P 3000K 82 900(lm) 15W

PL-T/4P 18W/830 MASTER PL-T 18W/830/4P 3000K 82 1200(lm) 18W

PL-T/4P 26W/830 MASTER PL-T 26W/830/4P 3000K 82 1800(lm) 26W

PL-T/4P 32W/830 MASTER PL-T 32W/830/4P 3000K 82 2400(lm) 35W

PL-T/4P 42W/830 MASTER PL-T 42W/830/4P 3000K 82 3200(lm) 46W

PL-T/4P 57W/830 MASTER PL-T 57W/830/4P 3000K 82 4300(lm) 62W

PL-T/4P 13W/840 MASTER PL-T 13W/840/4P 4000K 82 900(lm) 15W

PL-T/4P 18W/840 MASTER PL-T 18W/840/4P 4000K 82 1200(lm) 18W

PL-T/4P 26W/840 MASTER PL-T 26W/840/4P 4000K 82 1800(lm) 26W

PL-T/4P 32W/840 MASTER PL-T 32W/840/4P 4000K 82 2400(lm) 35W

PL-T/4P 42W/840 MASTER PL-T 42W/840/4P 4000K 82 3200(lm) 46W

PL-T/4P 57W/840 MASTER PL-T 57W/840/4P 4000K 82 4300(lm) 62W

Induction QL

2900K 80 3650(lm) 55W

3750K 80 3650(lm) 55W

2900K 80 6200(lm) 85W

3750K 80 6300(lm) 85W

3000K 80 12000(lm) 165W

3850K 80 12000(lm) 165W

2600K 80 3550(lm) 55W

2550K 80 6100(lm) 85W

2600K 80 11000(lm) 165W

5000K 80 3550(lm) 55W

5000K 80 6100(lm) 85W

5000K 80 11000(lm) 165W

H.I.D. Mercury HP

3400K 58 1800(lm) 59W

3400K 57 3600(lm) 90W

3400K 55 6200(lm) 139W

3300K 51 14200(lm) 274W

3500K 47 24200(lm) 428W

4200K 49 1800(lm) 59W

4200K 48 3700(lm) 90W

4100K 46 6200(lm) 139W

4100K 45 12700(lm) 274W

3900K 45 22000(lm) 426W

Page 613: Philips Iluminação Externa

Technical data

Tech

nica

l dat

a

Lamp type Philips Product-

Identification Code

(PRID)

Commercial product name Color

temp. Tc

Color rend.

Ra (cd)

Luminous flux

(lm)/intensity

Wattage

incl. gear

MASTER Colour

3000K 81 2200(lm) 47W

3000K 81 2200(lm) 47W

3000K 83 4850(lm) 88W

3000K 83 4850(lm) 88W

3000K 81 3300(lm) 47W

3000K 84 6600(lm) 86W

3000K 85 14000(lm) 165W

3000K 89 23000(lm) 271W

3000K 82 6500(lm) 88W

3000K 88 13250(lm) 165W

2800K 83 6300(lm) 86W

2800K 83 8800(lm) 115W

2800K 85 13500(lm) 168W

2800K 85 22500(lm) 271W

3000K 81 3300(lm) 47W

3000K 83 6500(lm) 79W

2820K 78 5600(lm) 86W

2800K 80 8300(lm) 115W

2800K 82 12500(lm) 168W

3000K 85 1650(lm)

3000K 90 3000(lm)

CosmoPolis

2730K 66 6800(lm)) 67W

2860K 66 10400(lm) 154W

2720K 66 4300(lm) 52W

2880K 66 16500(lm) 99W

Metal Halide Low Wattage

4200K 80 5700(lm) 88W

4200K 85 12900(lm) 166W

4200K 85 20000(lm) 273W

3000K 75 6200(lm) 86W

3000K 75 13800(lm) 166W

Metal Halide High Wattage

4500K 65 20500(lm) 266W

4500K 65 35000(lm) 406W

4300K 65 85000l(lm) 1041W

3800K 65 189000(lm) 2035W

4200K 65 183000(lm) 2029W

Metal Halide High Wattage

5600K 85 170000(lm) 1885W

5600K 90 155000(lm) 1885W

5600K 90 180000(lm) 2093W

5600K 90 202000(lm) 2133W

4100K 65 93000(lm) 1100W

4200K 60 210000(lm) 2119W

Page 614: Philips Iluminação Externa

Technical data

Lamp type Philips Product-

Identification Code

(PRID)

Commercial product name Color

temp. Tc

Color rend.

Ra (cd)

Luminous flux

(lm)/intensity

Wattage

incl. gear

Metal Halide High Wattage

4200K 80 22000(lm) 1078W

5600K 90 190000(lm) 1078W

4200K 80 100000(lm) 2123W

5600K 90 90000(lm) 2123W

Standard SON

SON 50W 2000K 25 3500(lm) 60W

SON 70W 2000K 25 5600(lm) 83W

SON-PP100W MASTER SON-PIA Plus 100W/220 E40 SLV 2000K 25 10200(lm) 116W

SON-PP150W MASTER SON-PIA Plus 150W/220 E40 SLV 2000K 25 17000(lm) 169W

SON-PP250W MASTER SON-PIA Plus 250W/220 E40 SLV 2000K 25 31100(lm) 274W

SON-PP400W MASTER SON-PIA Plus 400W/220 E40 SLV 2000K 25 55500(lm) 431W

2150K 65 12500(lm) 169W

2150K 65 22000(lm) 274W

2150K 65 37000(lm) 431W

Standard SON

SON-TPP50W MASTER SON-T PIA Plus 50W/220 E27 SLV 2000K 25 4400(lm) 60W

SON-TPP70W MASTER SON-T PIA Plus 70W/220 E27 SLV 2000K 25 6600(lm) 83W

SON-TPP100W MASTER SON-T PIA Plus 100W/220 E40 SLV 2000K 25 10700(lm) 116W

SON-TPP150W MASTER SON-T PIA Plus 150W/220 E40 SLV 2000K 25 17500(lm) 169W

SON-TPP250W MASTER SON-T PIA Plus 250W/220 E40 SLV 2000K 25 33200(lm) 274W

SON-TPP400W MASTER SON-T PIA Plus 400W/220 E40 SLV 2000K 25 56500(lm) 431W

SON-TPP600W MASTER SON-T PIA Plus 600W/220 E40 SLV 2000K 20 90000(lm) 647W

SON-T1000W SON-T 1000W/220 E40 ISL 2000K 25 130000(lm) 1065W

2150K 65 13000(lm) 168W

2150K 65 23000(lm) 274W

2150K 65 38000(lm) 431W

White SON

SDW-T35W MASTER SDW-T 35W/825 PG12-1 SLV 2500K 83 1300(lm) 43.8W

SDW-T50W MASTER SDW-T 50W/825 PG12-1 SLV 2500K 83 2300(lm) 67.8W

SDW-T100W MASTER SDW-T 100W/825 PG12-1 SLV 2550K 83 5000(lm) 116.3W

Sodium LP

1800K - 1800(lm) 23.2W

1800K - 3600(lm) 31.6W

1800K - 6200(lm) 47.2W

1800K - 10500(lm) 83.5W

1800K - 17500(lm) 106.5W

1800K - 26200(lm) 148W

1800K - 4550(lm) 43W

1800K - 7800(lm) 65W

1800K - 13700(lm) 101W

1800K - 22600(lm) 155W

1800K - 32000(lm) 196W

Page 615: Philips Iluminação Externa

8.17Technical data

Tech

nica

l dat

a

Page 616: Philips Iluminação Externa

Technical data8.18

Average illuminance

Unit: lux (lx) = lm/m2

Symbol: Eav

BallastElectrical device used with discharge lamps for stabilising the currentin the discharge.

Beam spreadAngle in the plane through the beam axis over which the luminousintensity drops to a stated percentage (e.g. 50%) of its peak intensity.

BrightnessAttribute of visual sensation according to which an area appears to

now reserved for descriptions of color. Luminosity should be used inother instances.

Candela

lumen per steradian.

CDM

Color appearanceGeneral expression for the color impression received when looking ata light source.

Color change The facility to change the color temperature of a lighting installationmakes it possible to create a more comfortable working environmentor to introduce dynamic lighting effects.

Color renderingAbility of a light source to render colors naturally, without distortingthe hues seen under a full spectrum radiator (like daylight or

Color rendering index CRI

Symbol: Ra

Color temperatureTemperature in kelvin of a full spectrum radiator most closelyapproximate to the color appearance of a light source at the same

data lamps’.Unit: kelvin, KSymbol: Tc

The relevant luminance difference between two parts in accordance

L1 - L2

L2

DALIDigital Addressable Lighting Interface, a standardized communication

ballasts on and off.

Daylight linking

Daylight linking is a technique that regulates the light output ofluminaires in accordance with daylight conditions, thus maintaining aconstant level of indoor lighting and ensuring comfort at all times.

DiffuserOptical element used to mix light rays to improve uniformity orreduce glare.An opal cover is an example of a diffuser.

Direct lightingLighting by means of luminaires with a light distribution such that

directly, assuming that this plane is unbounded.

Disability glareGlare that impairs vision.

Discharge lampLamp in which the light is produced, directly or indirectly, by anelectric discharge through a gas, a metal vapour, or a mixture of severalgases and vapours.

Discomfort glareGlare that causes discomfort without necessarily impairing vision.

Page 617: Philips Iluminação Externa

Technical data

Driver stopping distanceThe total distance travelled while a vehicle is being brought to rest,measured from the position of the vehicle at the instant the driver hasan opportunity to perceive that he should stop his vehicle.

Dust-proof luminaire

cannot enter when it is used in a dust-laden atmosphere.

Emergency lightingLighting provided for use when the supply to the normal lighting fails.

EOC

Escape lightingThat part of emergency lighting provided to ensure that an escape

normal lighting system.

Flashed areaOf a luminaire in a given direction.The area of the orthogonalprojection of the luminous surface on a plane perpendicular to the

characteristics are retained.

Glare

distribution or range of luminance or to extreme contrast in space ortime.

Halogen lampIncandescent lamp in which the inclusion of halogens in the gas

Halogen HV

a transformer.

Halogen LV

electromagnetic transformer is required to operate low-voltagehalogen lamps and is often integrated into the luminaire.

HFDElectronic regulating ballast which enables the light to be dimmed.Ballast functions according to the DALI protocol.

HFD-T

this new-style electronic ballast standard push-buttons can be used todim the light output down to 3%.The lamp can also be switched on oroff using the push-button control.

HFP

HFR

Horizontal illuminance (Ehor)Illuminance incident on the horizontal surface.Unit: lux (lx) = lm/m2

Symbol: Ehor

HPI Plus lampMetal-halide high-intensity discharge lamp combining high luminous

applications are big industrial halls and lighting of discount stores,

Illuminance

in the full summer sun is approx. 100 000 lux. Recommendedilluminances for work places range from 200 lux for rough work to2000 lux for detailed or critical work.Unit: lux (lx) = lm/m2

Symbol: E

Incandescent lampLamp in which light is produced by means of an element heated toincandescence by the passage of an electric current.

Indirect lightingLighting by means of luminaires with a light distribution such that

working plane directly, assuming that this plane is unbounded.

Tech

nica

l dat

a

Page 618: Philips Iluminação Externa

Technical data

Induction lighting QLElectrode-less induction lighting system characterized by good light

Infrared remote control

lighting and change it at any time.

Isocandela curve (diagram)

joining all adjacent points corresponding to those directions in whichthe luminous intensity is the same, or a plane projection of this curve.

Isolux curve (diagram)Locus of points on a surface where the illuminance has the same value.

Jet-proof luminaireLuminaire constructed to withstand a direct jet of water from anydirection.

LEDLight Emitting Diode used as a light source. Solid-state semiconductor

color or white light.

Light output ratio (LOR)Ratio of the total light emitted by a luminaire to the total light outputof the lamp(s) it contains measured at standard operating conditions.

Low-pressure sodium lampSodium vapour lamp in which the partial pressure of the vapour during

Lumen depreciationThe decline in the light output of a light source during its lifetime.

Luminaire

source (LED or lamp), and which contains all the necessary elements

supply and operating conditions.

LuminanceThe light intensity per square meter of apparent area of the lightsource, luminaire or illuminated surface.Where surfaces are lit,

characteristics of the luminous surface.Unit: cd/m2

Symbol: L

The quantity of light that a light source emits per unit of electrical

for a light source or for a lighting system (lamp and ballast).

source.Unit: lm/W

The total light output emitted by a light source.Also the total lightfalling on a surface.The light output of a light source is measured inlumen.Unit: lumen

Luminous intensity

projector.Unit: candela (cd) = one lumen per steradianSymbol: I

Luminous intensity distribution diagram (table)Luminous intensity shown in the form of a polar diagram, cartesian

The diagram (table) for non-symmetrical light distributions gives the

1. In a vertical plane through the longitudinal axis of the luminaire,2. In a plane at right angles to that axis.

Note: The luminous intensity diagram (table) can be used:a.To provide a rough idea of the light distribution of the luminaire,b. For the calculation of illuminance values at a point,c. For the calculation of the luminance distribution of the luminaire.

LuxThe standard unit of illuminance of a surface being lit. One lux equalsone lumen per square meter.

Maintained emergency lightingEmergency lighting where the lamps are operated from the normalsupply during standard conditions. In an emergency situation theemergency lamp (usually one lamp in luminaires of two or morelamps) remains in operation.

Page 619: Philips Iluminação Externa

Technical data 8.21

Tech

nica

l dat

a

Maintained illuminance (luminance)

of the maintenance cycle, taking into consideration the maintenancefactor.

various activities.Unit: luxSymbol: Em, Lm

Maintenance factor

of lumen depreciation, caused by lamp ageing (lumen depreciation andlamp failure) and dirt accumulation (luminaire and environment).It determines the maintenance cycle needed to ensure that illuminancedoes not fall below the maintained value.

MASTERColour CDM lampSeries of metal-halide discharge lamps with excellent color rendering

Mercury lamp

metal-halide lamps.

Metal-halide lampSingle- or double-ended discharge lamp for use in industry, publicspaces and shops. Metal-halide lamps combine a natural white colorwith a pleasant light and a high luminous intensity.

Movement detectionSensing of occupancy by movement detection ensures lights are

to be controlled.

Non-maintained emergency lightingEmergency lighting where the emergency lighting lamps come intooperation only when the power supply to normal lighting fails.

Obtrusive lightSpill light which because of quantitative, directional and spectralattributes in a given context, gives rise to annoyance, discomfort,distraction or a reduction in the ability to see essential information.

OLC

combination with excellent glare and luminance control all around theluminaire.

OpticA device that changes the direction of a beam of light, usually by

louvers for reduction of glare.

PL lamp

is folded into two, four or six limbs. PL lamps are characterized byunusually high light output for their length.They are applied in compactluminaires for professional and domestic use.Also available withintegrated ballast.

Power factorRatio of the circuit power in watts over the product of the root-mean-square values of voltage and current. For sinusoidal waveforms, it isequal to the cosine of the angle of phase difference between voltageand current. For electronic ballasts the power factor is 0.95 so that noadditional phase compensation is required.

QL lampSee Induction lighting.RefractorOptical element used to concentrate light rays to focus or improvethe direction of light. A prismatic cover is an example of a refractor.

RGBRed, green and blue, used to specify the colors of a light source.

SDW-T

combination with warm-white light.The color rendering is excellent.SDW-T lamps are applied in shops and public spaces where theatmosphere should be warm and cosy.

Sky glow

radiation (visible and non-visible), scattered from the constituents ofthe atmosphere (gas molecules, aerosols and particulate matter, in thedirection of obervation. It comprises two separate components as

radiation from celestial sources and luminescent processes in theearth’s upper atmosphere.

to man-made sources of radiation (e.g. outdoor electric lighting),including radiation that is emitted directly upwards and radiation that

Page 620: Philips Iluminação Externa

Technical data8.22

Sodium lamp, SON lamp

improved color characteristics, are mainly applied in high-bay industrialapplications.

Solid-state lightingDescription of a lighting device that does not contain moving partsor parts that can break, rupture, shatter, leak or contaminate theenvironment (such as a lamp).

Spill light (stray light)Light emitted by a lighting installation which falls outside theboundaries of the site for which the lighting installation is designed.

Starter

lamp, that preheats the electrodes and/or causes a voltage surge incombination with the series ballast.

Switching and dimming controlAs more and more light sources can be dimmed economically,lighting controls need to provide both switching and light regulatingcapabilities.

TL5

TL5 system offers a superb performance, both in terms of lightingtechnology and energy consumption.

TL-D

Available in a range of colors and color rendering characteristics.

Threshold increment (TI)The measure of disability glare expressed as the percentage increasein the contrast required between an object and its background for itto be seen equally well with a source of glare present.Note: Higher values of TI correspond to greater disability glare.

Uniformity ratio

(Emin/Eave

area (Emin/Emax).

Utilisation factor

Vertical illuminanceIlluminance incident on the vertical surface.Unit: lux (lx) = lm/m2

Symbol: Evert

Visual guidanceThe sum of the measures taken to give the user of a space anunambiguous and immediately recognisable picture of the course ofthe path ahead.Visual guidance is important in shops and other publicbuildings.The lighting designer takes the demands for visual guidanceinto consideration.

Page 621: Philips Iluminação Externa

Technical data

Tech

nica

l dat

a

Page 622: Philips Iluminação Externa

8.24

TYPE PAGE TYPE PAGE TYPE PAGE TYPE PAGE

A

B

D

E

F

G

I

K2

L

M

Page 623: Philips Iluminação Externa

TYPE PAGE TYPE PAGE TYPE PAGE

N

O

P

R

S

T

V

Page 624: Philips Iluminação Externa

©2008 Koninklijke Philips Electronics N.V.All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part is prohibited without the prior written consent of the copyright owner. The information presented in this document does not form part of any quotation or contract, is believed to be accurate and reliable and may be changed without notice. No liability will be accepted by the publisher for any consequence of its use. Publication thereof does not convey nor imply any license under patent- or other industrial or intellectual property rights.

Document order number: 3222 635 54431